Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2013
Registration No. 333-            

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	  	8351	  	80-0188269	
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	  	(Primary standard industrial
classification code number)	  	(I.R.S. employer
identification number)	
200 Talcott Avenue South
Watertown, Massachusetts 02472
(617) 673-8000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

David Lissy
Chief Executive Officer
200 Talcott Avenue South
Watertown, Massachusetts 02472
(617) 673-8000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Craig E. Marcus
Ropes & Gray LLP
Prudential Tower
800 Boylston Street
Boston, Massachusetts
Telephone: (617) 951-7000
Facsimile: (617) 951-7050	  	John G. Casagrande
General Counsel
200 Talcott Avenue South
Watertown, Massachusetts 02472
Telephone: (617) 673-8000
Facsimile: (617) 673-8629	  	D. Rhett Brandon
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York, 10017
Telephone: (212) 455-2000
Facsimile: (212) 455-2502	
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one).

Large accelerated Filer  ¨	  	Accelerated filer   ¨	
Non-accelerated filer      x	  	Smaller reporting company  ¨	
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	  	 	

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 	
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered	 	Amount to
be
Registered(1)	 	Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per
Share(2)	 	Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(2)	 	Amount of
Registration
Fee	
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share	 	8,625,000	 	$37.48	 	$323,265,000	 	$41,637	

 
(1)	Includes 1,125,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.	
(2)	Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In accordance with Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the price shown is the average of the high and low selling prices of the common stock on November 7, 2013 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.	

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion dated November 8, 2013
7,500,000 Shares

Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.
Common Stock

The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling 7,500,000 shares of common stock of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BFAM.” On November 7, 2013, the last sale price of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $37.62 per share.

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Per share	 	  	Total	 	
Public offering price	  	$	                	  	  	$	                	  	
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)	  	$	 	  	  	$	 	  	
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders	  	$	 	  	  	$	 	  	
 
(1)	We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”	
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of up to 30 days to purchase up to an additional 1,125,000 shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                     , 2013.

 
 	 	 	 	 	
Goldman, Sachs & Co.	 	J.P. Morgan	 	Barclays	

BofA Merrill Lynch	 	Credit Suisse	

Baird	 	William Blair	 	BMO Capital Markets	 	RBC Capital Markets	 	Stifel	

Prospectus dated                     , 2013

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 	 	 	 	 	
Prospectus Summary	  	 	1	  	
Risk Factors	  	 	15	  	
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	  	 	26	  	
Use of Proceeds	  	 	28	  	
Market Price of Our Common Stock	  	 	29	  	
Dividend Policy	  	 	30	  	
Capitalization	  	 	31	  	
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data	  	 	32	  	
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Information Related to the Acquisition of Kidsunlimited Group Limited	  	 	35	  	
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Information Related to the Acquisition of Huntyard Limited	  	 	40	  	
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	  	 	43	  	
Business	  	 	66	  	
Management	  	 	84	  	
Related Party Transactions	  	 	103	  	
Description of Indebtedness	  	 	105	  	
Principal and Selling Stockholders	  	 	108	  	
Description of Capital Stock	  	 	112	  	
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock	  	 	116	  	
Underwriting	  	 	121	  	
Legal Matters	  	 	126	  	
Experts	  	 	126	  	
Where You Can Find More Information	  	 	127	  	
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements	  	 	F-1	  	

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
i

Table of Contents
Market and Other Industry Data
Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the child care industry, which has been compiled from market research reports, census data and other publicly available information. Other industry and market data included in this prospectus are from internal analyses based upon data available from known sources or other proprietary research and analysis. We believe this data to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limitations on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties.
Trademarks, Service Marks and Copyrights
We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and website names. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. The trademarks we own include Bright Horizons ® . Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are listed without the  © ,  ®  and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.
Our Initial Public Offering
On January 30, 2013, we completed our initial public offering. Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, we amended our certificate of incorporation to effect a 1-for-1.9704 reverse split of our Class A common stock, converted each outstanding share of Class L common stock into 35.1955 shares of our Class A common stock and reclassified our Class A common stock into common stock. At the time of such conversion and reclassification, in accordance with the terms of our equity incentive plans and our outstanding awards thereunder, outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock and Class L common stock became options to purchase shares of our common stock with appropriate adjustments to the exercise price per share and the number of shares underlying each such award. Unless otherwise indicated, all share data gives effect to the reverse split of our Class A common stock, the conversion of all shares of our Class L common stock into shares of our Class A common stock and the subsequent reclassification of our Class A common stock into common stock and related adjustments to our outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock and Class L common stock, which we refer to collectively as the reclassification.
 
ii

Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the financial data and related notes and the section entitled “Risk Factors” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Company”, “Bright Horizons”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to years are to our fiscal years, which end on December 31. All information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, unless otherwise noted.
Our Company
We are a leading provider of high-quality child care and early education services as well as other services designed to help employers and families better address the challenges of work and life. We provide services primarily under multi-year contracts with employers who offer child care and other dependent care solutions as part of their employee benefits packages to improve employee engagement, productivity, recruitment and retention. As of September 30, 2013, we had more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 Fortune 500 companies and 80 of  Working Mother magazine’s 2013 “100 Best Companies for Working Mothers.” Our service offerings include:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Center-based full service child care and early education (representing approximately 86% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012);	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Back-up dependent care; and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Educational advisory services.	
We believe we are a provider of choice for each of the solutions we offer. As of September 30, 2013, we operated a total of 880 child care and early education centers across a wide range of customer industries with the capacity to serve approximately 99,300 children in the United States, as well as in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Ireland, Canada and India. We have achieved satisfaction ratings of greater than 95% among respondents in our employer and parent satisfaction surveys over each of the past five years and an annual client retention rate of 97% for employer-sponsored centers over each of the past ten years.
We have a more than 25-year track record of providing high-quality services and a history of strong financial performance. From 2001 through 2012, we have achieved year-over-year revenue and adjusted EBITDA growth at a compound annual growth rate of 11% for revenue and 18% for adjusted EBITDA. We also achieved year-over-year net income growth at a compound annual growth rate of 23% from 2001 to 2007. In 2008 through 2010, we incurred net losses due primarily to the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our going private transaction. In 2011 and 2012, our net income grew $14.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively, over the prior year to $4.8 million and $8.5 million, respectively. Our strong revenue growth has been driven by additions to our center base through organic center growth and acquisitions, expansions of our service offerings to back-up dependent care and educational advisory services and consistent annual tuition increases. We have also increased our adjusted EBITDA margin in each year from 2001 through 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we generated revenue of $1.07 billion and $899.6 million, net income (loss) of $8.5 million and $(11.3) million, which net loss included a loss on extinguishment of debt of $63.7 million related to our

1

Table of Contents
debt refinancing in January 2013, adjusted EBITDA of $180.9 million and $155.2 million and adjusted net income of $37.8 million and $57.1 million, respectively. Additional information regarding adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, including a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to net income, is included in “—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”
Our Business Models
We provide our center-based child care services under two general business models: a profit and loss (“P&L”) model, where we assume the financial risk of operating a child care center; and a cost-plus model, where we are paid a fee by an employer client for managing a child care center on a cost-plus basis. Our P&L model is further classified into two subcategories: (i) a sponsor model, where we provide child care and early education services on either an exclusive or priority enrollment basis for the employees of a specific employer sponsor; and (ii) a lease/consortium model, where we provide child care and early education services to the employees of multiple employers located within a specific real estate development (for example, an office building or office park), as well as to families in the surrounding community. In both our cost-plus and sponsor P&L models, the development of a new child care center, as well as ongoing maintenance and repair, is typically funded by an employer sponsor with whom we enter into a multi-year contractual relationship. In addition, employer sponsors typically provide subsidies for the ongoing provision of child care services for their employees. We also provide back-up dependent care services through our own centers and through our Back-Up Care Advantage (“BUCA”) program, which offers access to a contracted network of in-home care agencies and approximately 2,500 center-based providers in locations where we do not otherwise have centers with available capacity.
Industry Overview
We compete in the global market for child care and early education services as well as the market for work/life services offered by employers as benefits to employees. Families in the United States spent approximately $43 billion on licensed group child care in 2007. The child care industry can generally be subdivided into center-based and home-based child care. We operate in the center-based market, which is highly fragmented, with over 90% of providers operating fewer than 10 centers, and the top 10 providers comprising less than 10% of the market.
The center-based child care market includes both retail and employer-sponsored centers and can be further divided into full-service centers and back-up centers. The employer-sponsored model, which has been central to our business since we were founded in 1986, is characterized by a single employer or consortium of employers entering into a long-term contract for the provision of child care at a center located at or near the sponsor’s worksite. The sponsor generally funds the development as well as ongoing maintenance and repair of a child care center at or near its worksite and subsidizes the provision of child care services to make them more affordable for its employees.
Additionally, we compete in the growing markets for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, and we believe we are the largest and one of the only multi-national providers of back-up dependent care services.
Industry Trends
We believe that the following key factors contribute to growth in the markets for employer-sponsored child care and for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Increasing Participation by Women and Two Working Parent Families in the Workforce	

2

Table of Contents
 	Ÿ	 	Greater Demand for High-Quality Center-Based Child Care and Early Education.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Recognized Return on Investment to Employers.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Growing Global Demand for Child Care and Early Education Services.	
Our History
We were listed on Nasdaq from 1998 to May 2008, when we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, which we refer to as our going private transaction. Since then, we have continued to grow through challenging economic times while investing in our future. We have grown our international footprint to become a leader in the center-based child care market in the United Kingdom and have expanded into the Netherlands and India as a platform for further international expansion. In the United States, we have enhanced and grown our back-up dependent care services while adding a new educational advisory service for existing employer clients. We have also expanded our sales force with a specific focus on cross-selling opportunities to our employer clients. We have invested in new technologies to better support our full suite of services and expanded our marketing efforts with additional focus on maximizing occupancy levels in centers where we can improve our economics with increased enrollment. On January 30, 2013, we completed our initial public offering. Upon the completion of the initial public offering, our common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BFAM.”
Our Competitive Strengths
Market Leading Service Provider
We believe we are the leader in the markets for employer-sponsored center-based child care and back-up dependent care, and that the breadth, depth and quality of our service offerings—developed over a successful 25-year-plus history—represent significant competitive advantages. We have approximately five times more employer-sponsored centers in the United States than our closest competitor, according to Child Care Information Exchange’s  2010 Employer Child Care Trend Report . We believe the broad geographic reach of our child care centers, with targeted clusters in areas where we believe demand is generally higher and where income demographics are attractive, provides us with an effective platform to market our services to current and new clients.
Collaborative, Long-term Relationships with Diverse Customer Base
We have more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 of the Fortune 500 companies, with our largest client contributing less than 3% of our revenue in 2012 and our largest 10 clients representing less than 13% of our revenue in that year. Our business model places an emphasis on multi-year employer sponsorship contracts where our clients typically fund the development of new child care centers at or near to their worksites and frequently support the ongoing operations of these centers.
Our multiple touch points with both employers and employees give us unique insight into the corporate culture of our clients. This enables us to identify and provide innovative and tailored solutions to address our clients’ specific work/life needs. In addition to full service center-based care, we provide access to a multi-national back-up dependent care network and educational advisory support, allowing us to offer various combinations of services to best meet the needs of specific clients or specific locations for a single client. Our tailored, collaborative approach to employer-sponsored child care has resulted in an annual client retention rate for employer-sponsored centers of approximately 97% over each of the past ten years.

3

Table of Contents
Commitment to Quality
Our business is anchored in the consistent provision of high-quality service offerings to employers and families. We have therefore designed our child care centers to meet or exceed applicable accreditation and rating standards in all of our key markets, including in the United States through the National Academy of Early Childhood Programs, a division of the National Association for the Education of Young Children (“NAEYC”), and in the United Kingdom through the ratings of the Office of Standards in Education. We believe that our voluntary commitment to achieving accreditation standards offers a competitive advantage in securing employer sponsorship opportunities and in attracting and retaining families because an increasing number of potential and existing employer clients require adherence to accreditation criteria. In the United States, NAEYC accreditation, which is optional and can take two to three years to complete, has been achieved by fewer than 10% of child care centers as compared to more than 70% of our eligible centers.
We maintain our proprietary curriculum at the forefront of early education practices by introducing elements that respond to the changing expectations and views of society and new information and theories about the ways in which children learn and grow. We also believe that strong adult-to-child ratios are a critical factor in delivering our curriculum effectively as well as helping to facilitate more focused care. Our programs often provide adult-to-child ratios that are more stringent than many state licensing standards.
Market Leading People Practices
Our ability to deliver consistently high-quality care, education and other services is directly related to our ability to attract, retain and motivate our highly skilled workforce. We have consistently been named as a top employer by third-party sources in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, including being named as one of the “100 Best Places to Work in America” by  Fortune Magazine  14 times.
We believe the education and experience of our center leaders and teachers exceed the industry average. In addition to recurring in-center training and partial tuition reimbursement for continuing education, we have developed a training program that establishes standards for our teachers as well as an in-house online training academy (Bright Horizons University), which allows our employees to earn nationally-recognized child development credentials.
Capital Efficient Operating Model Provides Platform for Growth, with Attractive Economics
We have achieved uninterrupted year-over-year revenue, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin growth for each of the last eleven years despite broader macro-economic fluctuations. With employer sponsors funding the majority of the capital required for new centers developed on their behalf, we have been able to grow our business with limited capital investment, which has contributed to strong cash flows from operations.
Proven Acquisition Track Record
We have an established acquisition team to pursue potential targets using a proven framework to effectively evaluate potential transactions with the goal of maximizing our return on investment while minimizing risk. Since 2006 and as of September 30, 2013, we have completed acquisitions of 237 child care centers in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, as well as a provider of back-up dependent care services in the United States.

4

Table of Contents
Experienced Management Team
Our management team has an established track record of operational excellence and has an average tenure of 17 years at Bright Horizons. We have successfully operated Bright Horizons both as a publicly traded company and as a private company. The management team has a proven track record of performance, having increased revenue from $345.9 million in 2001 to $1.07 billion in 2012, and increased adjusted EBITDA from $29.8 million in 2001 to $180.9 million in 2012, representing 830 basis points of adjusted EBITDA margin expansion. During this same period, our net income grew from $11.5 million in 2001 to $39.1 million in 2007 and then declined to $(6.6 million) in 2008 and to $(10.0 million) in 2010. Our net income in 2008 through 2010 reflects the incremental contributions from growth in the business, offset by the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our May 2008 going private transaction. In 2011 and 2012, our net income increased $14.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively, over the prior year to $4.8 million and $8.5 million, respectively.
Our Growth Strategy
We believe that there are significant opportunities to continue to grow our business globally and expand our leadership position by continuing to execute on the following strategies:
Grow Our Client Relationships
 
 	Ÿ	 	Secure Relationships with New Employer Clients.    Our addressable market includes approximately 15,000 employers, each with at least 1,000 employees, within the industries that we currently service in the United States and the United Kingdom. Our dedicated sales force focuses on establishing new client relationships and is supported by our Horizons Workforce Consulting practice, which helps potential clients to identify the precise work/life offerings that will best meet their strategic goals.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Expand Relationships with Existing Employer Clients Through Additional Centers and Cross-Selling.    As of September 30, 2013, we operated approximately 225 centers for 65 clients with multiple facilities, and we believe there is a significant opportunity to add additional employer-sponsored centers for both these and other existing clients as well as to increase the number of our clients that use more than one of our four principal service offerings.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Continue to Expand Through the Assumption of Management of Existing Sponsored Child Care Centers.    We occasionally assume the management of existing centers from the incumbent management team, which enables us to develop new client relationships, typically with no capital investment and no purchase price payment.	
Sustain Annual Price Increases to Enable Continued Investments in Quality
We look for opportunities to invest in quality as a way to enhance our reputation with our clients and their employees. By developing a strong reputation for high-quality services and facilities, we are able to support consistent price increases that keep pace with our cost increases. Over our history, these price increases have contributed to our revenue growth and have enabled us to drive margin expansion.
Increase Utilization at Existing Centers
We believe that our mature P&L centers (centers that have been open for more than three years) are currently operating at utilization levels below our target run rate, in part due to a general

5

Table of Contents
deterioration in economic conditions from 2008 to 2010. Utilization rates at our mature P&L centers stabilized in 2010 and have grown in 2011, 2012 and the first nine months of 2013. We expect to further close the gap between current utilization rates and our target run rate over the next few years.
Selectively Add New Lease/Consortium Centers and Expand Through Selective Acquisitions
We have typically added between six and twelve new lease/consortium centers annually for the past six years, focusing on urban or city surrounding markets where demand is generally higher and where income demographics are generally more supportive of a new center. In addition, we have a long track record of successfully completing and integrating selective acquisitions. The domestic and international markets for child care and other family support services remain highly fragmented. We will therefore continue to seek attractive opportunities both for center acquisitions and the acquisition of complementary service offerings.
Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Among these important risks are the following:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Significant deterioration in general economic conditions in our markets may lead parents to diminish the use of child care services and employers to reduce sponsorship of work and family services.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Because of the nature of our business, we are highly susceptible to reputational damage. Even false allegations or frivolous litigation could significantly damage our reputation and subject us to significant harm.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our business depends largely on our ability to continue to hire and retain qualified teachers.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	As of September 30, 2013, we had total indebtedness of $804.7 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Debt.” Our substantial debt could limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy.	
Our Sponsor
Bain Capital, LLC is a global private investment firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts whose affiliates, including Bain Capital Partners LLC, our Sponsor, manage several pools of capital including private equity, venture capital, public equity, high-yield assets and mezzanine capital with approximately $70 billion in assets under management. Since its inception in 1984, funds sponsored by Bain Capital have made private equity investments and add-on acquisitions in over 350 companies in a variety of industries around the world.
Upon completion of this offering, our Sponsor will continue to hold a controlling interest in us and will continue to have significant influence over us and decisions made by our stockholders and may have interests that differ from yours. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering.”

6

Table of Contents
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Talcott Avenue South, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472, and our telephone number is (617) 673-8000. Our Internet website address is  www.brighthorizons.com . The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase our common stock.

7

Table of Contents
The Offering
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders	7,500,000 shares.	
 
Option to purchase additional shares	The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 1,125,000 additional shares.	
 
Use of proceeds	We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering.	
 
Dividend policy	We do not currently pay cash dividends on our common stock.	
 
Principal stockholders	Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor will indirectly beneficially own a controlling interest in us. As a result, we will continue to avail ourselves of the controlled company exception under the New York Stock Exchange listing rules. For more information, see “Management—Board Structure and Committee Composition.”	
 
Risk factors	You should read carefully the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.	
 
New York Stock Exchange Trading Symbol	“BFAM”	

8

Table of Contents
Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
The following table sets forth our summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 presented in this table have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such year, which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such period, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods and operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013. The data in the following table related to adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income, child care and early education centers and licensed capacity are unaudited for all periods presented.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 have been derived from our historical financial statements for such year and period, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effect to the transactions specified in note 1 below.
This summary historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth under “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

9

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	 	Nine Months
Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except share and operating data)	 	
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	 	$	878,159	  	 	$	973,701	  	 	$	1,070,938	  	 	$	797,512	  	 	$	899,599	  	
Cost of services	 	 	698,264	  	 	 	766,500	  	 	 	825,168	  	 	 	614,847	  	 	 	689,879	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	179,895	  	 	 	207,201	  	 	 	245,770	  	 	 	182,665	  	 	 	209,720	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	83,601	  	 	 	92,938	  	 	 	123,373	  	 	 	94,847	  	 	 	109,048	  	
Amortization	 	 	27,631	  	 	 	27,427	  	 	 	26,933	  	 	 	20,298	  	 	 	22,049	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	68,663	  	 	 	86,836	  	 	 	95,464	  	 	 	67,520	  	 	 	78,623	  	
Gains from foreign currency transactions	 	 	-	  	 	 	835	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	(63,682	) 	
Interest income	 	 	28	  	 	 	824	  	 	 	152	  	 	 	106	  	 	 	76	  	
Interest expense	 	 	(88,999	) 	 	 	(82,908	) 	 	 	(83,864	) 	 	 	(61,808	) 	 	 	(31,463	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest expense and other	 	 	(88,971	) 	 	 	(81,249	) 	 	 	(83,712	) 	 	 	(61,702	) 	 	 	(95,069	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes	 	 	(20,308	) 	 	 	5,587	  	 	 	11,752	  	 	 	5,818	  	 	 	(16,446	) 	
Income tax benefit (expense)	 	 	10,314	  	 	 	(825	) 	 	 	(3,243	) 	 	 	(1,536	) 	 	 	5,114	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	 	(9,994	) 	 	 	4,762	  	 	 	8,509	  	 	 	4,282	  	 	 	(11,332	) 	
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest	 	 	-	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	347	  	 	 	294	  	 	 	(212	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	 	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,759	  	 	$	8,162	  	 	$	3,988	  	 	$	(11,120	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	 	 	64,712	  	 	 	71,568	  	 	 	79,211	  	 	 	58,401	  	 	 	-	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	 	 	1,251	  	 	 	1,274	  	 	 	5,436	  	 	 	4,660	  	 	 	-	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss available to common shareholders	 	$	(75,957	) 	 	$	(68,083	) 	 	$	(76,485	) 	 	$	(59,073	) 	 	$	(11,120	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	 	$	64,712	  	 	$	71,568	  	 	$	79,211	  	 	$	58,401	  	 	$	-	  	
Common	 	$	(75,957	) 	 	$	(68,083	) 	 	$	(76,485	) 	 	$	(59,073	) 	 	$	(11,120	) 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	 	$	49.21	  	 	$	54.33	  	 	$	59.73	  	 	$	44.05	  	 	$	-	  	
Common—basic and diluted	 	$	(12.64	) 	 	$	(11.32	) 	 	$	(12.62	) 	 	$	(9.75	) 	 	$	(0.18	) 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	 	 	1,315,153	  	 	 	1,317,273	  	 	 	1,326,206	  	 	 	1,325,903	  	 	 	-	  	
Common—basic and diluted	 	 	6,006,960	  	 	 	6,016,733	  	 	 	6,058,512	  	 	 	6,057,128	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	
Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:(1)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	39,044	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	40,777	  	
Pro forma earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.61	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.63	  	
Diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.60	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.61	  	
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	64,349,995	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	64,701,425	  	
Diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	65,167,776	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	66,561,701	  	
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash and cash equivalents	 	$	15,438	  	 	$	30,448	  	 	$	34,109	  	 	$	45,057	  	 	$	35,010	  	
Total assets	 	 	1,721,692	  	 	 	1,771,164	  	 	 	1,916,108	  	 	 	1,902,079	  	 	 	2,087,767	  	
Total liabilities, excluding debt	 	 	362,034	  	 	 	389,986	  	 	 	401,125	  	 	 	397,262	  	 	 	443,680	  	
Total debt, including revolving line of credit and current maturities	 	 	795,458	  	 	 	799,257	  	 	 	906,643	  	 	 	898,897	  	 	 	786,044	  	
Total redeemable non-controlling interest	 	 	-	  	 	 	15,527	  	 	 	8,126	  	 	 	15,825	  	 	 	8,093	  	
Class L common stock	 	 	699,533	  	 	 	772,422	  	 	 	854,101	  	 	 	832,516	  	 	 	-	  	
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	 	 	(135,333	) 	 	 	(206,028	) 	 	 	(253,887	) 	 	 	(242,421	) 	 	 	849,950	  	
Other Financial and Operating Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA(2)(4)	 	 	132,238	  	 	 	148,519	  	 	 	180,851	  	 	 	133,800	  	 	 	155,163	  	
Adjusted income from operations(2)	 	 	68,663	  	 	 	86,836	  	 	 	112,482	  	 	 	84,037	  	 	 	95,249	  	
Adjusted net income(2)(4)	 	 	9,496	  	 	 	23,413	  	 	 	37,807	  	 	 	28,444	  	 	 	57,106	  	
Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share(3)(4)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.71	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.87	  	
Capital expenditures for new and existing centers	 	$	39,522	  	 	$	42,517	  	 	$	69,086	  	 	$	47,791	  	 	$	55,244	  	
Child care and early education centers (at period end)	 	 	705	  	 	 	743	  	 	 	765	  	 	 	776	  	 	 	880	  	
Licensed capacity (at period end)	 	 	78,900	  	 	 	83,400	  	 	 	87,100	  	 	 	87,700	  	 	 	99,300	  	

10

Table of Contents
 
(1)	The pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 give effect to (a) the conversion of our Class L common stock into Class A common stock and the reclassification of our Class A common stock into common stock in connection with our initial public offering (b) the issuance of common stock in our initial public offering, including the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and the application of the net proceeds to the repayment of the 13% senior notes, (c) performance-based compensation expense for stock options that vested upon the initial public offering, (d) the termination of our management agreement with the Sponsor in connection with the initial public offering (see “Related Party Transactions”) and (e) the refinancing of all of our remaining debt as of January 30, 2013 as if each had occurred on the first day of the period presented, and also reflects the income tax expense using the estimated rate that would have been in effect after considering the foregoing adjustments, which was approximately 37% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The above adjustments are illustrated in the following table (in thousands, except share data):	

 	  	Year Ended
December 31,
2012	 	 	Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2013	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	8,162	  	 	$	(11,120	) 	
Interest on 13.0% senior notes	  	 	23,755	  	 	 	2,143	  	
Performance-based stock compensation expense	  	 	-	  	 	 	4,968	  	
Sponsor management fee	  	 	2,500	  	 	 	7,674	  	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	  	 	-	  	 	 	63,682	  	
Reduction in interest expense as a result of refinancing,	  	 	25,114	  	 	 	2,368	  	
Tax effect	  	 	(20,487	) 	 	 	(28,938	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income	  	$	39,044	  	 	$	40,777	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic	  	 	6,058,512	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	
Conversion of Class L common stock	  	 	46,676,483	  	 	 	46,708,475	  	
Class L common shares converted and already included in weighted average common shares	  	 	-	  	 	 	(44,978,546	) 	
Shares issued in initial public offering	  	 	11,615,000	  	 	 	11,615,000	  	
Shares issued in initial public offering already included in weighted average shares outstanding	  	 	-	  	 	 	(10,459,111	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic	  	 	64,349,995	  	 	 	64,701,425	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted	  	 	6,058,512	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	
Conversion of Class L common stock	  	 	46,676,483	  	 	 	46,708,475	  	
Class L common shares converted and already included in weighted average common shares	  	 	-	  	 	 	(44,978,546	) 	
Shares issued in initial public offering	  	 	11,615,000	  	 	 	11,615,000	  	
Shares issued in initial public offering already included in weighted average shares outstanding	  	 	-	  	 	 	(10,459,111	) 	
Dilutive impact of options	  	 	817,781	  	 	 	1,860,276	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted	  	 	65,167,776	  	 	 	66,561,701	  	

 
11

Table of Contents
(2)	Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations and adjusted net income, as presented below, are metrics used by management to measure operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, loss on extinguishment of debt, straight line rent expense, stock compensation expense, the Sponsor management fee and acquisition-related costs. Adjusted income from operations represents income from operations before stock compensation expense, the sponsor management fee and acquisition-related costs. Adjusted net income represents our net income (loss) determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, adjusted for stock compensation expense, amortization expense, the sponsor management fee and the income tax benefit thereon.	

 	  	Year Ended December 31,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	        2012        	 	 	        2013        	 	
 	  	(in thousands)	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,762	  	 	$	8,509	  	 	$	4,282	  	 	$	(11,332	) 	
Interest expense, net	  	 	88,971	  	 	 	82,084	  	 	 	83,712	  	 	 	61,702	  	 	 	31,387	  	
Income tax (benefit) expense	  	 	(10,314	) 	 	 	825	  	 	 	3,243	  	 	 	1,536	  	 	 	(5,114	) 	
Depreciation	  	 	25,689	  	 	 	28,024	  	 	 	34,415	  	 	 	24,912	  	 	 	31,264	  	
Amortization(a)	  	 	27,631	  	 	 	27,427	  	 	 	26,933	  	 	 	20,298	  	 	 	22,049	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	  	 	121,983	  	 	 	143,122	  	 	 	156,812	  	 	 	112,730	  	 	 	68,254	  	
Additional adjustments	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss on extinguishment of debt(b)	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	63,682	  	
Straight-line rent expense(c)	  	 	5,401	  	 	 	1,739	  	 	 	2,142	  	 	 	1,095	  	 	 	1,867	  	
Stock compensation expense(d)	  	 	2,354	  	 	 	1,158	  	 	 	17,596	  	 	 	16,700	  	 	 	9,528	  	
Sponsor management fee(e)	  	 	2,500	  	 	 	2,500	  	 	 	2,500	  	 	 	1,875	  	 	 	7,674	  	
Expenses related to the initial and secondary public offerings and refinancing	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	1,801	  	 	 	  1,400	  	 	 	  647	  	
Acquisition-related costs	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	3,511	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total adjustments	  	 	10,255	  	 	 	5,397	  	 	 	24,039	  	 	 	21,070	  	 	 	86,909	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA	  	$	132,238	  	 	$	148,519	  	 	$	180,851	  	 	$	133,800	  	 	$	155,163	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	$	68,663	  	 	$	86,836	  	 	$	95,464	  	 	$	67,520	  	 	$	78,623	  	
Stock compensation expense for performance-based awards (2013) and effect of option modification (2012)(d)	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	15,217	  	 	 	  15,117	  	 	 	4,968	  	
Sponsor termination fee(e)	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	7,500	  	
Expenses related to the initial and secondary public offerings and refinancing	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	1,801	  	 	 	1,400	  	 	 	647	  	
Acquisition-related costs(f)	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	3,511	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted income from operations	  	$	68,663	  	 	$	86,836	  	 	$	112,482	  	 	$	84,037	  	 	$	95,249	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	  	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,762	  	 	$	8,509	  	 	$	4,282	  	 	$	(11,332	) 	
Income tax (benefit) expense	  	 	(10,314	) 	 	 	825	  	 	 	3,243	  	 	 	1,536	  	 	 	(5,114	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before tax	  	 	(20,308	) 	 	 	5,587	  	 	 	11,752	  	 	 	5,818	  	 	 	(16,446	) 	
Stock compensation expense(d)	  	 	2,354	  	 	 	1,158	  	 	 	17,596	  	 	 	16,700	  	 	 	9,528	  	
Sponsor management fee(e)	  	 	2,500	  	 	 	2,500	  	 	 	2,500	  	 	 	1,875	  	 	 	7,674	  	
Amortization(a)	  	 	27,631	  	 	 	27,427	  	 	 	26,933	  	 	 	20,298	  	 	 	22,049	  	
Expenses related to initial and secondary public offerings and refinancing	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	1,801	  	 	 	  1,400	  	 	 	  647	  	
Acquisition-related costs(f)	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	3,511	  	
Loss on extinguishment of debt(b)	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	63,682	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted income before tax	  	 	12,177	  	 	 	36,672	  	 	 	60,582	  	 	 	46,091	  	 	 	90,645	  	
Adjusted income tax expense(g)	  	 	(2,681	) 	 	 	(13,259	) 	 	 	(22,775	) 	 	 	(17,647	) 	 	 	(33,539	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted net income	  	$	9,496	  	 	$	23,413	  	 	$	37,807	  	 	$	28,444	  	 	$	57,106	  	

(a)	Represents amortization of intangible assets, including amounts associated with intangible assets recorded in connection with our going private transaction in May 2008.	
(b)	Represents redemption premiums and write off of unamortized debt issue costs and original issue discount associated with indebtedness that was repaid in connection with a refinancing.	
(c)	Represents rent in excess of cash paid for rent, recognized on a straight line basis over the lease life in accordance with ASC Topic 840, Leases.	
(d)	Represents non-cash stock-based compensation expense, including performance-based stock compensation expense.	

12

Table of Contents
(e)	Represents fees paid to our Sponsor under a management agreement, including a termination fee at the completion of our initial public offering. See “Related Party Transactions—Management Agreement”.	
(f)	Represents costs associated with the acquisition of businesses.	
(g)	Represents income tax expense using the estimated rate that would have been in effect after considering the adjustments, which was 22% in 2010, and between approximately 36% and 38% for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013.	
(3)	Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share is calculated as follows:	

 	  	Year Ended
December 31, 2012	 	  	Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013	 	
Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Adjusted net income (in thousands)	  	$	37,807	  	  	$	57,106	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Pro forma weighted average number of common shares—diluted:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of Class L shares over period in which Class L shares were outstanding	  	 	1,326,206	  	  	 	1,327,115	  	
Adjustment to weight Class L shares over respective period(a)	  	 	-	  	  	 	(1,277,963	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of Class L shares over period	  	 	1,326,206	  	  	 	49,152	  	
Class L conversion factor	  	 	35.1955	  	  	 	35.1955	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of converted Class L common shares	  	 	46,676,483	  	  	 	1,729,929	  	
Weighted average number of common shares	  	 	6,058,512	  	  	 	61,815,607	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Pro forma weighted average number of common shares—basic	  	 	52,734,995	  	  	 	63,545,536	  	
Incremental dilutive shares(b)	  	 	817,781	  	  	 	1,860,276	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Pro forma diluted weighted average number of common shares—diluted	  	 	53,552,776	  	  	 	65,405,812	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share	  	$	0.71	  	  	$	$0.87	  	

 	(a)	The weighted average number of Class L shares in the actual Class L earnings per share calculation represents the weighted average from the beginning of the period up through the date of conversion of the Class L shares into common shares. As such, the pro forma weighted average number of common shares for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 includes an adjustment to the weighted average number of Class L shares outstanding to reflect the length of time the Class L shares were outstanding prior to conversion relative to the nine month period. The converted Class L shares are already included in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period after their conversion.	
 	(b)	Represents the dilutive effect of stock options using the treasury stock method.	
 
(4)	Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP, and the use of the terms adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share may differ from similar measures reported by other companies. We believe that adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share provide investors with useful information with respect to our historical operations.	
We present adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share as supplemental performance measures because we believe they facilitate a comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our results under GAAP, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period. Specifically, adjusted EBITDA allows for an assessment of our operating performance and of our ability to service or incur indebtedness without the effect of non-cash charges, such as depreciation, amortization, the excess of rent expense over cash rent expense and stock compensation expense, and the effect of fees associated with our Sponsor management agreement, which was terminated in connection with the completion of our initial public offering on January 30, 2013, as well as the expenses related to the acquisition of businesses. In addition, adjusted income from operations and adjusted net income allow us to assess our performance without the impact of the specifically identified items that we believe do not directly reflect our core operations. These measures also function as benchmarks to evaluate our operating performance.
This prospectus also includes information concerning adjusted EBITDA margin, which is defined as the ratio of adjusted EBITDA to revenue. We present adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measurement to judge the level of adjusted EBITDA generated from revenue. We believe its inclusion is appropriate to provide additional information to investors and other external users of our financial statements.
Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to income before taxes, net income, net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities or any other financial statement data presented as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as presented in

13

Table of Contents
accordance with GAAP. We understand that although adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share are frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, they have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
 	•	 	adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share do not fully reflect our cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;	
 
 	•	 	adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;	
 
 	•	 	adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;	
 
 	•	 	although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future; and,	
 
 	•	 	adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, adjusted net income and diluted adjusted earnings per pro forma common share do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.	
Because of these limitations, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted income from operations, and adjusted net income should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

14

Table of Contents
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves various risks. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks that we face. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Changes in the demand for child care and other dependent care services, which may be negatively affected by economic conditions, may affect our operating results.
Our business strategy depends on employers recognizing the value in providing employees with child care and other dependent care services as an employee benefit. The number of employers that view such services as cost-effective or beneficial to their work forces may not continue to grow or may diminish. In addition, demographic trends, including the number of dual-income families in the work force, may not continue to lead to increased demand for our services. Such changes could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Even among employers that recognize the value of our services, demand may be adversely affected by general economic conditions. For example, during the recent recession, we believe sustained uncertainty in U.S. and global economic conditions and persistently high unemployment domestically resulted in reduced enrollment levels at our mature P&L centers, and enrollment remains below pre-recession levels, and in certain locations has not begun to recover. Should the economy experience additional or prolonged weakness, employer clients may reduce or eliminate their sponsorship of work and family services, and prospective clients may not commit resources to such services. In addition, a reduction in the size of an employer’s workforce could negatively impact the demand for our services and result in reduced enrollment or failure of our employer clients to renew their contracts. A deterioration of general economic conditions may adversely impact the need for our services because out-of-work parents may diminish or discontinue the use of child care services, or be unwilling to pay tuition for high-quality services. Additionally, we may not be able to increase tuition at a rate consistent with increases in our operating costs. If demand for our services were to decrease, it could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our business depends largely on our ability to hire and retain qualified teachers.
State laws require our teachers and other staff members to meet certain educational and other minimum requirements, and we often require that teachers and staff at our centers have additional qualifications. We are also required by state laws to maintain certain prescribed minimum adult-to-child ratios. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified teachers at a center, we could be required to reduce enrollment or be prevented from accepting additional enrollment in order to comply with such mandated ratios. In certain markets, we may experience difficulty in attracting, hiring and retaining qualified teachers, which may require us to offer increased salaries and enhanced benefits in these more competitive markets. This could result in increased costs at centers located in these markets. Difficulties in hiring and retaining qualified personnel may also affect our ability to meet growth objectives in certain geographies and to take advantage of additional enrollment opportunities at our child care and early education centers in these markets.
 
15

Table of Contents
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2013, we had total indebtedness of $804.7 million, including approximately $20.6 million of borrowings under our revolving line of credit, and $79.4 million of unused commitments under our revolving credit facility. Our high level of debt could have important consequences, including:
 
 	Ÿ	 	limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements and increasing our cost of borrowing;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete; and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt at more favorable interest rates.	
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, those restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with those restrictions could be substantial. We may also seek to amend or refinance one or more of our debt instruments to permit us to finance our growth strategy or improve the terms of our indebtedness.
In addition, the borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. Assuming all amounts under our senior secured credit facilities are fully drawn, a 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in a $8.90 million change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities (subject to our base rate and LIBOR floors, as applicable). While we may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.
The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to incur certain liens, make investments and acquisitions, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock, or enter into certain other types of contractual arrangements affecting our subsidiaries or indebtedness. In addition, the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests, and we expect that the agreements governing any new senior secured credit facilities will contain similar requirements to satisfy financial condition tests and, with respect to any new revolving credit facility, maintain specified financial ratios, subject to certain conditions. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.
 
16

Table of Contents
A breach of the covenants under the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities or the indentures that govern our notes, or any replacement facility, could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness, unless we obtain a waiver to avoid such default. If we are unable to obtain a waiver, such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of or default under any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.
Acquisitions may disrupt our operations or expose us to additional risk.
Acquisitions are an integral part of our growth strategy. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including potential difficulties in the integration of acquired operations, such as bringing new centers through the re-licensing or accreditation processes, successfully implementing our curriculum programs, not meeting financial objectives, increased costs, including from higher overhead costs of acquired businesses pending integration into our own operations, undisclosed liabilities not covered by insurance or by the terms of the acquisition, diversion of management’s attention and resources in connection with an acquisition, loss of key employees of the acquired operation, failure of acquired operations to effectively and timely adopt our internal control processes and other policies, and write-offs or impairment charges relating to goodwill and other intangible assets. We may not have success in identifying, executing and integrating acquisitions in the future.
The success of our operations in international markets is highly dependent on the expertise of local management and operating staff, as well as the political, social, legal and economic operating conditions of each country in which we operate.
The success of our business depends on the actions of our employees. In international markets that are newer to our business, we are highly dependent on our current local management and operating staff to operate our centers in these markets in accordance with local law and best practices. If the local management or operating staff were to leave our employment, we would have to expend significant time and resources building up our management or operational expertise in these markets. Such a transition could adversely affect our reputation in these markets and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
If the international markets in which we compete are affected by changes in political, social, legal, economic or other factors, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected. As of September 30, 2013, we had 238 centers located in five foreign countries; therefore, we are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in a global economy. Our international operations may subject us to additional risks that differ in each country in which we operate, and such risks may negatively affect our results. The factors impacting the international markets in which we operate may include changes in laws and regulations affecting the operation of child care centers, the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds or increases in the taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws.
In addition, instability in European financial markets or other events could cause fluctuations in exchange rates that may affect our revenues. Most of our revenues, costs and debts are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues and costs from our operations outside of the United States are denominated in the currency of the country in which the center is located, and these currencies could become less valuable as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. The current European debt crisis and related European financial restructuring efforts may cause the value of the European currencies, including the British pound and the Euro, to deteriorate. The potential dissolution of the Euro, or market perceptions concerning this and related issues, could adversely affect the value of our Euro- and
 
17

Table of Contents
British pound-denominated assets. Unfavorable currency fluctuations as a result of this and other market forces could result in a reduction in our revenues and net earnings, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Because our success depends substantially on the value of our brands and reputation as a provider of choice, adverse publicity could impact the demand for our services.
Adverse publicity concerning reported incidents or allegations of physical or sexual abuse or other harm to a child at any child care center, whether or not directly relating to or involving Bright Horizons, could result in decreased enrollment at our child care centers, termination of existing corporate relationships or inability to attract new corporate relationships, or increased insurance costs, all of which could adversely affect our operations. Brand value and our reputation can be severely damaged even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative publicity or result in substantial litigation. These incidents may arise from events that are beyond our ability to control and may damage our brands and reputation, such as instances of physical or sexual abuse or actions taken (or not taken) by one or more center managers or teachers relating to the health, safety or welfare of children in our care. In addition, from time to time, customers and others make claims and take legal action against us. Whether or not customer claims or legal action related to our performance have merit, they may adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our services. Demand for our services could diminish significantly if any such incidents or other matters erode consumer confidence in us or our services, which would likely result in lower sales, and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. Any reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our brand value and our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business activities subject us to litigation risks that may lead to significant reputational damage, money damages and other remedies and increase our litigation expense.
Because of the nature of our business, we may be subject to claims and litigation alleging negligence, inadequate supervision or other grounds for liability arising from injuries or other harm to the people we serve, primarily children. We may also be subject to employee claims based on, among other things, discrimination, harassment or wrongful termination. In addition, claimants may seek damages from us for physical or sexual abuse, and other acts allegedly committed by our employees or agents. We face the risk that additional lawsuits may be filed which could result in damages and other costs that our insurance may be inadequate to cover. In addition to diverting our management resources, such allegations may result in publicity that may materially and adversely affect us and our brands, regardless of whether such allegations are valid. Any such claim or the publicity resulting from it may have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition including, without limitation, adverse effects caused by increased cost or decreased availability of insurance and decreased demand for our services from employer sponsors and families.
Our international operations may be subject to additional risks related to litigation, including difficulties enforcing contractual obligations governed by foreign law due to differing interpretations of rights and obligations, limitations on the availability of insurance coverage and limits, compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting laws, new and potentially untested laws and judicial systems and reduced or diminished protection of intellectual property. A substantial judgment against us or one of our subsidiaries could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Our continued profitability depends on our ability to pass on our increased costs to our customers.
Hiring and retaining key employees and qualified personnel, including teachers, is critical to our business. Because we are primarily a services business, inflationary factors such as wage and benefits
 
18

Table of Contents
cost increases result in significant increases in the costs of running our business. In addition, increased competition for teachers in certain markets could result in significant increases in the costs of running our business. Any employee organizing efforts could also increase our payroll and benefits expenses. Our success depends on our ability to continue to pass along these costs to our customers. In the event that we cannot increase the cost of our services to cover these higher wage and benefit costs without reducing customer demand for our services, our revenues could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our growth.
Changes in our relationships with employer sponsors may affect our operating results.
We derive a significant portion of our business from child care and early education centers associated with employer sponsors for whom we provide these services at single or multiple sites pursuant to contractual arrangements. Our contracts with employers for full service center-based care typically have terms of three to ten years, and our contracts related to back-up dependent care typically have terms of one to three years. While we have a history of consistent contract renewals, we may not experience a similar renewal rate in the future. The termination or non-renewal of a significant number of contracts or the termination of a multiple-site client relationship could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Significant increases in the costs of insurance or of insurance claims or our deductibles may negatively affect our profitability.
We currently maintain the following major types of commercial insurance policies: workers’ compensation, commercial general liability (including coverage for sexual and physical abuse), professional liability, automobile liability, excess and “umbrella” liability, commercial property coverage, student accident coverage, employment practices liability, commercial crime coverage, fiduciary liability, privacy breach/Internet liability and directors’ and officers’ liability. These policies are subject to various limitations, exclusions and deductibles. To date, we have been able to obtain insurance in amounts we believe to be appropriate. Such insurance, particularly coverage for sexual and physical abuse, may not continue to be readily available to us in the form or amounts we have been able to obtain in the past, or our insurance premiums could materially increase in the future as a consequence of conditions in the insurance business or in the child care industry.
Changes in laws and regulations could impact the way we conduct business.
Our child care and early education centers are subject to numerous national, state and local regulations and licensing requirements. Although these regulations vary greatly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, government agencies generally review, among other issues, the adequacy of buildings and equipment, licensed capacity, the ratio of adults to children, educational qualifications and training of staff, record keeping, dietary program, daily curriculum, hiring practices and compliance with health and safety standards. Failure of a child care or early education center to comply with applicable regulations and requirements could subject it to governmental sanctions, which can include fines, corrective orders, placement on probation or, in more serious cases, suspension or revocation of one or more of our child care centers’ licenses to operate, and require significant expenditures to bring our centers into compliance. Although we expect to pay employees at rates above the minimum wage, increases in the statutory minimum wage rates could result in a corresponding increase in the wages we pay to our employees.
Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations.
Our revenue and results of operations fluctuate with the seasonal demands for child care and the other services we provide. Revenue in our child care centers that have mature operating levels
 
19

Table of Contents
typically declines during the third quarter due to decreased enrollments over the summer months as families withdraw children for vacations and older children transition into elementary schools. In addition, use of our back-up services tends to be higher when school is not in session and during holiday periods, which can increase the operating costs of the program and impact results of operations. We may be unable to adjust our expenses on a short-term basis to minimize the effect of these fluctuations in revenue. Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate based upon the number and timing of child care center openings and/or closings, acquisitions, the performance of new and existing child care and early education centers, the contractual arrangements under which child care centers are operated, the change in the mix of such contractual arrangements, competitive factors and general economic conditions. The inability of existing child care centers to maintain their current enrollment levels and profitability, the failure of newly opened child care centers to contribute to profitability and the failure to maintain and grow our other services could result in additional fluctuations in our future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.
We depend on key management and key employees to manage our business.
Our success depends on the efforts, abilities and continued services of our executive officers and other key employees. We believe future success will depend upon our ability to continue to attract, motivate and retain highly-skilled managerial, sales and marketing, divisional, regional and child care and early education center director personnel.
Significant competition in our industry could adversely affect our results of operations.
We compete for enrollment and sponsorship of our child care and early education centers in a highly-fragmented market. For enrollment, we compete with family child care (operated out of the caregiver’s home) and center-based child care (such as residential and work-site child care centers, full- and part-time nursery schools, private and public elementary schools and church-affiliated and other not-for-profit providers). In addition, substitutes for organized child care, such as relatives and nannies caring for children, can represent lower cost alternatives to our services. For sponsorship, we compete primarily with large residential child care companies with divisions focused on employer sponsorship and with regional child care providers who target employer sponsorship. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including quality of care, site convenience and cost. We often face a price disadvantage to our competition, which may have access to greater financial resources, greater name recognition or lower operating or compliance costs. In addition, certain competitors may be able to operate with little or no rental expense and sometimes do not comply or are not required to comply with the same health, safety and operational regulations with which we comply. Therefore, we may be unable to continue to compete successfully against current and future competitors.
The growth of our business may be adversely affected if we do not execute our growth strategies successfully.
Our ability to grow in the future will depend upon a number of factors, including the ability to develop and expand new and existing client relationships, to continue to provide and expand the high-quality services we offer and to hire and train qualified personnel. Achieving and sustaining growth increases requires the successful execution of our growth strategies, which may require the implementation of enhancements to operational and financial systems, expanded sales and marketing capacity and additional or new organizational resources. We may be unable to manage our expanding operations effectively, or we may be unable to maintain or accelerate our growth.
 
20

Table of Contents
Governmental universal child care benefit programs could reduce the demand for our services.
National, state or local child care benefit programs comprised primarily of subsidies in the form of tax credits or other direct government financial aid provide us opportunities for expansion in additional markets. However, a universal benefit with governmentally mandated or provided child care could reduce the demand for early care services at our existing child care and early education centers due to the availability of lower cost care alternatives or could place downward pressure on the tuition and fees we charge, which could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.
Breaches in data security could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
For various operational needs, we receive certain personal information including credit card information and personal information for the children and families that we serve. While we have policies and practices that protect our data, a compromise of our systems that results in unauthorized persons obtaining personal information could adversely affect our reputation and our operations, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, and could result in litigation against us or in the imposition of penalties. In addition, a security breach could require us to expend significant additional resources related to the security of our information systems and could result in a disruption to our operations.
A regional or global health pandemic or other catastrophic event could severely disrupt our business.
A health pandemic is a disease that spreads rapidly and widely by infection and affects many individuals in an area or population at the same time. A regional or global health pandemic, depending upon its duration and severity, could severely affect our business. Enrollment in our child care centers could experience sharp declines as families might avoid taking their children out in public in the event of a health pandemic, and local, regional or national governments might limit or ban public interactions to halt or delay the spread of diseases causing business disruptions and the temporary closure of our centers. Additionally, a health pandemic could also impair our ability to hire and retain an adequate level of staff. A health pandemic may have a disproportionate impact on our business compared to other companies that depend less on the performance of services by employees.
Other unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international, regional or local instability or conflicts (including labor issues), embargos, natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations or result in political or economic instability. Enrollment in our child care centers could experience sharp declines as families might avoid taking their children out in public as a result of one or more of these events.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing rules and, as a result, we qualify for, and will continue to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange and we expect that, after the completion of this offering, the Sponsor will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Under the New York Stock Exchange rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements including:
 
 	Ÿ	 	the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;	
 
21

Table of Contents
 	Ÿ	 	the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.	
We intend to continue to utilize these exemptions. Accordingly, we do not have a majority of independent directors, our compensation committee does not consist entirely of independent directors and the board committees are not be subject to annual performance evaluations. In addition, we do not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, you do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.
The Sponsor, however, is not subject to any contractual obligation to retain its controlling interest, except that it has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or other securities exercisable or convertible therefor for a period of at least 90 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. Except for this brief period, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which the Sponsor will maintain its ownership of our common stock following this offering.
Our stock price could be extremely volatile, and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
Since completing our initial public offering in January 2013, the price of our common stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, has ranged from a low of $27.50 on January 25, 2013 to a high of $38.39 on May 31, 2013. In addition, the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this prospectus and others such as:
 
 	Ÿ	 	variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	additions and departures of key personnel;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	speculation in the press or investment community;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	changes in accounting principles;	
 
22

Table of Contents
 	Ÿ	 	terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	natural disasters and other calamities; and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	changes in general market and economic conditions.	
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.
Pursuant to our restated bylaws, our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.
There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock after this offering by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.
As of October 31, 2013, there were 65,138,465 shares of common stock outstanding. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all the common stock sold in our initial public offering, in the offering by certain selling shareholders completed in June 2013 (the “June 2013 follow-on offering”) or this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering, approximately 57.4% of our outstanding common stock (or 55.7% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders) will be beneficially owned by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor and members of our management and employees.
Each of our directors, executive officers and significant equity holders (including affiliates of the Sponsor) has entered into a lock-up agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, which regulates their sales of our common stock for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions (including contributions to charitable organizations which may freely resell the contributed shares and up to 466,000 shares which may be transferred by directors and officers pursuant to trading plans established prior to the date of this prospectus under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act) and automatic extensions in certain circumstances.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future. Of the shares to be outstanding after the offering, the shares sold in our initial public offering, the shares sold in the June 2013 follow-on offering and the shares offered by this prospectus will be eligible for immediate sale in the public market without restriction by persons other than our affiliates. Our remaining outstanding shares will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Number of Shares	  	Date Available for Resale	
823,384	  	On the date of this offering (                    , 2013)	
36,248,465	  	90 days after the date of this offering (                    , 2014), subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances	
 
23

Table of Contents
Beginning 90 days after this offering, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances, holders of shares of our common stock may require us to register their shares for resale under the federal securities laws, and holders of additional shares of our common stock would be entitled to have their shares included in any such registration statement, all subject to reduction upon the request of the underwriter of the offering, if any. See “Related Party Transactions—Arrangements With Our Investors.” Registration of those shares would allow the holders to immediately resell their shares in the public market. Any such sales or anticipation thereof could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
In addition, we have registered shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may deter takeover efforts that could be beneficial to stockholder value.
In addition to the Sponsor’s beneficial ownership of a controlling percentage of our common stock, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make it harder for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include a classified board of directors and limitations on actions by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquiror. Our certificate of incorporation also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock other than the Sponsor. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
Our certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our by-laws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
If you purchase shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma book value of your stock of $48.44 per share based on an
 
24

Table of Contents
assumed public offering price of $37.62 (the closing price of our common stock on November 7, 2013) because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value deficiency per share of the shares you acquire. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options and warrants to purchase our common stock, including those options currently outstanding and those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience substantial additional dilution.
The Sponsor will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.
We are currently controlled, and after this offering is completed will continue to be controlled, by the Sponsor. Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor will beneficially own 52.8% of our outstanding common stock (51.1% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders). For as long as the Sponsor continues to beneficially own shares of common stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock, it will be able to direct the election of all of the members of our board of directors and could exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities, the repurchase or redemption of common stock and the payment of dividends. Similarly, the Sponsor will have the power to determine matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders without the consent of our other stockholders, will have the power to prevent a change in our control and could take other actions that might be favorable to it. Even if its ownership falls below 50%, the Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.
Additionally, the Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our senior secured credit facilities. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
 
25

Table of Contents
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “projects,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or “anticipates,” or, in each case, their negatives or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the industries in which we and our partners operate.
By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We believe that these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, which include but are not limited to the following:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Changes in the demand for child care and other dependent care services;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our ability to hire and retain qualified teachers;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our substantial indebtedness and our ability to refinance our indebtedness on the terms described in this prospectus or at all;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	That the terms of our indebtedness could restrict our current and future operations;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	The possibility that acquisitions may disrupt our operations and expose us to additional risk;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our reliance on the expertise of operating staff, especially in international markets;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	The possibility that adverse publicity would have a negative impact on the demand for our services and the value of our brand;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	The possibility that our business activities subject us to litigation risks that could result in significant money or reputational damages;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our ability to pass on our increased costs;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Changes in our relationships with employer sponsors;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our ability to obtain and maintain adequate insurance coverage at a reasonable cost;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Changes in laws or regulations that govern our business;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our ability to withstand seasonal fluctuations in the demand for our services;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our ability to retain and attract key management and key employees;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Significant competition within our industry;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our ability to implement our growth strategies successfully;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Our susceptibility to the economic impact of governmental or universal child care programs in the countries in which we operate;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Breaches in data security; and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	The impact of a regional or global health pandemic or other catastrophic event.	
These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements in this prospectus.
 
26

Table of Contents
Although we base these forward-looking statements on assumptions that we believe are reasonable when made, we caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.
Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement that we make in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of those statements to reflect future events or developments. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless specifically expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.
 
27

Table of Contents
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
28

Table of Contents
MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BFAM” since January 25, 2013. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange:

 	  	High	 	  	Low	 	
2013:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
First quarter(1)	  	$	36.26	  	  	$	27.50	  	
Second quarter	  	$	38.39	  	  	$	30.35	  	
Third quarter	  	$	37.40	  	  	$	32.88	  	
Fourth quarter (through November 7, 2013)	  	$	37.99	  	  	$	33.91	  	
 
(1)	Represents the period from January 25, 2013, the date on which our common stock first began to trade on the New York Stock Exchange after pricing our initial public offering, through March 31, 2013, the end of our first quarter.	
A recent reported closing price for our common stock is set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Wells Fargo Transfer Agent Services is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock. As of October 31, 2013, there were 17 holders of record of our common stock.
 
29

Table of Contents
DIVIDEND POLICY
Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock. However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis following this offering and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our senior secured credit facilities and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future.
 
30

Table of Contents
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of September 30, 2013. This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 	  	As of
September 30, 2013	 	
 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	35,010	  	

Long-term debt, including current portion	  	 	 	 	
Revolving credit facility(1)	  	 	20,600	  	
Term loans(2)	  	 	784,075	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total long-term debt, net	  	 	804,675	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity	  	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding	  	 	—	  	
Common stock; $0.001 par value; 475,000,000 shares authorized and 65,126,829 shares issued and outstanding	  	 	65	  	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	1,261,361	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	  	 	(5,191	) 	
Accumulated deficit	  	 	(406,285	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	  	 	849,950	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total capitalization	  	$	1,654,625	  	

(1)	Consists of $20.6 million of borrowings under our $100 million revolving line of credit. At September 30, 2013, $79.4 million remained available for borrowing.	
(2)	Excludes remaining unamortized deferred financing costs and original issue discount of $18.6 million at September 30, 2013.	
 
31

Table of Contents
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table sets forth our selected historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2012 presented in this table have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and September 30, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of such date, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years and periods, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data for the period from January 1, 2008 through May 28, 2008 which are under the predecessor ownership and for the period May 29, 2008 through December 31, 2008 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements for such periods, which have not been included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods, and operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 have been derived from our historical financial statements for such year and period, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effect to the transactions specified in note 1 to “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”
This selected historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth under “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
32

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 Predecessor(2) 	 	 	 	 	 	Fiscal Year ended December 31,	 	 	Nine Months Ended
September 30,	 	
 	 	January 1
—May 28,
2008	 	 	May 29—
December 31,
2008(2)	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except share and operations data)	 	
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	 	$	331,349	  	 	$	482,783	  	 	$	852,323	  	 	$	878,159	  	 	$	973,701	  	 	$	1,070,938	  	 	$	797,512	  	 	$	899,599	  	
Cost of services	 	 	261,073	  	 	 	389,854	  	 	 	672,793	  	 	 	698,264	  	 	 	766,500	  	 	 	825,168	  	 	 	614,847	  	 	 	689,879	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	70,276	  	 	 	92,929	  	 	 	179,530	  	 	 	179,895	  	 	 	207,201	  	 	 	245,770	  	 	 	182,665	  	 	 	209,720	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	58,109	  	 	 	46,933	  	 	 	82,798	  	 	 	83,601	  	 	 	92,938	  	 	 	123,373	  	 	 	94,847	  	 	 	109,048	  	
Amortization	 	 	1,878	  	 	 	16,957	  	 	 	29,960	  	 	 	27,631	  	 	 	27,427	  	 	 	26,933	  	 	 	20,298	  	 	 	22,049	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	10,289	  	 	 	29,039	  	 	 	66,772	  	 	 	68,663	  	 	 	86,836	  	 	 	95,464	  	 	 	67,520	  	 	 	78,623	  	
Gains from foreign currency transactions	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	835	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	(63,682	) 	
Interest income	 	 	153	  	 	 	539	  	 	 	132	  	 	 	28	  	 	 	824	  	 	 	152	  	 	 	106	  	 	 	76	  	
Interest expense	 	 	(164	) 	 	 	(49,233	) 	 	 	(83,228	) 	 	 	(88,999	) 	 	 	(82,908	) 	 	 	(83,864	) 	 	 	(61,808	) 	 	 	(31,463	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net interest expense and other	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	(48,694	) 	 	 	(83,096	) 	 	 	(88,971	) 	 	 	(81,249	) 	 	 	(83,712	) 	 	 	(61,702	) 	 	 	(95,069	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	 	10,278	  	 	 	(19,655	) 	 	 	(16,324	) 	 	 	(20,308	) 	 	 	5,587	  	 	 	11,752	  	 	 	5,818	  	 	 	(16,446	) 	
Income tax (expense) benefit	 	 	(4,770	) 	 	 	7,577	  	 	 	6,789	  	 	 	10,314	  	 	 	(825	) 	 	 	(3,243	) 	 	 	(1,536	) 	 	 	5,114	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	 	 	5,508	  	 	 	(12,078	) 	 	 	(9,535	) 	 	 	(9,994	) 	 	 	4,762	  	 	 	8,509	  	 	 	4,282	  	 	 	(11,332	) 	
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	347	  	 	 	294	  	 	 	(212	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	 	$	5,508	  	 	$	(12,078	) 	 	$	(9,535	) 	 	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,759	  	 	$	8,162	  	 	$	3,988	  	 	$	(11,120	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	91,443	  	 	 	58,559	  	 	 	64,712	  	 	 	71,568	  	 	 	79,211	  	 	 	58,401	  	 	 	-	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	1,853	  	 	 	1,171	  	 	 	1,251	  	 	 	1,274	  	 	 	5,436	  	 	 	4,660	  	 	 	-	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	 	$	5,508	  	 	$	(105,374	) 	 	$	(69,265	) 	 	$	(75,957	) 	 	$	(68,083	) 	 	$	(76,485	) 	 	$	(59,073	) 	 	$	(11,120	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	 	 	N/A	  	 	$	91,443	  	 	$	58,559	  	 	$	64,712	  	 	$	71,568	  	 	$	79,211	  	 	$	58,401	  	 	$	-	  	
Common	 	$	5,508	  	 	 	(105,374	) 	 	 	(69,265	) 	 	 	(75,957	) 	 	 	(68,083	) 	 	 	(76,485	) 	 	 	(59,073	) 	 	 	(11,120	) 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	 	 	N/A	  	 	$	69.51	  	 	$	44.52	  	 	$	49.21	  	 	$	54.33	  	 	$	59.73	  	 	$	44.05	  	 	$	-	  	
Common—basic	 	 	0.21	  	 	 	(17.54	) 	 	 	(11.53	) 	 	 	(12.64	) 	 	 	(11.32	) 	 	 	(12.62	) 	 	 	(9.75	) 	 	 	(0.18	) 	
Common—diluted	 	 	0.20	  	 	 	(17.54	) 	 	 	(11.53	) 	 	 	(12.64	) 	 	 	(11.32	) 	 	 	(12.62	) 	 	 	(9.75	) 	 	 	(0.18	) 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	1,315,545	  	 	 	1,315,267	  	 	 	1,315,153	  	 	 	1,317,273	  	 	 	1,326,206	  	 	 	1,325,903	  	 	 	-	  	
Common—basic	 	 	26,197,127	  	 	 	6,008,843	  	 	 	6,007,482	  	 	 	6,006,960	  	 	 	6,016,733	  	 	 	6,058,512	  	 	 	6,057,128	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	
Common—diluted	 	 	27,085,336	  	 	 	6,008,843	  	 	 	6,007,482	  	 	 	6,006,960	  	 	 	6,016,733	  	 	 	6,058,512	  	 	 	6,057,128	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	
 
33

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Predecessor(1)	 	 	 	 	 	Fiscal Year ended December 31,	 	 	Nine Months Ended
September 30,	 	
 	 	January 1
—May 28,
2008	 	 	May 29—
December 31,
2008(2)	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except share and operations data)	 	
Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:(2)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	39,044	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	40,777	  	
Pro forma earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.61	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.63	  	
Diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.60	  	 	 	 	 	 	$	0.61	  	
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	64,349,995	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	64,701,425	  	
Diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	65,167,776	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	66,561,701	  	
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash and cash equivalents	 	$	19,851	  	 	$	9,878	  	 	$	14,360	  	 	$	15,438	  	 	$	30,448	  	 	$	34,109	  	 	$	45,057	  	 	$	35,010	  	
Total assets	 	 	483,032	  	 	 	1,701,352	  	 	 	1,732,724	  	 	 	1,721,692	  	 	 	1,771,164	  	 	 	1,916,108	  	 	 	1,902,079	  	 	 	2,087,767	  	
Total liabilities, excluding debt	 	 	198,038	  	 	 	354,444	  	 	 	364,352	  	 	 	362,034	  	 	 	389,986	  	 	 	401,125	  	 	 	397,262	  	 	 	443,680	  	
Total debt, including revolving line of credit and current maturities	 	 	821	  	 	 	770,007	  	 	 	794,881	  	 	 	795,458	  	 	 	799,257	  	 	 	906,643	  	 	 	898,897	  	 	 	786,044	  	
Total redeemable non-controlling interest	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	15,527	  	 	 	8,126	  	 	 	15,825	  	 	 	8,093	  	
Class L common stock	 	 	-	  	 	 	574,028	  	 	 	633,452	  	 	 	699,533	  	 	 	772,422	  	 	 	854,101	  	 	 	832,516	  	 	 	-	  	
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	 	 	284,173	  	 	 	2,873	  	 	 	(59,961	) 	 	 	(135,333	) 	 	 	(206,028	) 	 	 	(253,887	) 	 	 	(242,421	) 	 	 	849,950	  	
 
(1)	The selected historical financial data prior to our going private transaction (the “Predecessor”) as of May 28, 2008 and for the period from January 1, 2008 to May 28, 2008, and as of December 31, 2008 and our selected historical financial data for the period from May 29, 2008 to December 31, 2008, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements.	
(2)	See note (1) in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”	
 
34

Table of Contents
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION RELATED TO THE ACQUISITION OF KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
On April 10, 2013, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Kidsunlimited Group Limited (“Kidsunlimited”), which operates 64 nurseries throughout the United Kingdom, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $69.0 million, subject to certain adjustments. The purchase price was financed with available cash on hand.
The following presents unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012. An unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 is not presented because Kidsunlimited’s balance sheet, including related acquisition adjustments, is included in our consolidated balance sheet as of such date. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information has been prepared from, and should be read in conjunction with, the respective historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Company and Kidsunlimited included in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed statements of operations and explanatory notes of the Company set forth below for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 give effect to the acquisition as if the transaction had occurred on January 1, 2012.
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed statements of operations are based upon the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and Kidsunlimited after giving effect to the transaction, accounted for as a business combination, and after applying the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements.
The historical consolidated financial statements of Kidsunlimited were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (“U.K. GAAP”), which differs in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Necessary adjustments have been made to reconcile the historical consolidated financial statements of Kidsunlimited to U.S. GAAP. These adjustments relate primarily to differences such as the accounting for identifiable intangible assets and goodwill as well as interest rate swap agreements.
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed statements of operations are provided for informational purposes only and do not purport to reflect the results of our operations had the transaction actually been consummated on January 1, 2012. We have made, in our opinion, all adjustments that are necessary to present fairly the pro forma financial information. The pro forma combined provision for income taxes may not represent the amounts that would have resulted had the Company and Kidsunlimited filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented.
The historical financial statements of Kidsunlimited are prepared in its local currency (pounds sterling). Therefore, for the purpose of presenting the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information, the statements of operations for Kidsunlimited have been translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates prevailing during the periods presented.
The historical financial statements of Kidsunlimited had been prepared using an April 30 fiscal year-end. In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the periods presented herein must be within 93 days of the Company’s fiscal year end. Therefore, the statement of operations for Kidsunlimited is presented for the twelve months ended January 31, 2013 for purposes of combining such statement with the Company’s pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. The pro forma statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 includes the unaudited results of the period from January 1, 2013 through April 10, 2013 of Kidsunlimited.
 
35

Table of Contents
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and Kidsunlimited Group Limited
Pro forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations
For the nine months ended September 30, 2013
(In thousands, except for share data)

 	  	Bright
Horizons	 	 	Kidsunlimited
in US GAAP
(in US $)
Period from
January 1, 2013
through
April 10, 2013
(Date of
Acquisition)	 	 	Pro forma
Adjustments	 	 	Pro forma
Combined	 	
Revenue	  	$	899,599	  	 	$	19,631	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	919,230	  	
Cost of services	  	 	689,879	  	 	 	15,553	  	 	 	(21	)A 	 	 	705,411	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross Profit	  	 	209,720	  	 	 	4,078	  	 	 	21	  	 	 	213,819	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	109,048	  	 	 	8,444	  	 	 	(4,926	)C 	 	 	112,566	  	
Amortization	  	 	22,049	  	 	 	325	  	 	 	(100	)A 	 	 	22,274	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) from operations	  	 	78,623	  	 	 	(4,691	) 	 	 	5,047	  	 	 	78,979	  	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	  	 	(63,682	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	(63,682	) 	
Interest income	  	 	76	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	76	  	
Changes in the fair value of interest rate swap	  	 	-	  	 	 	95	  	 	 	(95	)B 	 	 	-	  	
Interest expense	  	 	(31,463	) 	 	 	(2,705	) 	 	 	2,705	 B 	 	 	(31,463	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes	  	 	(16,446	) 	 	 	(7,301	) 	 	 	7,657	  	 	 	(16,090	) 	
Income tax benefit (expense)	  	 	5,114	  	 	 	191	  	 	 	(354	)D 	 	 	4,951	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	  	 	(11,332	) 	 	 	(7,110	) 	 	 	7,303	  	 	 	(11,139	) 	
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest	  	 	(212	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	(212	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income available to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	(11,120	) 	 	$	(7,110	) 	 	$	7,303	  	 	$	(10,927	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss available to common shareholders	  	$	(11,120	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(10,927	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocation of net loss to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	  	$	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	-	  	
Common	  	$	(11,120	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(10,927	) 	
Loss per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	
Common—basic and diluted	  	$	(0.18	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(0.18	) 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	
Common—basic and diluted	  	 	61,815,607	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	61,815,607	  	
 
36

Table of Contents
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and Kidsunlimited Group Limited
Pro forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2012
(In thousands, except for share data)

 	  	Bright
Horizons	 	 	Kidsunlimited
in US GAAP
(in US $)
Twelve Months
Ended
January 31, 2013	 	 	Pro forma
Adjustments	 	 	Pro forma
Combined	 	
Revenue	  	$	1,070,938	  	 	$	67,905	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	1,138,843	  	
Cost of services	  	 	825,168	  	 	 	54,323	  	 	 	(77	)A 	 	 	879,414	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross Profit	  	 	245,770	  	 	 	13,582	  	 	 	77	  	 	 	259,429	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	123,373	  	 	 	9,168	  	 	 	(267	)C 	 	 	132,274	  	
Amortization	  	 	26,933	  	 	 	1,277	  	 	 	2,619	 A 	 	 	30,829	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) from operations	  	 	95,464	  	 	 	3,137	  	 	 	(2,275	) 	 	 	96,326	  	
Interest income	  	 	152	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	152	  	
Changes in the fair value of interest rate swap	  	 	-	  	 	 	388	  	 	 	(388	)B 	 	 	-	  	
Interest expense	  	 	(83,864	) 	 	 	(7,737	) 	 	 	7,737	 B 	 	 	(83,864	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	  	 	11,752	  	 	 	(4,212	) 	 	 	5,074	  	 	 	12,614	  	
Income tax (expense) benefit	  	 	(3,243	) 	 	 	43	  	 	 	247	 D 	 	 	(2,953	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	 	8,509	  	 	 	(4,169	) 	 	 	5,321	  	 	 	9,661	  	
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest	  	 	347	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	347	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss) available to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	8,162	  	 	$	(4,169	) 	 	$	5,321	  	 	$	9,314	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	  	 	79,211	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	79,211	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	  	 	5,436	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5,436	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss available to common shareholders	  	$	(76,485	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(75,333	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	  	$	79,211	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	79,211	  	
Class A	  	$	(76,485	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(75,333	) 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	 	59.73	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	59.73	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	  	 	(12.62	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(12.43	) 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	 	1,326,206	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,326,206	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	  	 	6,058,512	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,058,512	  	
 
37

Table of Contents
Notes to Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statements of Operations
Note 1 – Basis of Presentation
We accounted for the acquisition of Kidsunlimited under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . The acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The assets and liabilities have been measured based on estimates and valuations using assumptions that we believe are reasonable based on information currently available. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities was allocated to goodwill.
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 illustrate the effect of the acquisition as if it had been completed on January 1, 2012.
The historical consolidated financial information has been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements to give effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the acquisition, factually supportable, and with respect to the statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results.
The financial information for Kidsunlimited was derived from the unaudited accounting records of Kidsunlimited after making adjustments to convert this financial information to U.S. GAAP and accounting policies consistent with those used by the Company. Additionally, the financial statements of Kidsunlimited were originally prepared using pounds sterling as the reporting currency. These financial statements, including the U.S. GAAP adjustments and the pro forma adjustments presented herein, have been translated from pounds sterling to U.S. dollars using historic exchange rates in accordance with U.S. GAAP accounting guidance.
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information has been presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements were prepared in accordance with regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and should not be considered indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have occurred if the acquisition had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future financial position or results of operations of the combined company. There were no transactions between the Company and Kidsunlimited during the periods presented in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements that would need to be eliminated. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on currently available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable and supportable.
The transaction consummated by the acquisition has been accounted for under U.S. GAAP guidance. The acquisition accounting is dependent upon certain valuations and other studies that are currently subject to finalization. Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments included herein are preliminary and have been made solely for the purpose of providing unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information and may be revised as additional information becomes available and as additional analyses are performed. Differences between these preliminary estimates reflected in these unaudited combined condensed financial statements and the final acquisition accounting may occur and these differences could have a material impact on the accompanying unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements and the combined Company’s future results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information does not reflect any cost savings, operating synergies or revenue enhancements that the combined company may achieve as a result of the acquisition or the costs to integrate the operations of the Company and Kidsunlimited or the costs necessary to achieve these cost savings, operating synergies and revenue enhancements.
 
38

Table of Contents
Note 2 – Pro Forma Adjustments
A – Amortization of Identifiable Intangibles
Adjustments to amortization were made to reflect the amortization of acquired intangible assets as if the acquisition had taken place January 1, 2012.
Intangible assets related to customer relationships amounted to $5.7 million that will be amortized over five years, using an accelerated method. Intangible assets related to corporate relationships and trade names amounted to $9.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively. Corporate relationships will be amortized over approximately ten years and trade names over eight years using the straight-line method. Unfavorable lease interests in the amount of $1.8 million were recorded, which are amortized to rent expense over the remaining term of the respective leases.
B – Interest Expense and Interest Rate Swaps
Adjustments to interest expense were made to reverse the interest expense recognized by Kidsunlimited related to its long-term debt as this interest expense is a nonrecurring expense since the debt was paid off at the time of the acquisition.
Additionally, adjustments were made to reverse the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap recognized by Kidsunlimited as the interest rate swap was terminated at the time of the acquisition in conjunction with the related debt being paid off.
C – Deal Costs
Adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses were made to reverse the deal costs incurred by the Company and Kidsunlimited in relation to the acquisition of Kidsunlimited, as these are nonrecurring expenses.
D – Income Taxes
Adjustments to income taxes were made to reflect the income tax expense related to the pro forma adjustments based on the statutory rates for the respective jurisdictions.
 
39

Table of Contents
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE ACQUISITION OF HUNTYARD LIMITED
On May 23, 2012, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Huntyard Limited (“Huntyard”), the parent company of Casterbridge Care and Education Group Ltd (“Casterbridge”), a company that operates 27 child care and early education centers in the United Kingdom, for cash consideration of $110.8 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $49.6 million and other intangible assets with fair values of $6.0 million, consisting of customer relationships and trade names. A deferred tax liability of $1.5 million was recorded related to the intangible assets for the amortization that is not deductible for tax purposes. See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for details on the purchase price allocation. In connection with this acquisition, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities to permit us to borrow an additional $85.0 million in Series C new term loans.
The following presents unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012. An unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 is not presented because Huntyard’s balance sheet, including related acquisition adjustments, is included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of such date. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information has been prepared from, and should be read in conjunction with, the respective historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Company and Huntyard included in this prospectus.
The historical profit and loss accounts of Huntyard have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom (“UK GAAP”). For the purpose of presenting the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information, the profit and loss accounts for Huntyard have been adjusted to conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“US GAAP”) as described in note 29 in the audited financial statements for Huntyard included in this prospectus. In addition, the historical financial statements of Huntyard were presented in pounds sterling. For the purpose of presenting the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information, the adjusted income statement of Huntyard has been translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period presented. The pro forma acquisition adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information were based on available information and certain assumptions made by us.
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information included in this prospectus is not intended to represent what our results of operations would have been if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012 or to project our results of operations for any future period. Since the Company and Huntyard were not under common control or management for any period presented, the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.
 
40

Table of Contents
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and Huntyard Limited
Pro forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2012
(In thousands, except for share data)

 	 	Bright
Horizons	 	 	Huntyard
in US GAAP
(in US $)
from January 1,
2012
through
May 22, 2012
(Date of
Acquisition)	 	 	Pro forma
Adjustments	 	 	Pro forma
Combined	 	
Revenue	 	$	1,070,938	  	 	$	17,440	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	1,088,378	  	
Cost of services	 	 	825,168	  	 	 	12,206	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	837,374	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross Profit	 	 	245,770	  	 	 	5,234	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	251,004	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	123,373	  	 	 	1,324	  	 	 	(469	)D 	 	 	124,228	  	
Amortization	 	 	26,933	  	 	 	110	  	 	 	869	 A 	 	 	27,912	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	95,464	  	 	 	3,800	  	 	 	(400	) 	 	 	98,864	  	
Interest income	 	 	152	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	152	  	
Interest expense	 	 	(83,864	) 	 	 	(1,011	) 	 	 	(866	)B 	 	 	(85,741	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	 	 	11,752	  	 	 	2,789	  	 	 	(1,266	) 	 	 	13,275	  	
Income tax benefit (expense)	 	 	(3,243	) 	 	 	(865	) 	 	 	595	 C 	 	 	(3,513	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Income (loss)	 	 	8,509	  	 	 	1,924	  	 	 	(671	) 	 	 	9,762	  	
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest	 	 	347	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	347	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Income (loss) available to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	 	$	8,162	  	 	$	1,924	  	 	$	(671	) 	 	$	9,415	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	 	 	79,211	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	79,211	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	 	 	5,436	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5,436	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss available to common shareholders	 	$	(76,485	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(75,232	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	 	$	79,211	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	79,211	  	
Class A	 	$	(76,485	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(75,232	) 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	 	 	59.73	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	59.73	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	 	 	(12.62	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(12.42	) 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	 	 	1,326,206	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,326,206	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	 	 	6,058,512	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,058,512	  	

41

Table of Contents
Notes to Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statements of Operations
Note 1 – Basis of Presentation
We accounted for the acquisition of Huntyard under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . The acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The assets and liabilities have been measured based on estimates and valuations using assumptions that we believe are reasonable based on information currently available. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities was allocated to goodwill.
Note 2 – Pro Forma Adjustments
A – Amortization
Adjustments to amortization were made to reflect the amortization of acquired intangible assets as if the acquisition had taken place January 1, 2012. Intangible assets of $4.7 million were recorded related to customer relationships that will be amortized over five years, using an accelerated method. Intangible assets of $1.3 million were recorded related to trade names that will be amortized over seven years, using the straight-line method.
B – Interest Expense
Adjustments to interest expense were made to reflect the following:
 
 	(1)	Series C new term loans—The Company borrowed the entire amount of the $85.0 million incremental facility under our previous credit agreement governing our then-existing senior credit facilities for the purchase of Huntyard. Adjustments were made to interest expense to reflect the new debt as being outstanding January 1, 2012, applying an annual interest rate of 5.25%, consistent with the rate in effect as of May 23, 2012, to the outstanding debt balances. In addition, adjustments were made to reflect interest expense for the amortization of the original issue discount and deferred financing fees related to the new debt.	
 
 	(2)	Huntyard debt—Adjustments were made to reverse the interest expense recognized by Huntyard related to its long-term debt, as this interest expense is a nonrecurring expense since the debt was paid off at the time of the acquisition.	
C – Income Taxes
Adjustments to income taxes were made to reflect the income tax benefit of the pro forma adjustments related to the amortization of intangibles and interest expense based on the statutory rates for the respective jurisdictions.
D – Deal Costs
Adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses were made to reverse the deal costs incurred by the Company in relation to the acquisition of Huntyard, as these are nonrecurring expenses.
 
42

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and generally contain words such as “believes,” expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or similar expressions. Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or implied by the forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and currently available data and are neither predictions nor guarantees of future events or performance. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements.
Overview
We are a leading provider of high-quality child care and early education as well as other services designed to help employers and families better address the challenges of work and life. We provide services primarily under multi-year contracts with employers who offer child care and other dependent care solutions as part of their employee benefits packages to improve their employee engagement, productivity, recruitment and retention. As of September 30, 2013, we had more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 Fortune 500 companies and 80 of  Working Mother  magazine’s 2013 “100 Best Companies for Working Mothers.”
At September 30, 2013, we operated 880 child care and early education centers, consisting of 644 centers in North America and 236 centers in Europe and India. We have the capacity to serve approximately 99,300 children in 42 states, the District of Columbia, the United Kingdom, Puerto Rico, Canada, Ireland, the Netherlands and India. We seek to cluster centers in geographic areas to enhance operating efficiencies and to create a leading market presence. Our North American child care and early education centers have an average capacity of 127 children per location, while the centers in Europe and India have an average capacity of 75 children per location.
 
43

Table of Contents
We operate centers for a diverse group of clients. At September 30, 2013, we managed child care centers on behalf of single employers in the following industries and also manage lease/consortium locations in approximately the following proportions:

 	  	Percentage of Centers	 	
Classification	  	  North America  	 	 	  Europe  	 	
Single employer locations:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consumer	  	 	7.5	% 	 	 	2.5	% 	
Financial Services	  	 	10.0	  	 	 	2.5	  	
Government	  	 	10.0	  	 	 	7.5	  	
Higher Education	  	 	7.5	  	 	 	5.0	  	
Healthcare and Pharmaceuticals	  	 	17.5	  	 	 	5.0	  	
Industrial/Manufacturing	  	 	5.0	  	 	 	2.5	  	
Professional Services and Other	  	 	7.5	  	 	 	-	  	
Technology	  	 	5.0	  	 	 	2.5	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	70.0	  	 	 	27.5	  	
Lease/consortium locations	  	 	30.0	  	 	 	72.5	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	100.0	% 	 	 	100.0	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segments
Our primary reporting segments are full service center-based care services and back-up dependent care services. Full service center-based care includes child care and early education, preschool and elementary education. Back-up dependent care includes center-based back-up child care, in-home well child care, in home mildly ill child care and in home adult/elder care. Our remaining business services are included in the other educational advisory services segment, which includes our college preparation and admissions counseling services as well as tuition reimbursement management and educational counseling services.
Center Models
We operate our centers under two principal business models, which we refer to as profit & loss (“P&L”) and cost-plus. Approximately 75% of our centers operate under the P&L model. Under this model, we retain financial risk for child care and early education centers and are therefore subject to variability in financial performance due to fluctuation in enrollment levels. The P&L model is further classified into two subcategories: (i) the sponsor model and (ii) the lease/consortium model. Under the sponsor model, we provide child care and early education services on a priority enrollment basis for employees of an employer sponsor, and the employer sponsor generally pays facility, pre-opening and start-up capital equipment and maintenance costs. Our operating contracts typically have initial terms ranging from three to ten years. Under the lease/consortium model, the child care center is typically located in an office building or office park in a property that we lease, and we provide these services to the employees of multiple employers. We typically negotiate initial lease terms of 10 to 15 years for these centers, often with renewal options.
When we open a new P&L center, it generally takes two to three years for the center to ramp up to a steady state level of enrollment, as a center will typically enroll younger children at the outset and children age into the older (preschool) classrooms over time. We refer to centers that have been open for three years or less as “ramping centers.” A center will typically achieve breakeven operating performance between 12 to 24 months and will typically achieve a steady state level of enrollment that supports our average center operating profit by the end of three years, although the period needed to reach a steady state level of enrollment may be longer or shorter. Centers that have been open more than three years are referred to as “mature centers.”
 
44

Table of Contents
Approximately 25% of our centers operate under the cost-plus business model. Under this model, we receive a management fee from the employer sponsor and an additional operating subsidy from the employer to supplement tuition paid by parents of children in the center. Under this model, the employer sponsor typically pays facility, pre-opening and start-up capital equipment and maintenance costs, and the center is profitable from the outset. Our cost-plus contracts typically have initial terms ranging from three to five years. For additional information about the way we operate our centers, see “Business—Our Business Models.”
Performance and Growth Factors
We believe that 2012 was a successful year for the Company. Our income from operations increased by 9.9%, from $86.8 million in 2011 to $95.5 million in 2012. In addition, we added 50 child care and early education centers with a total capacity of approximately 5,900 children, including 27 centers through the acquisition of Casterbridge. In 2012, we closed 28 centers, resulting in a net increase of 22 centers for the year.
Our year-over-year improvement in operating income can be attributed to enrollment gains in ramping and mature centers, disciplined pricing strategies aimed at covering anticipated cost increases with tuition increases, contributions from back-up dependent care services and contributions from mature centers obtained through acquisitions and added through transitions of management.
General economic conditions and the business climate in which individual clients operate remain some of the largest variables in terms of our future performance. These variables impact client capital and operating spending budgets, industry specific sales leads and the overall sales cycle, enrollment levels, as well as labor markets and wage rates as competition for human capital fluctuates.
Our ability to increase operating income will depend upon our ability to sustain the following characteristics of our business:
 
 	Ÿ	 	maintenance and incremental growth of enrollment in our mature and ramping centers, and cost management in response to changes in enrollment in our centers,	
 
 	Ÿ	 	effective pricing strategies, including typical annual tuition increases of 3% to 4%, consistent with typical annual increases in personnel costs, including wages and benefits,	
 
 	Ÿ	 	additional growth in expanded service offerings to clients,	
 
 	Ÿ	 	successful integration of acquisitions and transitions of management of centers, and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	successful management and improvement of underperforming centers.	
Cost Factors
Our most significant expense is cost of services. Cost of services consists of direct expenses associated with the operation of our centers, direct expenses to provide back-up dependent care services (including fees to back-up dependent care providers) and direct expenses to provide educational advisory services. Direct expenses consist primarily of staff salaries, taxes and benefits, food costs, program supplies and materials, parent marketing and facilities costs, including occupancy costs and depreciation. Personnel costs are the largest component of a center’s operating costs, and, on a weighted average basis, comprise approximately 75% of a center’s operating expenses. We are typically responsible for additional costs in a P&L model center as compared to a cost-plus model center. As a result, personnel costs in centers operating under the P&L model will typically represent a smaller proportion of overall costs when compared to the centers operating under the cost-plus model.
 
45

Table of Contents
We are highly leveraged. As of September 30, 2013, consolidated total debt was $804.7 million under our senior secured term loan facility and revolving credit facility entered into on January 30, 2013. Historically, a large portion of our cash flows from operations has been used to make interest payments on our indebtedness.
Seasonality
Our business is subject to seasonal and quarterly fluctuations. Demand for child care and early education and elementary school services has historically decreased during the summer months when school is not in session, at which time families are often on vacation or have alternative child care arrangements. In addition, our enrollment declines as older children transition to elementary schools. Demand for our services generally increases in September and October coinciding with the beginning of the new school year and remains relatively stable throughout the rest of the school year. In addition, use of our back-up dependent care services tends to be higher when schools are not in session and during holiday periods, which can increase the operating costs of the program and impact the results of operations. Results of operations may also fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of, among other things, the performance of existing centers, including enrollment and staffing fluctuations, the number and timing of new center openings, acquisitions and management transitions, the length of time required for new centers to achieve profitability, center closings, refurbishment or relocation, the contract model mix (P&L versus cost-plus) of new and existing centers, the timing and level of sponsorship payments, competitive factors and general economic conditions.
Critical Accounting Policies
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The accounting policies we believe are critical in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements relate to revenue recognition, goodwill and other intangibles and common stock valuation and stock-based compensation. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described under the heading “Organization and Significant Accounting Policies” in note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Revenue Recognition—We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We recognize revenue as services are performed.
Center-based care revenues consist primarily of tuition, which is comprised of amounts paid by parents, supplemented in some cases by payments from employer sponsors and, to a lesser extent, by payments from government agencies. Revenue may also include management fees, operating subsidies paid either in lieu of or to supplement parent tuition and fees for other services.
We enter into contracts under various terms with employer sponsors to manage and operate their child care centers and to provide back-up dependent care services and educational advisory services. Our contracts to operate child care and early education centers are generally three to ten years in length with varying renewal options. Our contracts for back-up dependent care arrangements and for educational advisory services are generally one to three years in length with varying renewal options.
We record deferred revenue for prepaid tuition and management fees and amounts received from consulting projects in advance of services being performed. We are also a party to certain agreements
 
46

Table of Contents
where the performance of services extends beyond an annual operating cycle. In these circumstances, we record a long-term obligation and recognize revenue over the period of the agreement as the services are rendered.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Our intangible assets principally consist of various contractual rights and customer relationships and trade names. Identified intangible assets that have determinable useful lives are valued separately from goodwill and are amortized over the estimated period during which we derive a benefit. Intangible assets related to customer relationships include relationships with employer clients and relationships with parents. Customer relationships with parents are amortized using an accelerated method over their useful lives. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful lives.
In valuing the customer relationships, contractual rights and trade names, we utilize variations of the income approach, which relies on historical financial and qualitative information, as well as assumptions and estimates for projected financial information. We consider the income approach the most appropriate valuation technique because the inherent value of these assets is their ability to generate current and future income. Projected financial information is subject to risk if our estimates are incorrect. The most significant estimate relates to our projected revenues and profitability. If we do not meet the projected revenues and profitability used in the valuation calculations, then the intangible assets could be impaired. In determining the value of contractual rights and customer relationships, we reviewed historical customer attrition rates and determined a rate of approximately 30% per year for relationships with parents, and approximately 3.5% to 4.0% for employer client relationships. Our multi-year contracts with client customers typically result in low annual turnover, and our long-term relationships with clients make it difficult for competitors to displace us. The value of our contractual rights and customer relationships intangible assets could become impaired if future results differ significantly from any of the underlying assumptions, including a higher customer attrition rate. Contractual rights and customer relationships are considered to be finite-lived assets, with estimated lives ranging from four to 17 years. Certain trade names acquired as part of our strategy to expand by completing strategic acquisitions are considered to be finite-lived assets, with estimated lives ranging from five to ten years. The estimated lives were determined by calculating the number of years necessary to obtain 95% of the value of the discounted cash flows of the respective intangible asset.
Goodwill and certain trade names are considered indefinite-lived assets. Our trade names identify us and differentiate us from competitors, and, therefore, competition does not limit the useful life of these assets. Additionally, we believe that our primary trade names will continue to generate sales for an indefinite period. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization but are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. We test goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit, determined by estimating the present value of expected future cash flows, to its carrying value. We have identified three reporting segments: full service center-based care, back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services. As part of the annual goodwill impairment assessment, we estimated the fair value of each of our operating segments using the income approach. We forecasted future cash flows by operating segment for each of the next ten years and applied a long-term growth rate to the final year of forecasted cash flows. The cash flows were then discounted using our estimated discount rate. We compare the estimated fair value to the net book value of the operating segment to determine whether we need to perform step 2 of the analysis. The estimated fair value of the operating segment has exceeded the net book value and therefore, there has been no indication of goodwill impairment.
For certain trademarks that are included in our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we estimate the fair value first by estimating the total revenue attributable to each trademark and then by applying the royalty rate determined by an analysis of empirical, market-derived royalty rates for guideline intangible
 
47

Table of Contents
assets, consistent with the initial valuation, or 1% to 2% and then comparing the estimated fair value of the trademarks with the carrying value of the trademarks. The forecasts of revenue and profitability growth for use in our long-range plan and the discount rate were the key assumptions in our intangible fair value analysis. Impairment losses of $0.4 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 and in 2012 in relation to the carrying value of one indefinite-lived trademark. We identified no impairments in 2010.
Long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recovered. Long-lived assets are considered to be impaired if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset over its remaining useful life. If an asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value and is charged to results of operations at that time. We identified impairments of long-lived assets of $0.1 million in 2010, $0.8 million in 2011, and $0.3 million in 2012.
Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation—We account for stock-based compensation using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the grant-date fair value of the awards for the awards that are expected to vest. For stock options granted with a service condition only, stock-compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting tranche. For stock options granted with a service and performance condition, stock-compensation expense will be recognized upon a change in control, as defined in our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering, to the extent that the requisite service period is already fulfilled. We calculate the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
Valuations and Methodology
The fair value of our common stock and Class L common stock underlying our options was initially determined by the board of directors in May 2008 in connection with our going private transaction. The key assumption in determining the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant is the fair value of the underlying common stock. This fair value determination was made by the board and was based on consideration of management’s estimates of projected financial performance, which included consideration of a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid,  Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , which we refer to as the AICPA Practice Aid .  This valuation relied on a determination of enterprise value based on market multiples demonstrated explicitly by the going private transaction and on the probability weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) for the allocation of the value of the invested capital to the two classes of stock. We updated this valuation internally at the end of each of 2009 and 2010 and in the third quarter of 2011, and these internal valuations were used by our compensation committee of the board of directors in connection with a limited number of additional option grants to our employees in the subsequent year or period.
The fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 was determined by the board of directors after consideration of management’s estimates of projected financial performance, which included consideration of a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid ,  which valuation was performed on a basis consistent with the third-party valuation performed in 2008. This valuation relied on a determination of enterprise value based on a discounted present value of our projected cash flows in future periods. This fair value determination was considered by our board of directors in connection with the offer to exchange outstanding employee options to purchase common
 
48

Table of Contents
stock for options to purchase a combination of shares of common stock and Class L common stock as well as for certain additional grants of options in the second quarter of 2012.
In anticipation of our initial public offering, we undertook to confirm that the stock compensation expense taken by the Company in connection with stock option grants during the second quarter of 2012 was reasonable. In doing so, we considered a retrospective valuation as of March 31, 2012 performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid ,  which valuation was performed on a basis consistent with the third-party valuation performed in 2008. This valuation relied on a determination of enterprise value based on a discounted present value of our projected cash flows in future periods. After considering the valuation report, we determined that the valuations as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were substantially similar and concluded that the board’s determinations of fair value as of April 4, 2012 and May 2, 2012 were reasonable and appropriate as of such dates.
The total equity value at each valuation date was allocated to common stock and Class L common stock based on the PWERM methodology, which involved a forward-looking analysis of possible future exit valuations based on a range of multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, straight line rent expense, stock compensation expense, transaction costs expensed in connection with acquisitions completed in the respective periods (including costs associated with our going private transaction), Sponsor management fee and the annual expense associated with certain long-term incentive plans other than stock options (which we refer to for these purposes as “EBITDA”) at various future exit dates, the estimation of future and present values under each outcome and the application of a probability factor to each outcome. Returns to each class of stock as of each possible future exit date and under each EBITDA multiple scenario were calculated by (i) first allocating equity value to the Class L common stock up to the amount of its preferential distribution amount at the assumed exit date and (ii) allocating any residual equity value to the common stock and Class L common stock on a participating basis. No marketability discount was imposed at each valuation date.
The significant assumptions underlying the common stock valuations at each grant date were as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Discounted Cash Flow	 	 	PWERM	 	
Valuation Date	 	Fair Value
per Class A
Common
Share	 	 	Market
Approach
EBITDA
Multiples(1)	 	 	Perpetuity
Growth
Rate	 	 	Discount
Rate(2)	 	 	EBITDA
Multiple(3)	 	 	Weighted
Average
Years to
Exit	 	 	Common
Stock
Discount
Rate	 	 	Class L
Common
Stock
Discount
Rate	 	
May 28, 2008	 	$	10.00	(4) 	 	 	10.5x	  	 	 	not used	  	 	 	not used	  	 	 	6.5x-14.5x	  	 	 	3.7	  	 	 	44.00	% 	 	 	16.00	% 	
October 1 and October 11, 2011	 	$	10.89	(4) 	 	 	9.5x	  	 	 	not used	  	 	 	not used	  	 	 	9.5x	  	 	 	2.9	  	 	 	54.60	% 	 	 	15.20	% 	
April 4, 2012	 	$	6.09	(4) 	 	 	9.5x	  	 	 	3.00	% 	 	 	12.80	% 	 	 	8.6x-9.5x	  	 	 	3.0	  	 	 	56.70	% 	 	 	16.30	% 	
May 2, 2012	 	$	6.09	(4) 	 	 	9.5x	  	 	 	3.00	% 	 	 	12.80	% 	 	 	8.6x-9.5x	  	 	 	3.0	  	 	 	56.70	% 	 	 	16.30	% 	
 
(1)	For the valuation at May 28, 2008, the market approach multiple represents the implied value of our company as of May 28, 2008, as the determination of the going private transaction price was based upon an arm’s-length bidding process for a publicly-traded entity. For the valuation supporting the October 2011 awards, the market multiple represents the implied value based on consideration of market data for a consistent group of guideline companies in the education sector. For the valuation supporting the April 4, 2012 and May 2, 2012 grants, the market approach was considered but ultimately not relied upon for a conclusion of fair value given the lack of publicly-traded competitors in the child care industry and the resulting limited comparability of other education companies to us.	
(2)	Represents the weighted average cost of capital.	
(3)	For the valuation at May 28, 2008, core EBITDA multiples of 9.5x to 11.5x were utilized and given the greatest weighting in the analysis (70%). Extreme case multiples of 6.5x, 7.5x, 8.5x, 12.5x, 13.5x and 14.5x were also employed but were given less weight than the core multiples, with a combined weighting of 15% below 9.5x and 15% above 11.5x.	
 
49

Table of Contents
(4)	Does not give effect to the 1-for-1.9704 reverse split of our Class A common stock, the conversion of our Class L common stock into Class A common stock at a ratio of 35.1955 shares of Class A common stock for each share of Class L common stock and subsequent reclassification of the Class A common stock into common stock effected January 11, 2013. We refer to this as the “reclassification.”	
Equity Awards
Aggregate option grants between May 28, 2008, the date of our going private transaction, and December 31, 2011 were as follows (without giving effect to the reclassification): 1,257,750 options on Class A common shares in 2008 (fair value of $10.00 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share), 28,300 options on Class A common shares in 2009 (fair value of $10.00 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share), 71,600 options on Class A common shares in 2010 (fair value of $5.09 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share), 89,350 options on Class A common shares in April 2011 (fair value of $9.02 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share) and 41,650 Class A common shares in October 2011 (fair value of $10.89 per share and exercise price of $11.00 per share). On May 2, 2012, 1,401,750 options to acquire Class A common shares were exchanged for options to acquire 815,670 Class A common shares, and options to acquire 90,630 Class L common shares. In addition, on April 4, 2012 and May 2, 2012, a total of 293,004 options to acquire our Class A common shares, and 32,556 options to acquire Class L common shares were also awarded. The fair values and exercise prices for these awards were $6.09 per Class A common share and $511.51 per Class L common share. Prior to the option exchange, our employee stock options (other than continuation options relating to our going private transaction and related awards) were options to purchase only shares of our Class A common stock. In contrast, our investor stockholders held shares of both our Class A common stock and our Class L common stock in a ratio of nine shares of our Class A common stock for every one share of our Class L common stock (or 4.9 shares of our Class A common stock for every one share of our Class L common stock after retroactively giving effect to the 1-for-1.9704 reverse split of our Class A common stock effected January 11, 2013). Our Class L common stock had a preferential payment right upon any liquidating distribution by us to holders of our capital stock. As a result, until the entire preference amount was paid out in respect of all outstanding shares of Class L common stock, holders of only shares of Class A common stock (or options to purchase only shares of Class A common stock) were not entitled to receive any portion of such liquidating distribution and, as a result, changes in the value of our equity would not be experienced in the same manner by our investors and our employee optionholders.
We determined in late January 2012 to pursue an option exchange in an attempt to better align the interests of our investor shareholders and our employee optionholders. Specifically, the option exchange was intended to provide an opportunity for existing optionholders to participate on the same basis as our investor shareholders in any equity value that was created through the growth and performance of our business, rather than having optionholders participate in liquidating distributions only after payment of the Class L preferred return. The exchange ratio was selected to provide an approximately equivalent net equity value opportunity to optionholders as the existing option awards, with the new option grants made “at the money” for options to acquire both shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class L common stock.
In connection with the option exchange, as described above, we obtained a contemporaneous valuation of our equity as of December 31, 2011 from an independent third-party valuation specialist, which was conducted in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the AIPCA Practice Aid, and which valuation was performed on a basis consistent with the third-party valuation performed in 2008. The valuation relied on a determination of enterprise value based on a discounted present value of our projected cash flows in future periods. After receiving such contemporaneous valuation, our board of directors approved the option exchange offer on March 9, 2012, including the exchange ratio and the exercise price for new awards (subject to such exercise price being determined by the board to be at least equal to the fair value of the underlying shares on the date of grant). We commenced the option
 
50

Table of Contents
exchange offer on March 26, 2012 and we completed the option exchange (and issued the new option awards) on May 2, 2012. All eligible optionholders participated in the option exchange, which resulted in our equity holders holding equity in the same ratio of nine shares of Class A common stock (or options to purchase such shares) for every one share of Class L common stock (or options to purchase such shares). After giving effect to the reclassification, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,108,674 shares of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $6.09 per share that were awarded in 2012 in connection with the option exchange or other grants, became exercisable for an aggregate of 562,652 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per common share. In addition, options to purchase an aggregate of 123,186 shares of our Class L common stock at an exercise price of $511.51 per share that were awarded in 2012 in connection with the option exchange or other grants became exercisable for an aggregate of 4,335,592 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per common share. In the aggregate, as of December 31, 2012 after giving effect to the reclassification, we had outstanding options to purchase 5,036,179 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $13.84 per common share.
From October 1, 2011 through December 31, 2012, we granted stock options to our employees as follows:

 	 	Options to purchase shares of Class A common stock	 	 	
 	 	As Granted	 	 	After Giving Effect to the Reclassification	 	 	
Grant Date	 	Number of
Underlying
Shares	 	 	Exercise
Price	 	 	Fair
Value of
Class A
Common
Stock	 	 	Fair
Value of
Stock
Option(6)	 	 	Number of
Underlying
Shares	 	 	Exercise
Price(7)	 	 	Fair
Value of
Common
Stock	 	 	Fair
Value of
Stock
Option(6)	 	 	
October 1, 2011	 	 	21,000	(1) 	 	$	11.00	(2) 	 	$	10.89	  	 	$	6.15	  	 	 	10,657	  	 	$	21.67	  	 	$	21.45	  	 	$	12.11	  	 	
October 11, 2011	 	 	20,650	(1) 	 	$	  11.00	(2) 	 	$	  10.89	  	 	$	6.16	  	 	 	10,479	  	 	$	21.67	  	 	$	21.45	  	 	$	12.13	  	 	
April 4, 2012	 	 	81,684	  	 	$	6.09	(3) 	 	$	6.09	  	 	$	2.90	  	 	 	41,454	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	$	5.71	  	 	
May 2, 2012(5)	 	 	815,670	  	 	$	6.09	(4) 	 	$	6.09	  	 	$	2.90	  	 	 	413,952	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	$	5.71	  	 	
May 2, 2012	 	 	211,320	  	 	$	6.09	(4) 	 	$	6.09	  	 	$	3.70	  	 	 	107,244	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	$	7.29	  	 	

 	 	Options to purchase shares of Class L common stock	 	 	
 	 	As Granted	 	 	After Giving Effect to the Reclassification	 	 	
Grant Date	 	Number of
Underlying
Shares	 	 	Exercise
Price	 	 	Fair
Value of
Class L
Common
Stock	 	 	Fair
Value of
Stock
Option(6)	 	 	Number of
Underlying
Shares	 	 	Exercise
Price(7)	 	 	Fair
Value of
Common
Stock	 	 	Fair
Value of
Stock
Option(6)	 	 	
April 4, 2012	 	 	9,076	  	 	$	511.51	(3) 	 	$	511.51	  	 	$	243.96	  	 	 	319,434	  	 	$	14.54	  	 	$	14.53	  	 	$	  6.93	  	 	
May 2, 2012(5)	 	 	90,630	  	 	$	511.51	(4) 	 	$	511.51	  	 	$	243.96	  	 	 	3,189,768	  	 	$	14.54	  	 	$	14.53	  	 	$	6.93	  	 	
May 2, 2012	 	 	23,480	  	 	$	511.51	(4) 	 	$	511.51	  	 	$	310.31	  	 	 	826,390	  	 	$	14.54	  	 	$	14.53	  	 	$	8.82	  	 	
 
(1)	Options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock granted in October 2011 were exchanged on May 2, 2012 as part of the option exchange transaction in the ratio and on the terms discussed above and elsewhere herein.	
(2)	Determined based on the fair value of our equity, as determined by our board of directors based on an updated internal valuation as of September 30, 2011.	
(3)	Determined based on the fair value of our equity, as determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, on April 4, 2012. The most recent contemporaneous valuation was as of December 31, 2011 and reflected our consideration of a third-party valuation as of December 31, 2011 that was delivered to us on March 6, 2012.	
(4)	Determined based on the fair value of our equity, as determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, on May 2, 2012. The most recent contemporaneous valuation was as of December 31, 2011 and reflected our consideration of a third-party valuation as of December 31, 2011 that was delivered to us on March 6, 2012.	
(5)	Represents stock options granted pursuant to the option exchange transaction described above and under “Management—Equity Plan.”	
(6)	Calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions: for the October 2011 Class A option awards, the expected stock price volatility was 82%, the risk free interest rate was 0.63% and the expected life of the stock options was 3.6 years. For the stock option awards in 2012, which were awarded in the	
 
51

Table of Contents
 	ratio of options to purchase nine shares of Class A common stock for each option to purchase one share of Class L common stock, the expected stock price volatility was 87%, the risk free interest rate was 0.37% and the expected life of the stock options was 2.6 years. For all stock option awards in all periods, our expected dividend yield was 0.0%.	
(7)	Reflects the fair value of the common stock rounded up to the nearest whole cent.	
In accordance with applicable accounting guidance for the modification of existing stock option awards, we used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to compute the fair value of the stock options immediately before and immediately after the modification. Based on this methodology, we determined that the fair value of stock options to purchase shares of Class A common stock was $3.21 per share before the modification and $2.90 per share after the modification, and the fair value of stock options to purchase shares of Class L common stock was $243.96 per share after the modification. On the basis of the foregoing, we determined an estimated total stock compensation charge, net of estimated forfeitures, of $19.0 million associated with the option exchange. We expensed $13.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 of this total compensation charge for the requisite service period already fulfilled. We will expense the remainder of this stock compensation charge as the service period and performance conditions are met. Approximately $5.0 million of the portion of the unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2012 relates to the stock options that have a performance condition that was achieved upon the completion of our initial public offering on January 30, 2013 and was expensed in the first quarter of 2013.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth statement of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the three years ended December 31, 2012, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands, except percentages).

 	 	Years Ended December 31,	 	 	Nine Months Ended
September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	
Revenue	 	$	878,159	  	 	 	100.0	% 	 	$	973,701	  	 	 	100.0	% 	 	$	1,070,938	  	 	 	100.0	% 	 	$	797,512	  	 	 	100.0	% 	 	$	899,599	  	 	 	100.0	% 	
Cost of services(1)	 	 	698,264	  	 	 	79.5	% 	 	 	766,500	  	 	 	78.7	% 	 	 	825,168	  	 	 	77.1	% 	 	 	614,847	  	 	 	77.1	% 	 	 	689,879	  	 	 	76.7	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	179,895	  	 	 	20.5	% 	 	 	207,201	  	 	 	21.3	% 	 	 	245,770	  	 	 	22.9	% 	 	 	182,665	  	 	 	22.9	% 	 	 	209,720	  	 	 	23.3	% 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)	 	 	83,601	  	 	 	9.5	% 	 	 	92,938	  	 	 	9.5	% 	 	 	123,373	  	 	 	11.5	% 	 	 	94,847	  	 	 	11.9	% 	 	 	109,048	  	 	 	12.1	% 	
Amortization	 	 	27,631	  	 	 	3.2	% 	 	 	27,427	  	 	 	2.9	% 	 	 	26,933	  	 	 	2.5	% 	 	 	20,298	  	 	 	2.5	% 	 	 	22,049	  	 	 	2.5	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	68,663	  	 	 	7.8	% 	 	 	86,836	  	 	 	8.9	% 	 	 	95,464	  	 	 	8.9	% 	 	 	67,520	  	 	 	8.5	% 	 	 	78,623	  	 	 	8.7	% 	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	63,682	  	 	 	7.1	% 	
Net interest expense and other	 	 	88,971	  	 	 	10.1	% 	 	 	81,249	  	 	 	8.3	% 	 	 	83,712	  	 	 	7.8	% 	 	 	61,702	  	 	 	7.8	% 	 	 	31,387	  	 	 	3.5	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before tax	 	 	(20,308	) 	 	 	(2.3	)% 	 	 	5,587	  	 	 	0.6	% 	 	 	11,752	  	 	 	1.1	% 	 	 	5,818	  	 	 	0.7	% 	 	 	(16,446	) 	 	 	(1.9	)% 	
Income tax benefit (expense)	 	 	10,314	  	 	 	1.2	% 	 	 	(825	) 	 	 	(0.1	)% 	 	 	(3,243	) 	 	 	(0.3	)% 	 	 	(1,536	) 	 	 	(0.2	)% 	 	 	5,114	  	 	 	0.6	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(9,994	) 	 	 	(1.1	)% 	 	$	4,762	  	 	 	0.5	% 	 	$	8,509	  	 	 	0.8	% 	 	$	4,282	  	 	 	0.5	% 	 	$	(11,332	) 	 	 	(1.3	)% 	

(1)	Cost of services consists of direct expenses associated with the operation of child care centers, and direct expenses to provide back-up dependent care services, including fees to back-up care providers, and educational advisory services. Direct expenses consist primarily of salaries, taxes and benefits for personnel, food costs, program supplies and materials, parent marketing and facilities costs, which include occupancy costs and depreciation.	
(2)	Selling, general and administrative (“SGA”) expenses consist primarily of salaries, payroll taxes and benefits (including stock compensation costs) for corporate, regional and business development personnel. Other overhead costs include information technology, occupancy costs for corporate and regional personnel, professional services fees, including accounting and legal services, and other general corporate expenses.	
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012
Revenue.    Revenue increased $102.1 million, or 12.8%, to $899.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 from $797.5 million for the same period in the prior year. Revenue growth is primarily attributable to contributions from new and ramping child care and early education centers, expanded sales
 
52

Table of Contents
of our back-up dependent care services and typical annual tuition increases of 3% to 4%. Revenue generated by full service center-based care services in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 increased by $85.7 million, or 12.4%, when compared to the same period in 2012. Our acquisitions of Kidsunlimited on April 10, 2013, Children’s Choice Learning Centers, Inc. (“Children’s Choice”) on July 22, 2013, and Casterbridge on May 23, 2012, contributed approximately $57.2 million of incremental revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2013.
Revenue generated by back-up dependent care services in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 increased by $12.8 million, or 13.5%, when compared to the same period in 2012. Additionally, revenue generated by other educational advisory services in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 increased by $3.6 million, or 27.8%, when compared to the same period in 2012.
Cost of Services.    Cost of services increased $75.0 million, or 12.2%, to $689.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 when compared to the same period in the prior year. Cost of services in the full service center-based care services segment increased $66.7 million, or 12.1%, to $618.2 million in 2013. Personnel costs typically represent approximately 75% of total cost of services for this segment, and personnel costs increased 9.9% as a result of an 11.7% increase in overall enrollment and routine wage increases associated with centers that have been added since September 30, 2012. In addition, program supplies, materials, food and facilities costs increased 18.3% in connection with the enrollment growth and the incremental occupancy costs associated with centers that have been added since September 30, 2012. Cost of services in the back-up dependent care segment increased $6.0 million, or 10.7%, to $62.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily for personnel costs and for increased care provider fees associated with the higher levels of back-up services provided. Cost of services in the other educational advisory services segment increased by $2.3 million, or 32.5%, to $9.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 due to personnel and technology costs related to the incremental sales of these services.
Gross Profit.    Gross profit increased $27.1 million, or 14.8%, to $209.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 when compared to the same period in the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue, increased to 23.3% in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 from 22.9% in the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase is primarily due to contributions from acquired centers, increased enrollment in our mature and ramping P&L centers and expanded back-up services revenue with proportionately lower direct cost partially offset by training and integration costs of the 2013 acquisitions as well as costs associated with additional lease model centers in 2013.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    SGA increased $14.2 million, or 15.0%, to $109.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to $94.8 million for the same period in the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue increased to 12.1% from 11.9% in the same period in the prior year. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included a $7.5 million fee for the termination of the management agreement with Bain Capital Partners LLC (“Sponsor termination fee”), a $5.0 million stock-based compensation charge for certain stock options that vested upon completion of the initial public offering (“performance-based stock compensation charge”), $0.6 million of costs associated with the completion of a secondary offering of common shares and $3.5 million of acquisition related costs. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $15.1 million of incremental compensation associated with the modification of the previously existing awards and the issuance of immediately vested options and $1.4 million of expenses associated with the initial public offering. In addition to these items, SGA increased over the comparable period due primarily to continued investments in technology and marketing, incremental overhead related to the operations of the acquired businesses, an increase in compensation costs, including annual wage increases and stock-based compensation costs, as well as routine increases in SGA costs compared to the prior year.
 
53

Table of Contents
Amortization.    Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $22.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $20.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 due to acquisitions previously described.
Income from Operations.    Income from operations increased by $11.1 million, or 16.4%, to $78.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 when compared to the same period in 2012. Income from operations was 8.7% of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to 8.5% of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The increase was due to the following:
 
 	Ÿ	 	In the full service center-based care segment, income from operations increased $5.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included an aggregate proportionate charge of $13.9 million for the Sponsor termination fee, the performance-based stock compensation charge, costs associated with the completion of a secondary offering of our common shares and acquisition related costs. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $12.2 million of incremental compensation costs associated with the modification of the previously existing awards and the issuance of immediately vested options as well as costs related to the initial public offering. Excluding the effect of these charges, income from operations increased $7.0 million in 2013 primarily due to the tuition increases and enrollment gains over the prior year as well as contributions from new and acquired centers that have been added since September 30, 2012, partially offset by incremental overhead from acquired centers during the integration period.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Income from operations for the back-up dependent care segment increased $5.0 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included an aggregate proportionate charge of $1.9 million for the Sponsor termination fee and the performance-based stock compensation charge. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $3.0 million of incremental compensation associated with the modification of the previously existing awards and the issuance of immediately vested options. Excluding the effect of these charges, income from operations increased $3.9 million in 2013 due to the expanding revenue base.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Income from operations in the other educational advisory services segment increased $0.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 included an aggregate proportionate charge of $0.8 million for the Sponsor termination fee and the performance-based stock compensation charge. Results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 included $1.3 million of incremental compensation associated with the modification of the previously existing awards and the issuance of immediately vested options. Excluding the effect of these charges, income from operations increased $0.4 million in 2013.	
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.    In connection with the refinancing of all of our existing debt on January 30, 2013, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $63.7 million, which included the redemption premiums and the write-off of existing deferred financing costs.
Net Interest Expense and Other.    Net interest expense and other decreased to $31.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 from $61.7 million for the same period in 2012 due to the debt refinancing completed on January 30, 2013, which reduced the rate at which interest is payable, and the reduction of the borrowings outstanding as a result of the use of proceeds from the initial public offering.
Income Tax Expense.    We recorded an income tax benefit of $5.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to an income tax expense of $1.5 million during the comparable period in the prior year. The difference between the effective income tax of 31.1% and the statutory
 
54

Table of Contents
rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was due to the impact of permanent differences, primarily deductions allowed in foreign jurisdictions. Additionally, we recognized a previously unrecognized tax benefit of approximately $4.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 upon completion of a tax enquiry in the United Kingdom.
Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Revenue.    Revenue increased $97.2 million, or 9.9%, to $1.07 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $973.7 million for the prior year. Revenue growth is primarily attributable to contributions from new and ramping child care and early education centers, expanded sales of our back-up dependent care services and typical annual tuition increases of 3% to 4%. Revenue generated by full service center-based care services in the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $77.6 million, or 9.2%, when compared to 2011. Revenue generated by back-up dependent care services in the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $15.6 million, or 13.6%, when compared to the same period in 2011. Additionally, revenue generated by other educational advisory services in the year ended December 31, 2012 increased by $4.0 million, or 27.7%, when compared to 2011.
Our acquisition of the 27 Casterbridge centers in the United Kingdom on May 23, 2012 contributed approximately $26.3 million of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012 from the date of the acquisition. The acquisition of a majority interest in 20 centers in the Netherlands on July 20, 2011, contributed approximately $25.4 million of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $10.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 from the date of acquisition. At December 31, 2012, we operated 765 child care and early education centers compared to 743 centers at December 31, 2011.
Cost of Services.    Cost of services increased $58.7 million, or 7.7%, to $825.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the prior year. Cost of services in the full service centers segment increased $52.1 million, or 7.6%, to $740.1 million in 2012. Personnel costs typically represent approximately 75% of total cost of services for this segment, and personnel costs increased 7.1% as a result of a 6.2% increase in overall enrollment and routine wage increases. In addition, program supplies, materials, food and facilities costs increased 6.9% in connection with the enrollment growth and the incremental occupancy costs associated with centers that have been added in 2011 and 2012. Cost of services in the back-up dependent care segment increased $5.6 million, or 8.0%, to $75.4 million in 2012, primarily for personnel costs and for increased care provider fees associated with the higher levels of back-up services provided. Cost of services in the other educational advisory services segment increased by $1.0 million, or 11.8%, to $9.7 million in 2012, as we realized economies of scale with existing personnel on the incremental sales of these services.
Gross Profit.    Gross profit increased $38.6 million, or 18.6%, to $245.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue, increased to 22.9% in the year ended December 31, 2012 from 21.3% in the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily due to the new and ramping P&L centers, which achieve proportionately lower levels of operating costs in relation to revenue as they ramp up enrollment to steady state levels, increased enrollment in our mature P&L centers and expanded back-up services revenue with proportionately lower direct cost of services.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    SGA increased $30.4 million, or 32.7%, to $123.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $92.9 million for the same period in the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue increased to 11.5% from 9.5% in the same period in the prior year. The increase in SGA was primarily due to an increase in stock compensation expense. Stock compensation expense increased $16.4 million, from $1.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $17.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase primarily
 
55

Table of Contents
relates to our option exchange transaction that was completed on May 2, 2012. The increase was also due to the award of additional options to purchase a combination of shares of our Class A common stock and Class L common stock in the second quarter of 2012. The modification of the previously existing awards resulted in incremental stock compensation expense of $12.7 million, and the new option awards resulted in total incremental stock compensation expense of $2.5 million, for a combined incremental charge of $15.2 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 related to the requisite service period already fulfilled.
Excluding the incremental stock compensation expense totaling $15.2 million in 2012, SGA increased by $15.2 million, or 16.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. The additional increase in SGA is related to investments in technology and marketing, incremental overhead associated with acquisitions, including $3.3 million for our Netherlands operations acquired in July 2011 and $2.3 million for the 27 Casterbridge centers acquired on May 23, 2012, and routine increases in costs compared to the prior year, including annual wage increases. In addition, we incurred approximately $1.8 million in accounting and legal fees associated with preparing for our initial public offering and refinancing of our debt that were completed in January 2013.
Amortization.    Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease relates to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized, partially offset by additional amortization for acquisitions completed in 2012.
Income from Operations.    Income from operations increased by $8.6 million, or 9.9%, to $95.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 when compared to the same period in 2011. Income from operations was 8.9% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, consistent with the prior year. Excluding the impact of the incremental stock compensation charge of $15.2 million in the second quarter of 2012 described above, income from operations would have been $110.7 million, or 10.3% of revenue, an increase of $23.8 million, or 27.4%, from $86.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011.
In the full service center-based care segment, income from operations increased $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, including a proportionate share of the incremental stock compensation expense of approximately $11.2 million that was included in SGA in the year ended December 31, 2012. Excluding this charge, the $12.7 million increase in 2012 reflects price increases and enrollment gains over the prior year as well as contributions from new centers that have been added in 2012. The back-up dependent care segment added $5.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Excluding the proportionate share of the incremental stock compensation for this segment of $2.8 million, the back-up dependent care segment added $7.7 million in income from operations in the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the expanding revenue base and efficiencies of service delivery across a wider revenue base. Income from operations in the other educational advisory services segment increased $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011, and increased $3.4 million excluding this segment’s proportionate share of the incremental stock compensation. This increase reflects the higher sales volume in the 2012 period.
Interest Expense.    At December 31, 2012, we had total borrowings outstanding of $928.3 million of term loans, senior subordinated notes and senior notes, including $85.0 million term loan used in May 2012 in connection with the Casterbridge acquisition, and we had access to an additional $75.0 million revolving line of credit. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $83.9 million compared to $82.9 million for the same period in 2011. The increase in interest expense is primarily related to the additional borrowings in May 2012, offset by a reduction in the interest rate attributable to the term loans as a result of the expiration of the interest rate floors on our Base and Euro rates on May 28, 2011.
 
56

Table of Contents
Income Tax Expense.    We had income tax expense of $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 on pre-tax income of $11.8 million, or a 27.6% effective rate, which includes the benefit of permanent items, a reduction to the statutory tax rate in the United Kingdom and a decrease to the reserves for uncertain tax positions. Income tax expense of $0.8 million in 2011, or an effective tax rate of 14.8% was lower due primarily to the reversal of a valuation allowance in the United Kingdom.
Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interest.    Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest in our Netherlands subsidiary, which reduces net income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., increased to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from less than $0.1 million in the prior year due to improved center performance in the Netherlands.
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenue.    Revenue increased $95.5 million, or 10.9%, to $973.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $878.2 million in the prior year. Revenue growth is primarily attributable to contributions from new and ramping full service child care centers, expanded sales of our back-up dependent care services and typical annual tuition increases of 3% to 4%. Revenue generated by full service center-based care services in the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by approximately $75.2 million, or 9.8%, when compared to 2010. Revenue generated by back-up dependent care services in the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by approximately $15.5 million, or 15.7%, when compared to 2010. Additionally, revenue generated by other educational advisory services increased by $4.8 million, or 48.4%, when compared to 2010.
Our acquisition of 20 centers in the United States on March 14, 2011 contributed approximately $17.1 million of revenue in 2011 from the date of the acquisition. The acquisition of a majority interest in 20 centers in the Netherlands on July 20, 2011 contributed approximately $10.9 million of revenue from the date of the acquisition. At December 31, 2011, we operated 743 child care and early education centers compared to 705 centers at December 31, 2010.
Cost of Services.    Cost of services increased $68.2 million, or 9.8%, to $766.5 million for the year ended 2011 from $698.3 million in the prior year. Cost of services in the full service centers segment increased $58.3 million, or 9.3%, to $688.1 million in 2011. Personnel costs increased 7.9% as a result of a 7.5% increase in overall enrollment and routine wage increases. In addition, program supplies, materials, food and facilities costs increased 14.1% in connection with the enrollment growth and the incremental occupancy costs associated with centers that have been added in 2010 and 2011, including the 40 centers acquired in 2011. Cost of services in the back-up dependent care segment increased $6.1 million, or 9.6%, to $69.8 million in 2011, primarily for personnel costs and for increased care provider fees associated with the higher levels of back-up services provided. Cost of services in the other educational advisory services segment increased by $3.8 million, or 79.1%, to $8.6 million in 2011, primarily in personnel costs as we established operating capacity to support the incremental sales of these services.
Gross Profit.    Gross profit increased $27.3 million, or 15.2%, to $207.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue increased to 21.3% in 2011 from 20.5% in 2010. The increase is primarily attributable to contributions from new and ramping P&L centers, which achieve proportionately lower levels of operating costs in relation to revenue as they increase enrollment to steady state levels, and to cost management in our mature P&L centers, where enrollment has stabilized in relation to the decreases in 2009 and 2010, but remains lower than historical levels. In addition to expanded sales of back-up dependent care services, we realized greater cost efficiency in managing our direct cost of services relating to back-up dependent care in 2011.
 
57

Table of Contents
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    SGA increased $9.3 million, or 11.2%, to $92.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue remained consistent at 9.5%. The increase in SGA during the year is related to routine increases in costs compared to the prior year, including annual wage increases, to investments in technology and marketing, and $1.6 million of overhead associated with our Netherlands operations from July 20, 2011. We also incurred $1.0 million in 2011 in connection with the completion of our acquisition in the Netherlands, including the costs incurred to amend certain terms of our debt agreements in order to provide greater flexibility for foreign investments and allow for the acquisition. Partially offsetting the increase in SGA was a decrease in stock compensation expense in 2011 compared to 2010 related to employee stock option grants, the majority of which were initially awarded in 2008. We recorded stock compensation expense of $1.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in each of 2011 and 2010.
Amortization.    Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The slight decrease relates to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized during the year, offset by increases related to the amortization of new intangible assets from acquisitions completed in 2011.
Income from Operations.    Income from operations increased $18.2 million, or 26.5%, to $86.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to 2010. Income from operations was 8.9% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 7.8% in 2010. In the full service center-based care segment, income from operations increased $12.2 million in 2011, or 26.0%. This increase reflects price increases and enrollment gains in our ramping centers as well as contributions from new centers that were added in 2011. The back-up dependent care segment added $7.5 million in 2011, or 35.6%, due to the expanding sales levels and efficiencies of service delivery across a wider revenue base. The other educational advisory services segment declined by $1.5 million in 2011 compared to 2010 due to investments made in operating, sales and administrative personnel to support strategic growth initiatives that have not yet been fully realized.
Interest Expense.    Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $82.9 million, compared to $89.0 million in 2010. The decrease in interest expense is primarily related to a reduction, effective May 29, 2011, in the interest rate attributable to the term loans as a result of the expiration of the interest rate floors on our Base and Euro rates on May 28, 2011. The interest rate on our term loans of 4.3% at December 31, 2011 decreased from the rate of 7.5% at December 31, 2010. Additionally, adjustments made to reflect the fair value of our interest rate cap also contributed to the decrease in interest expense. The fair value adjustments were an increase to interest expense of $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to an increase to interest expense of $2.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.
Income Tax Expense.    We had income tax expense of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 on pre-tax income of $5.6 million, or a 14.8% effective rate, which includes the benefit of permanent items, the net change to the reserves for uncertain tax positions, a decrease in the state tax rate applied to the net deferred tax liability and a decrease to a valuation allowance at a foreign subsidiary.
 
58

Table of Contents
Quarterly Financial Data
The following table sets forth certain of our unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eleven quarters beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 2011 through the quarter ended September 30, 2013.

 	 	Three months ended	 	
 	 	March 31,
2011	 	 	June 30,
2011	 	 	September 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2011	 	 	March 31,
2012	 	 	June 30,
2012	 	 	September 30,
2012	 	 	December 31,
2012	 	 	March 31,
2013	 	 	June 30,
2013	 	 	September 30,
2013	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except share data)	 	
Revenue	 	$	232,922	  	 	$	248,017	  	 	$	243,877	  	 	$	248,885	  	 	$	258,122	  	 	$	271,463	  	 	$	267,927	  	 	$	273,426	  	 	$	280,123	  	 	$	310,813	  	 	$	308,663	  	
Gross profit	 	 	49,296	  	 	 	55,322	  	 	 	49,183	  	 	 	53,400	  	 	 	58,020	  	 	 	64,553	  	 	 	60,092	  	 	 	63,105	  	 	 	65,790	  	 	 	75,425	  	 	 	68,505	  	
Income from Operations	 	 	20,226	  	 	 	25,535	  	 	 	18,283	  	 	 	22,782	  	 	 	26,104	  	 	 	16,061	  	 	 	25,355	  	 	 	27,944	  	 	 	15,437	  	 	 	35,397	  	 	 	27,789	  	
Net Income (loss)	 	 	(1,263	) 	 	 	2,519	  	 	 	(364	) 	 	 	3,870	  	 	 	3,590	  	 	 	(1,914	) 	 	 	2,606	  	 	 	4,227	  	 	 	(50,781	) 	 	 	24,507	  	 	 	14,942	  	
Net Income (loss) attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	 	 	(1,263	) 	 	 	2,519	  	 	 	(456	) 	 	 	3,959	  	 	 	3,509	  	 	 	(1,967	) 	 	 	2,446	  	 	 	4,174	  	 	 	(50,743	) 	 	 	24,579	  	 	 	15,044	  	
Earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	 	 	12.90	  	 	 	13.37	  	 	 	13.86	  	 	 	14.20	  	 	 	13.99	  	 	 	14.76	  	 	 	15.30	  	 	 	15.68	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
Common—Basic	 	 	(3.09	) 	 	 	(2.56	) 	 	 	(3.16	) 	 	 	(2.51	) 	 	 	(2.49	) 	 	 	(4.20	) 	 	 	(3.05	) 	 	 	(2.87	) 	 	 	(0.91	) 	 	 	0.38	  	 	 	0.23	  	
Diluted	 	 	(3.09	) 	 	 	(2.56	) 	 	 	(3.16	) 	 	 	(2.51	) 	 	 	(2.49	) 	 	 	(4.20	) 	 	 	(3.05	) 	 	 	(2.87	) 	 	 	(0.91	) 	 	 	0.37	  	 	 	0.23	  	
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary cash requirements are for the ongoing operations of our existing child care centers, back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services, the addition of new centers through development or acquisition and debt financing obligations. Our primary sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operations and borrowings available under our revolving credit facility, which was increased from $75.0 million to $100.0 million in connection with our refinancing on January 30, 2013. We had $20.6 million of borrowings outstanding under the revolving line of credit at September 30, 2013. There were no amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit at September 30, 2012. No borrowings were made during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Our working capital deficit decreased to $112.8 million at September 30, 2013 from $65.9 million at December 31, 2012 due largely to cash generated from operating activities as well as net cash generated from financing activities due to the completion of our initial public offering and debt refinancing offset by acquisitions as well as capital expenditures. We had working capital deficit of $69.5 million at December 31, 2011. Our working capital deficit has arisen from cash generated from operations being used to make long-term investments in fixed assets and acquisitions. We anticipate that we will continue to generate positive cash flows from operating activities and that the cash generated will be used principally to fund ongoing operations of our new and existing full service child care centers and expanded operations in the back-up dependent care and educational advisory segments, as well as to make scheduled principal and interest payments.
On January 30, 2013, we completed our initial public offering and, together with the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares on February 21, 2013, we raised $234.9 million, net of directly attributable expenses, underwriting discounts and commissions. We used the net proceeds from our initial public offering and certain proceeds from the issuance of a $790.0 million senior secured term loan to redeem our senior notes in full for $213.3 million. We used the remainder of the $790.0 million senior secured term loan to refinance all of the remaining existing indebtedness under the senior credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes. The $790.0 million senior secured term loan has a maturity date in 2020. In connection with our senior secured term loan, we also entered into a $100.0 million revolving credit facility due 2018.
 
59

Table of Contents
In anticipation of our initial public offering, holders of shares of Class L common stock, who were entitled to a liquidation preference upon the mandatory conversion in connection with our initial public offering, agreed to convert their Class L common stock into shares of Class A common stock at a rate of 35.1955 shares of Class A common stock for each share of Class L common stock. This conversion was effected on January 11, 2013 and shares of Class A common stock were then reclassified into common stock.
We believe that funds provided by operations, our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and borrowings available under our revolving line of credit will be adequate to meet planned operating and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months under current operating conditions. However, if we were to undertake any significant acquisitions or investments in the purchase of facilities for new or existing child care and early education centers requiring financing beyond our existing borrowing capacity, it may be necessary for us to obtain additional debt or equity financing. We may not be able to obtain such financing on reasonable terms, or at all.
Cash Flows

 	 	Years Ended December 31,	 	 	Nine Months Ended
September 30,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	$	70,119	  	 	$	133,570	  	 	$	106,982	  	 	$	92,649	  	 	$	121,465	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	$	(45,904	) 	 	$	(94,992	) 	 	$	(180,890	) 	 	$	(155,831	) 	 	$	(180,548	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	 	$	(23,497	) 	 	$	(23,281	) 	 	$	77,205	  	 	$	77,417	  	 	$	60,027	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents (end of period)	 	$	15,438	  	 	$	30,448	  	 	$	34,109	  	 	$	45,057	  	 	$	35,010	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $121.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $92.6 million for the same period in 2012. Net income, adjusted for non-cash expenses, increased by $45.4 million from 2012 to 2013 due to increases in gross profit. Changes in working capital decreased by $16.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 over the same period in 2012 primarily due to an increase in prepaid income taxes associated with the loss on extinguishment of debt, partially offset by an increase in accrued rent and related obligations and accounts payable due to the increase in the number of centers and timing of payments.
Cash provided by operating activities was $107.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $133.6 million in 2011. Net income, adjusted for non-cash expenses, increased by $24.0 million from 2011 to 2012, due to continued increases in gross margins and the impact of new and acquired centers. Working capital was relatively unchanged in 2012, but contributed $50.6 million to 2011 operating cash flows due to the income tax refunds totaling $25.0 million in 2011 compared to $2.1 million in 2012, and the timing of payments of accounts payable.
Cash provided by operating activities was $133.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $70.1 million in 2010. The increase in cash from operating activities is primarily related to increases in net income and deferred tax assets, plus changes in working capital, the most significant of which were decreases in income taxes receivable and prepaid income taxes attributable to $25.0 million of tax refunds collected in 2011 and an increase in accounts payable due to the timing of payments.
 
60

Table of Contents
Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $180.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $155.8 million for the same period in 2012, and related specifically to the acquisition of Children’s Choice and Kidsunlimited, as well as fixed asset additions, including the addition of new child care centers, maintenance and refurbishments in our existing centers, and continued investments in technology, equipment and furnishings.
Cash used in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 related to the acquisition of the Casterbridge centers for $108.0 million, net of cash acquired, as well as fixed asset additions.
Cash used in investing activities was $180.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $95.0 million for the same period in 2011 and $45.9 million for the same period in 2010. Fixed asset additions totaled $69.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $42.5 million and $39.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Cash paid for acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $111.8 million, related to the acquisition of 27 Casterbridge centers on May 23, 2012 for $107.9 million, net of cash acquired. Cash paid for acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $57.3 million for the acquisition of 21 child care and early education centers in the United States, the acquisition of 63% of a child care company in the Netherlands and the acquisition of one child care and early education center in the United Kingdom. Cash paid for acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $6.4 million for two child care and early education centers, one in the United States and one in the United Kingdom, and a tuition reimbursement program management company in the United States.
We estimate that we will spend approximately $70 million in 2013 on fixed asset additions related to new child care centers, maintenance and refurbishments in our existing centers and continued investments in technology, equipment and furnishings. As part of our growth strategy, we expect to continue to make selective acquisitions, which may vary in size and which are less predictable in terms of the timing of the capital requirements.
Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
Cash provided by financing activities amounted to $60.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared to $77.4 million for the same period in 2012. In January 2013, we completed our initial public offering, including the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, which raised $234.9 million in 2013, net of directly attributable expenses and underwriting discounts and commission, and used the net proceeds along with certain proceeds from the issuance of a $790.0 million senior secured term loan to redeem our senior notes in full for $213.3 million. We used the remainder of the $790.0 million senior secured term loan to refinance all of the remaining existing indebtedness under the senior credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes.
Cash provided from financing activities in during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 resulted primarily from additional borrowings to finance a portion of the acquisition of the Casterbridge centers in May 2012.
Cash provided by financing activities amounted to $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to cash used in financing activities of $23.3 million in 2011 and $23.5 million in 2010. The increase in 2012 was due primarily to borrowings of $82.3 million, net of financing fees and discounts, for our Series C new term loans, which was included as an amendment to our senior debt in May 2012 for the Casterbridge acquisition. We also received proceeds of $2.1 million from the exercise of stock options and recorded a related tax benefit of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. These increases were partially offset by the repurchase of $5.1 million worth of our common
 
61

Table of Contents
stock. We also made debt repayments of $5.5 million in 2012, $23.4 million in 2011 and $24.0 million in 2010, including net repayments on our revolving credit facility of $18.5 million in 2011 and $20.3 million in 2010.
Debt
Outstanding borrowings were as follows and bore the following rates of interest:

 	  	Balance at
December 31,	 	 	Balance at
September 30,	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	
 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Term loans(1)	  	$	-	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	784,075	  	
Term B and Series C new term loans(2)	  	 	350,946	  	 	 	430,474	  	 	 	-	  	
Senior subordinated notes(3)	  	 	300,000	  	 	 	300,000	  	 	 	-	  	
Senior notes(4)	  	 	174,055	  	 	 	197,810	  	 	 	-	  	
Borrowings under revolving line of credit	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	20,600	  	

Total	  	 	825,001	  	 	 	928,284	  	 	 	804,675	  	
Deferred financing fees and original issue discount	  	 	(25,744	) 	 	 	(21,641	) 	 	 	(18,631	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	799,257	  	 	$	906,643	  	 	$	786,044	  	

(1)	The interest rate on borrowings under our term loans was 4.0% at September 30, 2013.	
(2)	The interest rate on borrowings under our Tranche B term loan was 4.3% and 4.2% at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and was 5.3% on borrowings under our Series C new term loan at December 31, 2012. The Tranche B and Series C new term loans were repaid in connection with the completion of our refinancing transactions on January 30, 2013.	
(3)	The interest rate on the senior subordinated notes is 11.5%. The senior subordinated notes were refinanced in connection with the completion of our refinancing transactions on January 30, 2013.	
(4)	The interest rate on the senior notes was 13.0%. The balance includes PIK interest that has accrued on the $110.0 million aggregate initial principal amount of the senior notes since 2008. The senior notes were repaid in connection with the completion of our initial public offering and refinancing transactions on January 30, 2013.	
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
As of September 30, 2013, the Borrower’s senior secured credit facilities consisted of a $790.0 million term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2013, there was $784.1 million outstanding under the term loan facility and $20.6 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Additionally, the Borrower had the ability to borrow $79.4 million under the revolving credit facility. The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by Holdings and each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic material subsidiaries of the Borrower, and all obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, subject to certain exceptions, are secured by substantially all the assets of Holdings, the Borrower and the subsidiary guarantors. Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities bear interest payable at least quarterly. Principal amortization repayments are required to be made on the term loan borrowings equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments. The term loan balance is payable on January 30, 2020. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the revolving credit facility becomes due and payable on January 30, 2018.
The revolving facility requires the Borrower to comply with a maximum senior secured first lien net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant, to be tested only if, on the last day of each fiscal quarter, the amount of revolving loans and swingline loans outstanding under the revolving facility exceeds 25% of the revolving credit facility commitment on such date. A breach of this covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights. As of September 30, 2013, the financial maintenance covenant
 
62

Table of Contents
was not in effect as of such date as we had $20.6 million in revolving loans and no swingline loans outstanding. Consolidated EBITDA is a negotiated measure used exclusively by the Borrower and by its creditors to determine compliance with certain covenants contained in the senior secured credit facilities and, because of the additional adjustments included in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA in the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities, Consolidated EBITDA is not comparable to adjusted EBITDA as described in this prospectus under note 3 to “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”
International Credit Facility
Our majority-owned subsidiary in the Netherlands, which we acquired in 2011, maintains a multi-purpose revolving credit facility with a Dutch bank to support working capital, letter of credit requirements and construction and fitting out of new child care centers. The current account facility is secured by a right of offset against all accounts we maintain at the lending bank and by an additional pledge of certain equipment. Availability under the €5.2 million facility declines in monthly increments of €0.25 million beginning on July 1, 2013 to €3.45 million at January 1, 2014. At September 30, 2013, there was €0.7 million (approximately $1.0 million) outstanding and currently due under the facility and there was €3.1 million of availability under the facility. There is no stated maturity or termination date on the facility, however, the bank may terminate the line of credit at any time at its discretion. There were 22 letters of credit outstanding under this general facility as of September 30, 2013 that were used to guarantee certain rent payments for up to €0.7 million (approximately $1.0 million). No amounts have been drawn against these letters of credit.
Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 	 	2013	 	 	2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 	 	Thereafter	 	 	Total	 	
Long-term debt(1)(2)	 	$	2,036	  	 	$	4,500	  	 	$	342,125	  	 	$	850	  	 	$	80,963	  	 	$	410,000	  	 	$	840,474	  	
Interest on long-term debt(2)	 	 	72,496	  	 	 	67,740	  	 	 	59,021	  	 	 	53,095	  	 	 	50,465	  	 	 	27,116	  	 	 	329,933	  	
Operating leases	 	 	61,335	  	 	 	58,750	  	 	 	55,204	  	 	 	50,014	  	 	 	43,533	  	 	 	191,060	  	 	 	459,896	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total(2)	 	$	135,867	  	 	$	130,990	  	 	$	456,350	  	 	$	103,959	  	 	$	174,961	  	 	$	628,176	  	 	$	1,630,303	  	

(1)	Amount due in 2013 excludes the PIK interest added to principal on our senior notes of $87.8 million as of December 31, 2012. The senior notes were repaid with the proceeds of our initial public offering.	
 
(2)	Excludes the impact of our debt refinancing on January 30, 2013 and assumes that the rate of interest in effect as of December 31, 2012 on borrowings under our Tranche B term loans and Series C new term loans of 4.2% and 5.3%, respectively, remains in effect through the remaining term of the credit facility and that there are no borrowings under the revolving credit facility.	
Totals for 2013 through 2016 do not include obligations under the remaining call and put option agreement between Bright Horizons B.V., our wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary, and the minority shareholder of Odemon B.V. (“Odemon”), our majority-owned indirect subsidiary, that allows for the acquisition of the final 18.5% ownership which amount can range from €3.0 million to €6.0  million, based on the formula for determining such amount.
 
63

Table of Contents
Employment and Severance Agreements
We have severance agreements with nine executives and employees that provide from four to 18 months of compensation upon a qualifying termination of employment. We estimate that the maximum amount potentially payable under these agreements in the absence of a change of control event in 2013 is approximately $3.6 million. The severance agreements prohibit the above-mentioned employees from competing with us during the severance period or divulging confidential information after their termination of employment.
Inflation
Historically, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Our financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and short- and long-term debt. The fair value of our financial instruments, with the exception of long-term debt, approximates the carrying value due to their short-term nature.
The fair value of our long-term debt was based on quoted market prices. For additional information, see note 1 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our primary market risk exposures relate to foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Risk
Our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates is primarily the result of foreign subsidiaries domiciled in the United Kingdom, Ireland, the Netherlands, India and Canada. We have not used financial derivative instruments to hedge foreign currency exchange rate risks associated with our foreign subsidiaries.
The assets and liabilities of our British, Irish, Dutch, Indian and Canadian subsidiaries, whose functional currencies are the British pound, Euro, Indian rupee and Canadian dollar, are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The cumulative translation effects for subsidiaries using a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We estimate that had the exchange rate in each country unfavorably changed by 10% relative to the U.S. dollar, our consolidated earnings before taxes would have decreased by approximately $0.7 million for 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate exposure relates primarily to the effect of interest rate changes on borrowings outstanding under our revolving line of credit and term loans. We had $20.6 million of borrowings
 
64

Table of Contents
outstanding under our revolving line of credit at September 30, 2013. There were no revolving line of credit borrowings in 2012 or outstanding at December 31, 2012. We had borrowings of $346.1 million and $84.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2012 under our Tranche B term loan and Series C new term loan facilities, and $784.1 million outstanding at September 30, 2013 under our new term loans entered into on January 30, 2013 in connection with the refinancing of our debt. Borrowings under the Tranche B term loan and the Series C new term loan facilities in 2012 were subject to a weighted average interest rate of 4.3% and 5.4%, respectively. Based on the outstanding borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities during 2012, we estimate that had the average interest rate on our borrowings increased by 100 basis points in 2012, our interest expense for the year would have increased by approximately $4.1 million in 2012. Based on the outstanding borrowings under the term loans and the revolving line of credit during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we estimate that had the average interest rate on our borrowings increased by 100 basis points during that period, our interest expense for the quarter would have increased by approximately $2.0 million. This estimate assumes the interest rate of each borrowing is raised by 100 basis points. The impact on future interest expense as a result of future changes in interest rates will depend largely on the gross amount of our borrowings at that time.
 
65

Table of Contents
BUSINESS
We are a leading provider of high-quality child care and early education services as well as other services designed to help employers and families better address the challenges of work and life. We provide services primarily under multi-year contracts with employers who offer child care and other dependent care solutions as part of their employee benefits packages to improve employee engagement, productivity, recruitment and retention. As of September 30, 2013, we had more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 Fortune 500 companies and 80 of  Working Mother  magazine’s 2013 “100 Best Companies for Working Mothers.”
The provision of center-based full service child care and early education represented approximately 86% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012. The balance of our revenue was from a broader suite of employer-sponsored service offerings, including back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, which we developed more recently to enhance our work/life service offerings, broaden our market opportunities and expand the scope of our client relationships. In certain locations, our child care centers are marketed directly to families in surrounding communities and serve employees of nearby clients.
We believe we are a provider of choice for both employers and working families for each of the solutions we offer. As of September 30 2013, we operated a total of 880 child care and early education centers across a wide range of customer industries with the capacity to serve approximately 99,300 children in the United States, as well as in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Ireland, Canada and India. We have achieved satisfaction ratings of greater than 95% among respondents in our employer and parent satisfaction surveys over each of the past five years and an annual client retention rate of 97% for employer-sponsored centers over each of the past ten years. We believe that the close integration between our offerings and our customer interests, our geographic reach, our innovative and customizable approach, our strong customer focus and our high-quality curriculum have all contributed to this success.
The strength of our reputation is reflected in our over 25-year track record of providing high-quality services and our history of strong financial performance. From 2001 through 2012, we have achieved year-over-year revenue and adjusted EBITDA growth at a compound annual growth rate of 11% for revenue and 18% for adjusted EBITDA. We also achieved year-over-year net income growth at a compound annual growth rate of 23% from 2001 to 2007. In 2008 through 2010, we incurred net losses due primarily to the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our going private transaction. In 2011 and 2012, our net income grew $14.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively, over the prior year to $4.8 million and $8.5 million, respectively. Our strong revenue growth has been driven by additions to our center base through organic center growth and acquisitions, expansions of our service offerings to back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, and consistent annual tuition increases. We have also increased our adjusted EBITDA margin in each year from 2001 through 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we generated revenue of $1.07 billion and $899.6 million, net income (loss) of $8.5 million and $(11.3) million, which net loss included a loss on extinguishment of debt of $63.7 million related to our debt refinancing in January 2013, adjusted EBITDA of $180.9 million and $155.2 million and adjusted net income of $37.8 million and $57.1 million, respectively. Additional information regarding adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, including a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to net income, is included in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”
For the year ended December 31, 2012, no single client represented more than 3% of our revenue. Our clients include: Alston & Bird in the professional services and other sectors; British Petroleum and Chevron in the energy sector; JFK Medical Center, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer
 
66

Table of Contents
Center, Amgen, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Johnson & Johnson and Pfizer in the healthcare and pharmaceuticals sectors; The Home Depot, Staples, Starbucks, Newell Rubbermaid and Timberland in the consumer sector; Cisco Systems and EMC in the technology sector; Bank of America, Barclays, Citigroup, JPMorgan Chase and Royal Bank of Scotland in the financial services sector; and Boeing and Toyota Motor Manufacturing in the industrials and manufacturing sectors. We also provide our services to government and education sector institutions such as Duke University, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, The Environmental Protection Agency, The Johns Hopkins University and The George Washington University.
We provide our center-based child care services under two general business models: a profit and loss (“P&L”) model, where we assume the financial risk of operating a child care center; and a cost-plus model, where we are paid a fee by an employer client for managing a child care center on a cost-plus basis. Our P&L model is further classified into two subcategories: (i) a sponsor model, where we provide child care and early education services on either an exclusive or priority enrollment basis for the employees of a specific employer sponsor; and (ii) a lease/consortium model, where we provide child care and early education services to the employees of multiple employers located within a specific real estate development (for example, an office building or office park), as well as to families in the surrounding community. In both our cost-plus and sponsor P&L models, the development of a new child care center, as well as ongoing maintenance and repair, is typically funded by an employer sponsor with whom we enter into a multi-year contractual relationship. In addition, employer sponsors typically provide subsidies for the ongoing provision of child care services for their employees. Our child care centers are largely located in targeted clusters where we believe demand is generally higher and where income demographics are attractive. We also provide back-up dependent care services through our own centers and through our Back-Up Care Advantage (“BUCA”) program, which offers access to a contracted network of in-home care agencies and approximately 2,500 center-based providers in locations where we do not otherwise have centers with available capacity.
Industry Overview
We compete in the global market for child care and early education services as well as the market for work/life services offered by employers as benefits to employees. Families in the United States spent approximately $43 billion on licensed group child care in 2007 according to a report published by the Pew Center on the States. The child care industry can generally be subdivided into center-based and home-based child care. We operate in the center-based market, which is highly fragmented, with over 90% of providers operating fewer than 10 centers, and the top 10 providers comprising less than 10% of the market, according to the Child Care Information Exchange’s  2012 Employee Child Care Trend Report .
Center-Based Child Care Services
The center-based child care market includes both retail and employer-sponsored centers and can be further divided into full-service centers and back-up centers. We have been a pioneer in the field of employer-sponsored child care, where we were one of the first providers to market a shared economic model directly to employers who offer child care as an employee benefit. While home-based businesses remain the majority of the overall child care market in the United States, the share of center-based child care providers has increased over time, reflecting what we believe is an increasing demand for high-quality, structured and professional child care and early education solutions. According to state licensing statistics, there are approximately 100,000 licensed child care centers in the United States, including retail and employer-sponsored centers.
The significant majority of our competitors market exclusively to families who are retail users of their centers. This employer-sponsored model, which has been central to our business since we were
 
67

Table of Contents
founded in 1986, is characterized by a single employer or consortium of employers entering into a long-term contract for the provision of child care at a center located at or near the sponsor’s worksite. The sponsor generally funds the development as well as ongoing maintenance and repair of a child care center at or near its worksite and subsidizes the provision of child care services to make them more affordable for its employees.
Back-Up Dependent Care and Educational Advisory Services
We also compete in the growing markets for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services. The market for additional services that are designed to help employers and families better integrate the challenges of work and life, including back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, is newer and continues to evolve. We believe we are the largest and one of the only multi-national providers of back-up dependent care services and that there are significant growth opportunities available to providers of these services, particularly when a provider can leverage existing client relationships and deliver services to a larger portion of a workforce across multiple locations.
The field of back-up dependent care is less well-developed than that of full-service care. According to the Families and Work Institute’s  2012 National Study of Employers , only 7% of companies with over 1,000 employees surveyed offer back-up or emergency child care, versus 18% of companies with over 1,000 employees which offer full service child care at or near the worksite. A national survey of working adults commissioned by Workplace Options in 2007 found 56% of employees or their spouses missed three to ten days of work in the preceding 12 months due to the lack of adequate back-up child or elder care options. A survey conducted by Public Policy Polling asked respondents how valuable back-up child care would be, and 93% of respondents said “clearly valuable” or “extremely valuable.”
We also offer educational advisory services for employers and their employees, including educational and college counseling through College Coach and the management of employer tuition reimbursement programs through EdAssist. We believe that we are the first provider to have developed these service models within the employer market and are the only participant in the market with this combination of employer-sponsored service offerings.
Industry Trends
We believe that the following key factors contribute to growth in the markets for employer-sponsored child care and for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services:
Increasing Participation by Women and Two Working Parent Families in the Workforce.    A significant percentage of mothers currently participate in the workforce. In 2007, for example, 64% of mothers with children under the age of six participated in the workforce in the United States, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. We expect that the number of working mothers and two working parent families will increase over time, resulting in an increase in the need for child care and other work/life services. By 2016, for example, women are expected to earn 60% of all bachelor degrees and 54% of all doctorate and professional degrees in the United States, according to a 2011 report by the Families and Work Institute.
Greater Demand for High-Quality Center-Based Child Care and Early Education.    We believe that recognition of the importance of early education and consistent quality child care has led to increased demand for higher-quality center-based care. In 1965, 8% of children under the age of five with working mothers were enrolled in center-based child care, compared to approximately 24% of such children by 2005, according to data gathered by the U.S. Census Bureau. With the shift towards center-based care, there is an increased focus on the establishment of objective, standards-based methods of defining and
 
68

Table of Contents
measuring the quality of child care, such as accreditation. In a highly fragmented market comprised largely of center operators lacking scale, we believe this trend will favor larger industry participants with the size and capital resources to achieve quality standards on a consistent basis.
Recognized Return on Investment to Employers.    Based on studies we have conducted through our Horizons Workforce Consulting practice, we believe that employer sponsors of center-based child care and back-up dependent care services realize strong returns on their investments from reduced turnover and increased productivity. For example, we estimate that users of our back-up dependent care services have been able to work, on average, 12 days annually that they otherwise would have missed due to breakdowns in child care arrangements. Additionally, according to a 2012 survey of our clients, 94% of respondents reported that access to dependable back-up dependent care helps them to focus on work and be more productive. We believe that this return on investment for employers will result in additional growth in employer-sponsored back-up dependent care services.
Growing Global Demand for Child Care and Early Education Services.    We expect that a long-term shift to service-based economies and an increasing emphasis on education by government and families will contribute to further growth in the global child care and early education market as well as the developing markets for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services. In addition, in certain countries in which we operate, public policy decisions have facilitated increased demand for child care and early education services. In 2006, the United Kingdom instituted a ten-year plan to make child care more accessible and more affordable for all parents. In the Netherlands, a 2005 child care law increased the demand for child care and early education services by making child care more affordable for working families and thereby encouraging women to return to the workforce.
Our History
For over 25 years, we have operated child care and early education centers for employers and working families. In 1998, we transformed our business through the merger of Bright Horizons, Inc. and CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc., both then Nasdaq-listed companies that were founded in 1986 and 1987, respectively. We were listed on Nasdaq from 1998 to May 2008, when we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, which we refer to as our going private transaction. Since then, we have continued to grow through challenging economic times while investing in our future. We have grown our international footprint to become a leader in the center-based child care market in the United Kingdom and have expanded into the Netherlands and India as a platform for further international expansion. In the United States, we have enhanced and grown our back-up dependent care services while adding EdAssist as a new educational advisory service for existing employer clients. We have also expanded our sales force with a specific focus on cross-selling opportunities to our employer clients. We have invested in new technologies to better support our full suite of services and expanded our marketing efforts with additional focus on maximizing occupancy levels in centers where we can improve our economics with increased enrollment.
On January 30, 2013, we completed our initial public offering. Upon the completion of the initial public offering, our common stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BFAM.”
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe we have the following competitive strengths:
Market Leading Service Provider
We believe we are the leader in the markets for employer-sponsored center-based child care and back-up dependent care, and that the breadth, depth and quality of our service offerings—developed over a successful 25-year-plus history—represent significant competitive advantages.
 
69

Table of Contents
We have approximately five times more employer-sponsored centers in the United States than our closest competitor, according to Child Care Information Exchange’s  2010 Employer Child Care Trend Report . We believe the broad geographic reach of our child care centers, with targeted clusters in areas where we believe demand is generally higher and where income demographics are attractive, provides us with an effective platform to market our services to current and new clients. We also believe our pioneering efforts to develop back-up dependent care solutions and educational advisory services for employers to offer as employee benefits have helped to strengthen our position as the provider of choice for employers and working families. We believe we are the only provider who is currently able to offer this broad spectrum of diversified service offerings to employer clients.
Collaborative, Long-term Relationships with Diverse Customer Base
We have more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 of the Fortune 500 companies, with our largest client contributing less than 3% of our revenue in 2012 and our largest 10 clients representing less than 13% of our revenue in that year. Our business model places an emphasis on multi-year employer sponsorship contracts where our clients typically fund the development of new child care centers at or near to their worksites and frequently support the ongoing operations of these centers.
Our multiple touch points with both employers and employees give us unique insight into the corporate culture of our clients. This enables us to identify and provide innovative and tailored solutions to address our clients’ specific work/life needs. In addition to full service center-based care, we provide access to a multi-national back-up dependent care network and educational advisory support, allowing us to offer various combinations of services to best meet the needs of specific clients or specific locations for a single client. Our tailored, collaborative approach to employer-sponsored child care has resulted in an annual client retention rate for employer-sponsored centers of approximately 97% over each of the past ten years.
Commitment to Quality
Our business is anchored in the consistent provision of high-quality service offerings to employers and families. We have therefore designed our child care centers to meet or exceed applicable accreditation and rating standards in all of our key markets, including in the United States through the National Academy of Early Childhood Programs, a division of the National Association for the Education of Young Children (“NAEYC”), and in the United Kingdom through the ratings of the Office of Standards in Education. We believe that our voluntary commitment to achieving accreditation standards offers a competitive advantage in securing employer sponsorship opportunities and in attracting and retaining families, because an increasing number of potential and existing employer clients require adherence to accreditation criteria. All of our centers are operated at the quality standard to achieve NAEYC accreditation, which can take two to three years to complete, and we have achieved NAEYC accreditation for more than 70% of our eligible centers. In the United States, NAEYC accreditation is optional and has been achieved by fewer than 10% of child care centers.
“The World at Their Fingertips” is our developmentally appropriate, proprietary curriculum that is based on well-established international early childhood development research and theory including the work of Jean Piaget, Erik Erikson, Maria Montessori, Howard Gardner and Jim Greenman. Our teachers document learning and assess each child’s progress through our online documentation and assessment system. This forms the basis for ongoing parent and teacher collaboration and communication. We maintain our curriculum at the forefront of early education practices by introducing elements that respond to the changing expectations and views of society and new information and theories about the ways in which children learn and grow.
 
70

Table of Contents
We also believe that strong adult-to-child ratios are a critical factor in delivering our curriculum effectively as well as helping to facilitate more focused care. Our programs, which are designed to meet NAEYC standards for accreditation, will often provide adult-to-child ratios that are more stringent than many state licensing standards.
Market Leading People Practices
Our ability to deliver consistently high-quality care, education and other services is directly related to our ability to attract, retain and motivate our highly skilled workforce. We believe that we have earned a reputation as an employer of choice, and we have consistently been named as a top employer by third-party sources in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, including being named as one of the “100 Best Places to Work in America” by  Fortune Magazine  14 times.
We believe the education and experience of our center leaders and teachers exceed the industry average. In addition to recurring in-center training and partial tuition reimbursement for continuing education, we have developed a training program that establishes standards for our teachers as well as an in-house online training academy (Bright Horizons University), which allows our employees to earn nationally-recognized child development credentials. Because we consider ongoing training essential to maintaining high-quality service, our facilities have specific budgets that provide for in-center training, attendance at selected outside conferences and seminars and partial tuition reimbursement for continuing education, in addition to the extensive training that our teachers receive in their first year with Bright Horizons.
Capital Efficient Operating Model Provides Platform for Growth, with Attractive Economics
We have achieved uninterrupted year-over-year revenue, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin growth for each of the last eleven years despite broader macro-economic fluctuations. We have accomplished this growth through a combination of key factors, including: annual tuition increases and escalators in management fees which are designed to keep pace with annual cost increases, the addition of both organic and acquired new centers and modest gains in enrollment within existing centers, the addition and growth of new services such as back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, managing our cost structure in line with enrollment within centers and modest leveraging of our overhead structure as we expand on our revenue base.
With employer sponsors funding the majority of the capital required for new centers developed on their behalf, we have been able to grow our business with limited capital investment, which has contributed to strong cash flows from operations.
We also proactively manage our portfolio of centers to identify and close P&L model centers that we view as underperforming, which enables us to sustain our operating margins and effectively reinvest our capital.
Proven Acquisition Track Record
We have an established acquisition team to pursue potential targets using a proven framework to effectively evaluate potential transactions with the goal of maximizing our return on investment while minimizing risk. Since 2006 and as of September 30, 2013, we have completed acquisitions of 237 child care centers in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, as well as a provider of back-up dependent care services in the United States. These acquisitions have enabled us to efficiently expand into targeted new markets and increase our presence within existing geographic clusters. Our experience has indicated that many of the smaller regional chains and individual
 
71

Table of Contents
operators seek liquidity and/or lack the professional management and financial resources that are often necessary for continued growth. Our acquisition strategy is also focused on enhancing and diversifying our platform of service offerings, as demonstrated through our 2006 acquisition of College Coach, through which we provide college preparation and admissions counseling.
Experienced Management Team
Our management team has an established track record of operational excellence and has an average tenure of 17 years at Bright Horizons. We have successfully operated Bright Horizons both as a publicly traded company and as a private company. Since then, our management team has navigated challenging macroeconomic conditions and continued to innovate, including rolling out a new technology platform across all of our centers, developing and launching new services including EdAssist, expanding our international presence and actively growing our business both organically and through acquisitions. This team has a proven track record of performance, having increased revenue from $345.9 million in 2001 to $1.07 billion in 2012, and increased adjusted EBITDA from $29.8 million in 2001 to $180.9 million in 2012, representing 830 basis points of adjusted EBITDA margin expansion. During this same period, our net income grew from $11.5 million in 2001 to $39.1 million in 2007 and then declined to $(6.6 million) in 2008 and to $(10.0 million) in 2010. Our net income in 2008 through 2010 reflects the incremental contributions from growth in the business, offset by the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our May 2008 going private transaction. In 2011 and 2012, our net income increased $14.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively, over the prior year to $4.8 million and $8.5 million, respectively.
Our Growth Strategy
We believe that there are significant opportunities to continue to grow our business globally and expand our leadership position by continuing to execute on the following strategies:
Grow Our Client Relationships
Secure Relationships with New Employer Clients.    Our addressable market includes approximately 15,000 employers, each with at least 1,000 employees, within the industries that we currently service in the United States and the United Kingdom. This presents us with a significant opportunity to engage new employer sponsors for the development of new centers, back-up dependent care services, College Coach and EdAssist. Our dedicated sales force focuses on establishing new client relationships and is supported by our Horizons Workforce Consulting practice, which helps potential clients to identify the precise work/life offerings that will best meet their strategic goals. We believe that our extensive service offerings, the breadth of our existing presence across the United States and our expanding European platform, as well as our track record of serving major employer sponsors for over 25 years, position us to take advantage of new client opportunities.
Expand Relationships with Existing Employer Clients Through Additional Centers and Cross-Selling.    As of September 30, 2013, we operated approximately 225 centers for 65 clients with multiple facilities, and we believe there is a significant opportunity to add additional employer-sponsored centers for both these and other existing clients. In addition, only approximately 15% of our clients currently utilize more than one of our four principal service offerings. We believe that employers who have already placed trust in us through sponsorship of one of our services are more likely to add others, which should allow us to increase the number of our employer clients that contract with us to provide multiple services to their employees. In the near term, we expect that this cross-sales growth opportunity will be led by the continued expansion of our BUCA program. Revenues from this highly scalable program have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 18% since 2007 and BUCA users have reported a 99% satisfaction rate, resulting in improved business continuity, enhanced productivity and reduced absenteeism for our employer clients.
 
72

Table of Contents
Continue to Expand Through the Assumption of Management of Existing Employer-Sponsored Child Care Centers.    We occasionally assume the management of existing centers from the incumbent management team, which enables us to develop new client relationships, typically with no capital investment and no purchase price payment. We also evaluate existing centers for expansion or relocation in markets in which our operations have been successful, in order to accommodate demand and enhance our market presence.
Sustain Annual Price Increases to Enable Continued Investments in Quality
We look for opportunities to invest in quality as a way to enhance our reputation with our clients and their employees. By developing a strong reputation for high-quality services and facilities, we are able to support consistent price increases that keep pace with our cost increases. Over our history, these price increases have contributed to our revenue growth and have enabled us to drive margin expansion.
Increase Utilization at Existing Centers
We believe that our mature P&L centers (which we define as centers that have been open for more than three years) are currently operating at utilization levels below our target run rate, in part due to a general deterioration in economic conditions from 2008 to 2010. Utilization rates at our mature P&L centers stabilized in 2010 and have grown in 2011, 2012 and the first nine months of 2013. We expect to further close the gap between current utilization rates and our target run rate over the next few years.
Selectively Add New Lease/Consortium Centers
We have typically added between six and twelve new lease/consortium centers annually for the past six years, focusing on urban or city surrounding markets where demand is generally higher and where income demographics are generally more supportive of a new center. We also seek to identify locations that we believe have the potential to attract employer sponsorship in the future. We believe there are at least 100 locations across the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands that would be suitable for a new lease/consortium center within the next five years. We expect to open new lease/consortium centers at an annual rate consistent with our current lease/consortium growth rate over at least the next five years.
Continue to Expand Through Selective Acquisitions
We have a long track record of successfully completing and integrating selective acquisitions, as we have sought to expand quickly within targeted geographies in our existing markets and efficiently enter into new markets. From 2001 through 2012, we have typically added between 40 and 60 centers per year, of which approximately 45% have been through acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy is focused on enhancing and diversifying our platform of service offerings, as demonstrated through our 2006 acquisition of College Coach. The domestic and international markets for child care and other family support services remain highly fragmented and, we believe, primed for consolidation. We will therefore continue to seek attractive opportunities both for center acquisitions and the acquisition of complementary service offerings.
Our Business Models
Our business is based primarily on multi-year contractual arrangements with employer clients for the provision of full-service center-based child care and early education, back-up dependent care and educational advisory services. These contractual arrangements provide us with significant visibility into
 
73

Table of Contents
our anticipated revenue stream. Employer sponsorship for new centers through capital and ongoing program investment has allowed us to develop a business model that produces customized, high-quality programs in a capital efficient manner. We believe that this, in turn, helps to enhance long-term relationships with our clients and supports our strong employer client retention rate. These key elements are present in each of the business models that we use to provide our suite of services, described below.
Full-Service Center-Based Care
We provide our full-service center-based child care and early education services under two general business models: (i) a P&L model, where we assume the financial risk of operating an employer-sponsored or lease/consortium facility; and (ii) a cost-plus model, where we are paid a fee for managing an employer-sponsored facility on a cost-plus basis. Under both models, we typically retain responsibility for all aspects of center operation, including the hiring and remuneration of employees, contracting with vendors, purchasing supplies and billing and collecting tuition. We work with clients to select the appropriate model and contractual arrangement for each center on a case-by-case basis based on the needs of the particular client and our own expectations regarding size, anticipated term and specific service offering, among other factors. However, we expect that the mix of business models for our centers will remain broadly consistent over time.
 
 	Ÿ	 	Profit and Loss Model.    Child care and early education centers operating under the P&L model represented approximately 75% of our total centers as of September 30, 2013. We retain financial risk with respect to the profitability of these centers and are therefore subject to variability in financial performance if enrollment levels fluctuate. Typically, however, we expect to achieve a higher margin on our P&L model centers as compared to our cost-plus model centers to reflect the additional financial risk. Our P&L model is further classified into two subcategories: (i) a sponsor model, where we provide child care and early education services on either an exclusive or priority enrollment basis for employees of a specific employer sponsor; and (ii) a lease/consortium model, where we provide child care and early education services to the employees of multiple employers located within a specific real estate development (e.g., an office building or office park), as well as to families in surrounding communities.	
 
 	•	 	Sponsor Model.    Sponsor model centers typically are characterized by a relationship with a single employer that contracts with us to provide child care and early education for the children of employees at a facility located at or near the employer sponsor’s offices. The employer sponsor generally provides facilities or construction funding, funds the center’s pre-opening expenses and other start-up costs (such as capital equipment and supplies) and often provides funding for ongoing operating costs, including maintenance and repairs. In some cases, the employer sponsor may also provide tuition-related subsidies, which can take the form of a fixed financial subsidy paid directly to us, tuition assistance for its employees or minimum enrollment guarantees to us. Our operating contracts for sponsor model centers have initial terms that typically range from three to ten years.	
 
 	•	 	Lease/Consortium Model.    Lease/consortium model centers are typically located in areas where both our own experience and regional demographics indicate that demand for our services exists, but where we have not yet identified specific employer sponsorship opportunities, such as office buildings, office parks and heavily trafficked commuter routes. While lease/consortium model centers are typically open to general enrollment, we may also receive a more limited form of sponsorship from local employers who purchase full-service child care or back-up dependent care benefits for their employees. We typically negotiate initial lease terms of 10 to 15 years, often with renewal options, for lease/consortium model centers.	
 
74

Table of Contents
 	Ÿ	 	Cost-Plus Model.    Cost-plus model centers represented approximately 25% of our total center count as of September 30, 2013. As with sponsor model centers, an employer sponsor typically provides the facility (or funds construction costs), funds the pre-opening and start-up costs, and provides funding for ongoing facility maintenance and repair. Once the center has been established, we receive a management fee from the employer sponsor and an operating subsidy based upon an agreed budget to supplement tuition fees that we receive from parents. The cost-plus model also provides the employer sponsor with a greater degree of control over operations, with enrollment typically restricted to children of its employees. Our cost-plus model center contracts have initial terms that generally range from three to five years.	
Back-Up Dependent Care
Early in our history, we were a pioneer in center-based back-up dependent care in major urban markets. While we remain the leading provider of dedicated back-up dependent care centers, we created our BUCA program in 2006 to provide families with access to a national network of child care and adult/elder care options when their normal care arrangements are unavailable. BUCA is accessible only to families whose employers offer the back-up dependent care service as an employment benefit. The scope of care available includes back-up dependent care in our child care centers and a contracted network of over 2,500 high-quality child care centers (with whom we often have exclusive back-up dependent care arrangements) in locations where we do not otherwise have centers with available capacity. We also provide back-up dependent care for children and elders/adults in employees’ homes or other locations, which is provided by a contracted network of independent care providers who meet our contractual standards. Care can be arranged by employees 24 hours a day through our contact center or online, allowing employees to reserve care in advance or at the last minute. Our employer clients typically purchase back-up dependent care services for their employees through either: (i) sponsorship of an on-site dedicated back-up center (generally based on the cost-plus model); (ii) the purchase of specific center “memberships” or levels of uses in one or more of our lease/consortium centers located near the employer’s worksite; or (iii) the purchase of uses across the entire network of BUCA service options, allowing their employees to access care wherever they may live or work.
Educational Advisory Services
Through our educational advisory services, we provide employees of our employer clients with support at every stage of the educational spectrum, both for their children and for themselves as adult learners. Our services help consumers of educational benefits to better manage the complexities of using these services and also enable our employer clients to manage their tuition reimbursement budgets more efficiently. We deliver these services under two brands:
College Coach.    Since our acquisition of College Coach in 2006, we have offered services both to employees of our employer clients and directly to families on a retail basis. Our College Coach services include educational advice for middle school, high school and special needs students, college planning, college financial aid counseling, as well as college selection and college admissions counseling. We offer these services in a one-on-one format, as well as through worksite or online workshops. According to a survey we conducted in 2011, among employees with access to College Coach services, 70% reported significant work time savings, 88% reported reduced stress and 72% reported increased job satisfaction. Our contracts with employer clients for College Coach services typically have initial terms of one to three years. We also provide college preparation and admissions counseling on a retail basis at a dozen locations nationwide and online.
EdAssist.    In 2007, employers spent an estimated $17 billion on educational assistance benefits designed to help their employees achieve their educational goals or complete continuing education requirements mandated by professional associations or licenses. Developed in 2010, our EdAssist
 
75

Table of Contents
services allow our employer clients to more efficiently manage their tuition reimbursement programs through services such as tuition assistance administration, robust data analytics and individualized counseling to employees. We also provide employers and employees with access to a national network of higher education institutions with whom we have procured preferred relationship status, enabling us to offer financial and other benefits to them. Through EdAssist, our employer clients realized average savings of approximately 23% on their tuition assistance spending in 2012. Typically, our clients contract for our EdAssist services on a fee and incentive basis, with initial terms generally ranging from one to three years.
Our Operations
Our primary reporting and operating segments are full-service center-based child care services and back-up dependent care services. Full-service center-based child care includes traditional center-based child care, pre-school and elementary education. Back-up dependent care includes center-based back-up child care, in-home care, mildly ill child care and adult/elder care. Our remaining operations, including our educational advisory services, are included in other educational advisory services.
The following table sets forth our segment information as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

 	  	Full Service
Center-Based
Care
Services	 	 	Back-up
Dependent
Care
Services	 	 	Other
Educational
Advisory
Services	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(In thousands, except percentages)	 	
Year ended December 31, 2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	922,214	  	 	$	130,082	  	 	$	18,642	  	 	$	1,070,938	  	
As a percentage of total revenue	  	 	86	% 	 	 	12	% 	 	 	2	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Income from operations	  	$	60,154	  	 	$	33,863	  	 	$	1,447	  	 	$	95,464	  	
As a percentage of total income from operations	  	 	63	% 	 	 	35	% 	 	 	2	% 	 	 	100	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2011	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	844,595	  	 	$	114,502	  	 	$	14,604	  	 	$	973,701	  	
As a percentage of total revenue	  	 	87	% 	 	 	12	% 	 	 	1	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Income from operations	  	$	58,950	  	 	$	28,669	  	 	$	(783	) 	 	$	86,836	  	
As a percentage of total income from operations	  	 	68	% 	 	 	33	% 	 	 	(1	)% 	 	 	100	% 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2010	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	769,235	  	 	$	99,086	  	 	$	9,838	  	 	$	878,159	  	
As a percentage of total revenue	  	 	88	% 	 	 	11	% 	 	 	1	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Income from operations	  	$	46,770	  	 	$	21,141	  	 	$	752	  	 	$	68,663	  	
As a percentage of total income from operations	  	 	68	% 	 	 	31	% 	 	 	1	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Full-Service Child Care
Our full-service center operations are organized into geographic divisions led by a Division Vice President of Center Operations who, in turn, reports to a Senior Vice President of Center Operations. Each division is further divided into regions, each supervised by a Regional Manager who oversees the operational performance of approximately six to eight centers and is responsible for supervising the program quality, financial performance and client relationships. A typical center is managed by a small administrative team under the leadership of a Center Director. A Center Director has day-to-day operating responsibility for the center, including training, management of staff, licensing compliance, implementation of curricula, conducting child assessments and enrollment. Our corporate offices
 
76

Table of Contents
provide centralized administrative support for accounting, finance, information systems, legal, payroll, risk management, marketing and human resources functions. We follow this underlying operational structure for center operations in each country in which we operate.
Center hours of operation are designed to match the schedules of employer sponsors and working families. Most of our centers are open 10 to 12 hours a day with typical hours of operation from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. We offer a variety of enrollment options, ranging from full-time to part-time scheduling.
Tuition paid by families varies depending on the age of the child, the available adult-to-child ratio, the geographic location and the extent to which an employer sponsor subsidizes tuition. Based on a sample of 250 of our child care and early education centers, the average tuition rate at our centers in the United States is $1,730 per month for infants (typically ages three to sixteen months), $1,535 per month for toddlers (typically ages sixteen months to three years) and $1,260 per month for preschoolers (typically ages three to five years). Tuition at most of our child care and early education centers is payable in advance and is due either monthly or weekly. In many cases, families can pay tuition through payroll deductions or through Automated Clearing House withdrawals.
Revenue per center typically averages between $1.3 million and $1.6 million at our centers in North America, and averages between $0.7 million and $1.0 million at our centers in Europe, primarily due to the larger average size of our centers in North America. Gross margin at our centers typically averages between 15% and 25%, with our cost-plus model centers typically at the lower end of that range and our lease/consortium centers at the higher end.
Cost of services consists of direct expenses associated with the operation of child care and early education centers and direct expenses to provide back-up dependent care services and educational advisory services. Direct expenses consist primarily of payroll and benefits for personnel, food costs, program supplies and materials, parent marketing and facilities costs, which include depreciation. Personnel costs are the largest component of a center’s operating costs and comprise approximately 75% of a center’s operating expenses. In a P&L model center, we are often responsible for additional costs that are typically paid or provided directly by a client in centers operating under the cost-plus model, such as facilities costs. As a result, personnel costs in centers operating under P&L models will often represent a smaller percentage of overall costs when compared to centers operating under cost-plus models.
Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SGA”) consist primarily of salaries, payroll taxes and benefits (including stock-based compensation costs) for non-center personnel, which includes corporate, regional and business development personnel, accounting and legal, information technology, occupancy costs for corporate and regional personnel, management/advisory fees and other general corporate expenses.
Back-Up Dependent Care
Our back-up dependent care division is led by a Senior Vice President of Operations with Divisional Vice Presidents leading back-up center operations and the BUCA program. The dedicated back-up centers that we operate are organized in a similar structure to full-service centers, with regional managers overseeing approximately six to eight centers each and with center-based administrative teams that mirror the administrative teams in full-service centers. The dedicated back-up centers are either exclusive to a single employer or are consortium centers that have multiple employer sponsors, as well as uses from the BUCA program. Care is arranged through a 24 hours-a-day contact center or online, allowing employees to reserve care in advance or at the last minute. We operate our own contact center in Broomfield, Colorado, which is overseen by the Division Vice President
 
77

Table of Contents
responsible for BUCA, and contract with an additional contact center located in Durham, North Carolina to complement our ability to handle demand fluctuations and to provide seamless service 24 hours a day.
Back-up dependent care revenue is comprised of fees or subsidies paid by employer sponsors, as well as co-payments collected from users at the point of service. Cost of services consist of fees paid to providers for care delivered as part of their contractual relationships with us, personnel and related direct service costs of the contact centers and any other expenses related to the coordination or delivery of care and service. For Bright Horizons back-up centers, cost of service also includes all direct expenses associated with the operation of the centers. SGA related to back-up dependent care is similar to SGA for full-service care, with additional expenses related to the information technology necessary to operate this service, the ongoing development and maintenance of the provider network and additional personnel needed as a result of more significant client management and reporting requirements.
Educational Advisory Services
Our educational advisory services consist of our College Coach services and our EdAssist services.
College Coach.    Our College Coach services are provided by College Coach’s educators, all of whom have experience working at senior levels in admissions or financial aid at colleges and universities. We work with employer clients who offer these services as a benefit to their employees, and we also provide these services directly to families on a retail basis. We have 12 College Coach offices in the United States, located primarily in metropolitan areas, where we believe the demand for these services is greatest. College Coach derives revenue mainly from employer clients who contract with us for an agreed upon number of workshops, access to our proprietary virtual learning center and individual counseling. The College Coach division is managed by a vice president and general manager who has responsibility for the growth and profitability of this division.
EdAssist.    Our EdAssist services are provided through a proprietary software system for processing and data analytics, as well as a team of compliance professionals who audit employee reimbursements. We also provide customer service through contact centers in Broomfield, Colorado and Durham, North Carolina. The EdAssist services derive revenue directly from fees paid by employer sponsors under contracts that are typically three years in length. The EdAssist division is managed by a vice president and general manager who has responsibility for the growth and profitability of this division.
Educational advisory services revenue is comprised of fees or subsidies paid by employer clients, as well as copayments or retail fees collected from users at the point of service. Cost of services consist of personnel and direct service costs of the contact centers, and other expenses related to the coordination and delivery of advisory and counseling services.
 
78

Table of Contents
Geography
We operate in two primary regions: North America, which includes the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico, and Europe, which we define to include the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Ireland and India. The following table sets forth certain financial data for these geographic regions for the periods indicated.

 	  	North America	 	 	Europe	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(In thousands, except percentages)	 	
Year ended December 31, 2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	901,210	  	 	$	169,728	  	 	$	1,070,938	  	
As a percentage of total revenue	  	 	84	% 	 	 	16	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Long-lived assets, net	  	$	230,807	  	 	$	109,569	  	 	$	340,376	  	
As a percentage of total fixed assets, net	  	 	68	% 	 	 	32	% 	 	 	100	% 	
 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2011	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	843,645	  	 	$	130,056	  	 	$	973,701	  	
As a percentage of total revenue	  	 	87	% 	 	 	13	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Long-lived assets, net	  	$	198,468	  	 	$	38,689	  	 	$	237,157	  	
As a percentage of total fixed assets, net	  	 	84	% 	 	 	16	% 	 	 	100	% 	
 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2010	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	770,848	  	 	$	107,311	  	 	$	878,159	  	
As a percentage of total revenue	  	 	88	% 	 	 	12	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Long-lived assets, net	  	$	188,727	  	 	$	31,110	  	 	$	219,837	  	
As a percentage of total fixed assets, net	  	 	86	% 	 	 	14	% 	 	 	100	% 	
Our international business primarily consists of child care centers throughout the United Kingdom and the Netherlands and is overseen by a senior vice president. In 2012, we added 50 centers worldwide, including 27 in the United Kingdom as a result of the completion of the acquisition of Huntyard Limited (“Huntyard”), the parent company of Casterbridge Care and Education Group Ltd (“Casterbridge”). During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, we added 139 centers worldwide, including 64 in the United Kingdom as a result of the acquisition of Kidsunlimited and 49 in the United States as a result of the acquisition of Children’s Choice.
Marketing
We market our services to prospective employer sponsors, current clients and their employees, and to parents. Our sales force is organized on both a centralized and regional basis and is responsible for identifying potential employer sponsors, targeting real estate development opportunities, identifying potential acquisitions and managing the overall sales process. We reach out to employers via word of mouth, direct mail campaigns, digital outreach and advertising, conference networking, webinars and social media. In addition, as a result of our visibility among human resources professionals as a high-quality dependent care service provider, potential employer sponsors regularly contact us requesting proposals, and we often compete for employer-sponsorship opportunities through request for proposal processes. Our management team is involved at the national level with education, work/life and children’s advocacy, and we believe that their prominence and involvement in such issues also helps us attract new business. We communicate regularly with existing clients to increase awareness of the full suite of services that we provide for key life stages and to explore opportunities to enhance current partnerships.
We also have a direct-to-consumer, or parent, marketing department that supports parent enrollment efforts through the development of marketing programs, including the preparation of promotional materials. The parent marketing team is organized on both a centralized and regional
 
79

Table of Contents
basis and works with center directors and our contract centers to build enrollment. New enrollment is generated by word of mouth, print advertising, direct mail campaigns, digital marketing, parent referral programs and business outreach. Individual centers may receive assistance from employer sponsors, who often provide access to channels of internal communication, such as e-mail, websites, intranets, mailing lists and internal publications. In addition, many employer sponsors promote the child care and early education center as an important employee benefit.
Competition
We believe that we are a leader in the markets for employer-sponsored center-based child care and back-up dependent care and maintain approximately five times more market share in the United States than our closest competitors who provide employer-sponsored centers. The market for child care and early education services is highly fragmented, and we compete for enrollment and for sponsorship of child care and early education centers with a variety of other businesses including large residential child care companies, regional child care providers, family day care (operated out of the caregiver’s home), nannies, for-profit and not-for-profit full- and part-time nursery schools, private schools and public elementary schools, and not-for-profit and government-funded providers of center-based child care. Our principal competitors for employer-sponsored centers include Knowledge Learning Corporation, New Horizons, Childbase and Busy Bees in the United States and the United Kingdom. Competition for back-up dependent care and educational advising comes from some of these same competitors in addition to employee assistance programs, payment processors and smaller work/life companies. In addition, we compete for enrollment on a center-by-center basis with some of the providers named above, along with many local and national providers, such as Goddard Schools, Primrose Preschools, Asquith Court, Catalpa, SKON and Learning Care Group in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands.
We believe that the key factors in the competition for enrollment are quality of care, site convenience and cost. We believe that many center-based child care providers are able to offer care at lower prices than we do by utilizing less intensive adult-to-child ratios and offering their staff lower compensation and limited or less affordable benefits. While our tuition levels are generally higher than our competitors, we compete primarily based on the convenience of a work-site location and a higher level of program quality. In addition, many of our competitors may have access to greater financial resources (such as access to government funding or other subsidies), or may benefit from broader name recognition (such as established regional providers) or comply or are required to comply with fewer or less costly health, safety, and operational regulations than those with which we comply (such as the more limited health, safety and operational regulatory requirements typically applicable to family day care operations in caregivers’ homes).
We believe that our primary focus on employer clients and track record for achieving and maintaining high-quality standards distinguishes us from our competitors. We believe we are well-positioned to continue attracting new employer sponsors due to our extensive service offerings, established reputation, position as a quality leader and track record of serving major employer sponsors for over 25 years.
Intellectual Property
We believe that our name and logo have significant value and are important to our operations. We own and use various registered and unregistered trademarks covering the names Bright Horizons and Bright Horizons Family Solutions, our logo and a number of other names, slogans and designs. We frequently license the use of our registered trademarks to our clients in connection with the use of our services, subject to customary restrictions. We actively protect our trademarks by registering the marks in a variety of countries and geographic areas, including North America, Asia and Southeast
 
80

Table of Contents
Asia, the Pacific Rim, Europe and Australia. These registrations are subject to varying terms and renewal options. However, not all of the trademarks or service marks have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and we are aware of persons using similar marks in certain countries in which we currently do not do business. Meanwhile, we monitor our trademarks and vigorously oppose the infringement of any of our marks. We do not hold any patents, and we hold copyright registrations for certain materials that are material to the operation of our business. We generally rely on common law protection for those copyrighted works which are not material to the operation of our business. We also license some intellectual property from third parties for use in our business. Such licenses are not individually or in the aggregate material to our business.
Regulatory Matters
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting the operation of our business, including various licensing, health, fire and safety requirements and standards. In most jurisdictions in which we operate, our child care centers are required by law to meet a variety of operational requirements, including minimum qualifications and background checks for our teachers and other center personnel. State and local regulations may also impact the design and furnishing of our centers.
Internationally, we are subject to national and local laws and regulations that often are similar to those affecting us in the United States, including laws and regulations concerning various licensing, health, fire and safety requirements and standards. We believe that our centers comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations in these countries.
Health and Safety
The safety and well-being of children and our employees is paramount for us. We employ a variety of security measures at our child care and early education centers, which typically include secure electronic access systems as well as sign-in and sign-out procedures for children, among other site-specific security measures. In addition, our trained teachers and open center designs help ensure the health and safety of children. Our child care and early education centers are designed to minimize the risk of injury to children by incorporating such features as child-sized amenities, rounded corners on furniture and fixtures, age-appropriate toys and equipment and cushioned fall zones surrounding play structures.
Each center is further guided by a policies and procedures manual and a center management guide that address protocols for safe and appropriate care of children and center administration. These guidelines establish center protocols in areas including the safe handling of medications, managing child illness or health emergencies and a variety of other critical aspects of care to ensure that centers meet or exceed all mandated licensing standards. The center management guide is reviewed and updated continuously by a team of internal experts, and center personnel are trained on center practices using this tool. Our proprietary  We Care  system supports proper supervision of children and documents the transitions of children to and from the care of teachers and parents or from one classroom to another during the day.
Environmental
Our operations, including the selection and development of the properties that we lease and any construction or improvements that we make at those locations, are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including environmental, zoning and land use requirements. In addition, we have a practice of conducting site evaluations on each freestanding or newly constructed or renovated property that we own or lease. Although we have no known material environmental liabilities, environmental laws may require owners or operators of contaminated property to remediate that property, regardless of fault.
 
81

Table of Contents
Employees
As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 24,500 employees (including part-time and substitute teachers), of whom approximately 1,000 were employed at our corporate, divisional and regional offices, and the remainder of whom were employed at our child care and early education centers. Child care and early education center employees include teachers and support personnel. The total number of employees includes approximately 6,000 employees working outside of the United States. We conduct annual surveys to assess employee satisfaction and can adjust programs, benefits offerings, trainings, communications and other support to meet employee needs and enhance retention. We have a long track record of being named a “Best Place to Work” in the United States and more recently in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the Netherlands based largely upon employee responses to surveys. We believe our relationships with our employees are good.
Facilities
Our child care and early education centers are primarily operated at work-site locations and vary in design and capacity in accordance with employer sponsor needs and state and local regulatory requirements. Our North American child care and early education centers typically have an average capacity of 127 children. Our locations in Europe and India have an average capacity of 75 children. As of September 30, 2013, our child care and early education centers had a total licensed capacity of approximately 99,300 children, with the smallest center having a capacity of 12 children and the largest having a capacity of approximately 570 children.
We believe that attractive, spacious and child-friendly facilities with warm, nurturing and welcoming atmospheres are an important element in fostering a high-quality learning environment for children. Our centers are designed to be open and bright and to maximize supervision visibility. We devote considerable resources to equipping our centers with child-sized amenities, indoor and outdoor play areas comprised of age-appropriate materials and design, family hospitality areas and computer centers. Commercial kitchens are typically only present in those centers where regulations require that hot meals be prepared on site.
Properties
We lease approximately 85,000 square feet of office space for our corporate headquarters in Watertown, Massachusetts under an operating lease that expires in 2020, with two ten-year renewal options. We also lease approximately 24,000 square feet for our contact center in Broomfield, Colorado, as well as space for regional administrative offices located in New York City; Brentwood, Tennessee; Corte Madera, California; Lisle, Illinois; Irving, Texas; Deerfield Beach, Florida; Rushden, London and Edinburgh in the United Kingdom; and Amsterdam, in the Netherlands. In addition, we also maintain small, regional offices for our College Coach division.
As of September 30, 2013, we operated 880 child care and early education centers in 42 U.S. states and the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United Kingdom, Canada, Ireland, the Netherlands and India, of which 74 were owned, with the remaining centers being operated under leases or operating agreements. The leases typically have initial terms ranging from 10 to 15 years with various expiration dates, often with renewal options. Certain owned properties are subject to mortgages under the terms of our senior credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities.
 
82

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the locations of our child care and early education centers as of September 30, 2013:

Location	  	Number of
Centers	 	
Alabama	  	 	3	  	
Alaska	  	 	1	  	
Arizona	  	 	12	  	
California	  	 	70	  	
Colorado	  	 	18	  	
Connecticut	  	 	20	  	
Delaware	  	 	7	  	
District of Columbia	  	 	20	  	
Florida	  	 	31	  	
Georgia	  	 	22	  	
Illinois	  	 	45	  	
Indiana	  	 	9	  	
Iowa	  	 	7	  	
Kentucky	  	 	8	  	
Louisiana	  	 	3	  	
Maine	  	 	1	  	
Maryland	  	 	15	  	
Massachusetts	  	 	57	  	
Michigan	  	 	13	  	
Minnesota	  	 	9	  	
Mississippi	  	 	1	  	
Missouri	  	 	6	  	
Montana	  	 	3	  	
Nebraska	  	 	4	  	
Nevada	  	 	8	  	
New Hampshire	  	 	3	  	
New Jersey	  	 	54	  	
New Mexico	  	 	1	  	
New York	  	 	46	  	
North Carolina	  	 	19	  	
Ohio	  	 	7	  	
Oklahoma	  	 	2	  	
Oregon	  	 	1	  	
Pennsylvania	  	 	18	  	
Puerto Rico	  	 	1	  	
Rhode Island	  	 	1	  	
South Carolina	  	 	4	  	
South Dakota	  	 	1	  	
Tennessee	  	 	7	  	
Texas	  	 	31	  	
Utah	  	 	2	  	
Virginia	  	 	17	  	
Washington	  	 	24	  	
Wisconsin	  	 	10	  	
Canada	  	 	2	  	
Ireland	  	 	7	  	
United Kingdom	  	 	202	  	
Netherlands	  	 	26	  	
India	  	 	1	  	
 
We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are adequate for our operations, and meet or exceed the regulatory requirements for health, safety and child care licensing established by the governments where they are located.
Legal Proceedings
We are, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business. Such claims have in the past generally been covered by insurance. We believe the resolution of such legal matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, although we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any such actions. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our insurance will be adequate to cover all liabilities that may arise out of claims brought against us.
 
83

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT
Below is a list of the names, ages as of October 31, 2013, and positions, and a brief account of the business experience, of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, our Class I directors will serve until the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders; our Class II directors will serve until the 2015 annual meeting of shareholders; and our Class III directors will serve until the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders.

Name	  	Age	 	  	Position	
David Lissy	  	 	48	  	  	Director, Chief Executive Officer (Class I Director)	
Mary Ann Tocio	  	 	65	  	  	Director, President, and Chief Operating Officer (Class II Director)	
Elizabeth Boland	  	 	54	  	  	Chief Financial Officer	
Stephen Dreier	  	 	70	  	  	Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary	
Danroy Henry, Sr.	  	 	47	  	  	Chief Human Resources Officer	
Linda Mason	  	 	59	  	  	Director, Chairman (Class II Director)	
Lawrence Alleva	  	 	64	  	  	Director (Class III Director)	
Josh Bekenstein	  	 	55	  	  	Director (Class III Director)	
Roger Brown	  	 	57	  	  	Director (Class III Director)	
Jordan Hitch	  	 	47	  	  	Director (Class II Director)	
David Humphrey	  	 	36	  	  	Director (Class I Director)	
Marguerite Kondracke	  	 	67	  	  	Director (Class III Director)	
Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot	  	 	69	  	  	Director (Class I Director)	
We anticipate that an additional director who is not affiliated with us or any of our stockholders will be appointed to the board of directors prior to January 25, 2014, resulting in a board of directors that includes at least three independent directors.
David H. Lissy has served as a director of the Company since 2001 and as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since January 2002. Mr. Lissy served as Chief Development Officer of the Company from 1998 until January 2002. He also served as Executive Vice President from June 2000 to January 2002. He joined Bright Horizons in August 1997 and served as Vice President of Development until the merger with CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc. in July 1998. Prior to joining Bright Horizons, Mr. Lissy served as Senior Vice President/General Manager at Aetna U.S. Healthcare, the employee benefits division of Aetna, Inc., in the New England region. His experience prior to joining the Company, his leadership at the Company and at many charitable, business services, and educational organizations, including his current service on the boards of the March of Dimes, Altegra Health, Jumpstart and Ithaca College, provides him with the experience and management skills necessary to serve as a director of the Company.
Mary Ann Tocio has served as a director of the Company since November 2001 and as Chief Operating Officer of the Company since its inception in 1998. She was appointed President in June 2000. Ms. Tocio joined Bright Horizons in 1992 as Vice President and General Manager of Child Care Operations, and served as Chief Operating Officer from November 1993 until the merger with CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc. in July 1998. Ms. Tocio has more than thirty years of experience managing multi-site service organizations, twenty years of which were with the Company. She was previously the Senior Vice President of Operations for Health Stop Medical Management, Inc., a national provider of ambulatory care and occupational health services. Ms. Tocio also currently serves
 
84

Table of Contents
as a member of the board of directors of Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, a health benefits and insurance organization, and Horizons for Homeless Children, a non-profit organization that provides support for homeless children and their families. Ms. Tocio served as a member of the board of directors of Mac-Gray Corporation, a provider of laundry facilities management services from 2006 to 2013. Her public company board experience and expertise with managing growing organizations render her an invaluable resource as a director.
Elizabeth J. Boland has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since June 1999. Ms. Boland joined Bright Horizons in September 1997 and served as Chief Financial Officer and, subsequent to the merger between Bright Horizons and CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc. in July 1998, served as Senior Vice President of Finance for the Company until June 1999. From 1994 to 1997, Ms. Boland was Chief Financial Officer of The Visionaries, Inc., an independent television production company. From 1990 to 1994, Ms. Boland served as Vice President-Finance for Olsten Corporation, a publicly traded provider of home-health care and temporary staffing services. From 1981 to 1990, she worked on the audit staff at Price Waterhouse, LLP in Boston, completing her tenure as a senior audit manager.
Stephen I. Dreier has served as Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary of the Company since 1997. He joined Bright Horizons as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 1988 and became its Secretary in November 1988 and Treasurer in September 1994. Mr. Dreier served as Bright Horizons’ Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer until September 1997, at which time he was appointed to the position of Chief Administrative Officer. From 1976 to 1988, Mr. Dreier was Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration for the John S. Cheever/Paperama Company.
Danroy T. Henry, Sr. has served as the Chief Human Resource Officer since December 2007. Mr. Henry joined Bright Horizons in May 2004 as the Senior Vice President of Global Human Resources. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Henry was the Executive Vice President for FleetBoston Financial where he had responsibility for the metropolitan Boston consumer banking market. Prior to 2001 Mr. Henry served roles in human resources management at Blinds To Go Superstores, Staples, Inc. and Pepsi Cola Company. Mr. Henry is the past board chair of the North East Human Resources Association and has served on the board of the Society of Human Resource management foundation. He is also currently the chair and co-founder of the DJ Dream Fund.
Linda A. Mason co-founded Bright Horizons in 1986, and served as director and its president from 1986 to 1998. She has served as a director and Chairman of the board of the Company since 1998. Prior to founding Bright Horizons, Ms. Mason was a co-director of the Save the Children relief and development effort in the Sudan and worked as a program officer with CARE in Thailand. In addition to her duties as executive chairman of our board of directors, since 1998 Ms. Mason has served as a part-time employee of the Company, with responsibilities that include participation in Company trainings, conferences and culture-building and representing the Company from time to time on industry matters and in public policy discussions. Ms. Mason is the wife of Roger H. Brown, who is also a director of the Company. From 1993 to 2007, Ms. Mason served as director of Whole Foods Market. Ms. Mason currently serves on the boards of Horizons for Homeless Children, the Advisory Board of the Yale University School of Management, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Mercy Corps and the Packard Foundation. Ms. Mason has extensive experience with the Company and her sense of mission and child advocacy work bring valuable perspective to the board.
Lawrence M. Alleva was appointed as a director of the Company in September 2012. The board of directors has determined that he is an independent director. Mr. Alleva is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) and spent his professional career with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), including 28 years as a partner, from 1971 until his retirement in 2010. At PwC he served clients ranging from Fortune 500 and multi-national companies to rapid-growth companies pursuing initial
 
85

Table of Contents
public offerings. Mr. Alleva also served in a senior national leadership role for PwC’s Ethics and Compliance Group to manage the design and implementation of best practice procedures, internal controls and monitoring activities, including in connection with PwC’s response to inspection reports issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). Mr. Alleva currently serves as a director and chair of the audit committees of GlobalLogic, Inc. and of Tesaro, Inc. He has served as a trustee of Ithaca College for over 20 years, including in the vice chair role for ten years. Mr. Alleva brings valuable experience to our board through his financial and Sarbanes-Oxley Act expertise, and his professional focus on areas such as corporate governance, control and financial reporting best practices.
Josh Bekenstein has been a managing director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1986. Prior to joining Bain Capital in 1984, Mr. Bekenstein spent several years at Bain & Company, where he was involved with companies in a variety of industries. Mr. Bekenstein serves as a director of Michaels Stores, Inc., Bombardier Recreational Products Inc., Dollarama Capital Corporation, Toys “R” Us, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, The Gymboree Corporation and Waters Corporation. Mr. Bekenstein has been on the Board of the Company since its inception in 1986 and his many years of experience both as a senior executive of a large investment firm and as a director of companies in various business sectors, including ours, make him highly qualified to serve on our board.
Roger H. Brown has served as a director of the Company since 1998. He has served as President of Berklee College of Music since June 2004. Mr. Brown was Chief Executive Officer of the Company from June 1999 until December 2001, President of the Company from July 1998 until May 2000 and Executive Chairman of the Company from June 2000 until June 2004. Mr. Brown co-founded Bright Horizons and served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bright Horizons from its inception in 1986 until the merger with CorporateFamily Solutions in July 1998. Mr. Brown is the husband of Linda A. Mason, who is Chairman of the board of directors. Prior to 1986, he worked as a management consultant for Bain & Company, Inc. Mr. Brown is a co-founder of Horizons for Homeless Children, a non-profit that provides support for children and their families. He serves on the board of Wheaton College in Norton, Massachusetts. Mr. Brown’s management expertise, combined with his longstanding ties to and intimate knowledge of the Company will continue to serve the Company well throughout his tenure as director.
Jordan Hitch has been a managing director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1997. Prior to joining Bain Capital in 1997, Mr. Hitch was a consultant at Bain & Company where he worked in the financial services, healthcare and utility industries. Mr. Hitch serves on the board of directors of Bombardier Recreational Products, Guitar Center Holdings, Inc., The Gymboree Corporation and Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Hitch has served as a director since 2008 and brings to our board significant experience in and knowledge of corporate finance and strategy development, which strengthen the collective qualifications, skills and experience of our board of directors.
David Humphrey has been a managing director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC since December 2012 having joined the firm in 2001. From December 2008 to December 2012 Mr. Humphrey served as a Principal, and from 2006 to December 2008 Mr. Humphrey served as Vice President, at Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Mr. Humphrey serves on the board of directors of Bloomin’ Brands, Inc., Genpact Limited, Burlington Coat Factory, Skillsoft plc and BMC Software, Inc. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Humphrey was an investment banker in the mergers and acquisitions group at Lehman Brothers from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Humphrey received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. from Harvard University. Mr. Humphrey, who has served as a director since 2008, has substantial knowledge of the capital markets from his experience as an investment banker and is valuable to the board of directors’ discussions of capital and liquidity needs.
 
86

Table of Contents
Marguerite Kondracke served as founder and CEO of CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc. from 1987 to 1998. The board of directors has determined that she is an independent director. She served as CEO of the Company for one year and then as Co-Chair of the board of directors of the Company from 1999 until 2001 and served as a director until 2003. She began serving as a director of the Company in 1998, and from 2003 to 2004 she served as Staff Director for the U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Children and Families. Ms. Kondracke returned to the Company’s board in 2004, and from 2004 until May 2012, also served as President and CEO of America’s Promise Alliance, a nonprofit organization founded by Colin Powell that advocates for the strength and well-being of America’s children and youth. Ms. Kondracke serves on the boards of Saks, Inc., LifePoint Hospitals, Rosetta Stone, Teachscape, and The American Academy. Ms. Kondracke brings knowledge of developmental child care and education as well as extensive leadership experience to the board.
Dr. Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot has served as a director of the Company since 1993. She is the Emily Hargroves Fisher Professor of Education at Harvard University and has been on the faculty since 1972. Dr. Lawrence-Lightfoot served as a director of the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation from 1991 to 2007 and as Chairman from 2001 to 2007. She is currently Deputy Chair of the Board of Directors of Atlantic Philanthropies, where she has served since 2007, and previously served as Chair of the Academic Affairs Committee of the Board of Trustees of Berklee College of Music from September 2007 until March 2012. Dr. Lawrence-Lightfoot’s expertise in child development, teacher training, classroom structures and processes, curriculum development, parent/teacher relationships, educational policies and organizational matters will continue to provide an invaluable resource to the board.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics applicable to our employees, officers (including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer) and members of our board of directors. The Code of Conduct and Business Ethics is accessible on our website at  www.brighthorizons.com . If we make any substantive amendments to the Code of Conduct and Business Ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Conduct and Business Ethics to our officers, including the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on that website or in a report on Form 8-K.
Board Structure and Committee Composition
We have an audit committee and a compensation committee with the composition and responsibilities described below. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. A copy of each charter can be found by clicking on “Corporate Governance” in the Investors section of our website,  www.brighthorizons.com . The members of each committee are appointed by the board of directors and each member serves until his or her successor is elected and qualified, unless he or she is earlier removed or resigns. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.
Because we are taking advantage of exceptions applicable to “controlled companies” under the New York Stock Exchange listing rules, we do not have a majority of independent directors, we do not have a nominating committee, and our compensation committee is not composed entirely of independent directors as defined under such rules. The responsibilities that would otherwise be undertaken by a nominating committee will be undertaken by our board of directors, or at its discretion, by a special committee established under the direction of our board of directors. The controlled company exception does not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee. The rules
 
87

Table of Contents
applicable to our audit committee require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom were required to be independent within 90 days of the completion of our initial public offering, and all of whom must be independent prior to January 25, 2014. A majority of the members of our audit committee currently qualifies as independent under these rules.
Audit Committee
The purpose of the audit committee is set forth in the audit committee charter, which can be obtained on our website at www.brighthorizons.com . The audit committee’s primary duties and responsibilities are to:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Appoint or replace, compensate and oversee the outside auditors for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work or performing other audit, review or attest services for us. The outside auditors will report directly to the audit committee.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for us by our outside auditors, subject to de minimis exceptions which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Review and discuss with management and the outside auditors the annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements, our disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and the selection, application and disclosure of critical accounting policies and practices used in such financial statements.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Review and approve all related party transactions.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Discuss with management and the outside auditors significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements, including any significant changes in our selection or application of accounting principles, any major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls and any special steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies.	
The audit committee consists of Lawrence Alleva, Marguerite Kondrake and David Humphrey. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Alleva and Ms. Kondracke are independent directors pursuant Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under Exchange Act and Section 303A.02 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual. Mr. Alleva is also an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of Item 407 of Regulation S-K, and serves as chair of the audit committee.
Compensation Committee
The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities relating to oversight of the compensation of our directors, executive officers and other employees and the administration of our benefits and equity-based compensation programs. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to our board of directors compensation plans, policies and programs and approves specific compensation levels for all executive officers. The compensation committee consists of Josh Bekenstein, Jordan Hitch and David Humphrey. A copy of the charter, which satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the exchange on which we list our shares, is available on our website.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
All compensation and related matters are reviewed by our compensation committee. Each of Messrs. Bekenstein, Hitch and Humphrey is affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC. For additional information regarding transactions between Bain Capital Partners, LLC and us, please see “Related Party Transactions” below.
 
88

Table of Contents
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
This discussion describes our compensation philosophy, principles and practices with respect to the compensation of the below listed executive officers (referred to as our named executive officers):

David H. Lissy	  	Chief Executive Officer	
Mary Ann Tocio	  	President and Chief Operating Officer	
Elizabeth J. Boland	  	Chief Financial Officer	
Danroy T. Henry	  	Chief Human Resources Officer	
Stephen I. Dreier	  	Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary	
Overview of Compensation
Our named executive officers’ compensation is determined by our compensation committee and is reviewed annually. Our executive compensation program is designed to attract and retain high-quality leadership and incentivize our executive officers and other key employees to achieve company performance goals and strong individual performance over the short- and long-term. Our pay-for-performance approach to executive compensation places a greater emphasis on long-term equity incentive grants than on other forms of compensation, reflecting our focus on long-term value creation and serving to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders.
Fiscal 2012 Performance and Company Highlights
The Company achieved strong financial and operating results in fiscal 2012, and we believe that our named executive officers were instrumental in helping us achieve these results. Some highlights of the Company’s fiscal 2012 performance include:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Exceeded planned financial results:    The Company exceeded its planned revenue growth of $1.067 billion and its EBITDA growth target of $28 million for 2012.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Prepared for successful initial public offering:    Following the close of fiscal 2012, in January 2013, we successfully completed an initial public offering, and our common stock became listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BFAM.”	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Prepared for a successful refinancing of indebtedness:    Following the close of fiscal 2012, in January 2013, we successfully refinanced all of our outstanding debt in conjunction with the initial public offering on terms deemed favorable by our board, including a lower interest rate.	
Effect of Fiscal 2012 Performance on 2012 Compensation
The primary performance consideration in evaluating the annual cash bonuses of our named executive officers was the achievement of planned revenue growth and targeted growth in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, straight line rent expense, equity expense, transaction costs and the Sponsor management fee, which we refer to for these purposes as EBITDA, for 2012. As a result, we awarded our named executive officers the full target amount of the corporate performance portion of their annual cash bonus. In addition, the strategic and tactical decisions employed by our named executive officers to achieve the revenue goals and EBITDA target were consideration in deciding the individual portion of each executive’s bonus.
Compensation Philosophy, Objectives, and Process
Our compensation philosophy centers on:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Pay for Performance:    Compensation should be tied to the achievement of financial, operating, and strategic goals.	
 
89

Table of Contents
 	Ÿ	 	Equity Ownership:    A significant part of our compensation program is in the form of equity-based awards. These awards serve to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders, encourage long-term retention and incentivize long-term value creation.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Individual Performance:    Compensation should take into account and reward individual performance and contribution to our success.	
Role of the Compensation Committee, Chief Executive Officer, and President.    Our compensation committee oversees our executive compensation program and is responsible for approving the compensation paid to, and the agreements entered into with, our executive officers, including our named executive officers. This committee’s roles and responsibilities are set forth in a written charter adopted by our board, which can be found online at www.investors.brighthorizons.com under “Corporate Governance”. Our compensation committee determines the base salary, cash incentive compensation, and equity compensation of our executive officers, including our named executive officers.
Following our initial public offering, our Board has assumed responsibility for approving, after receiving the recommendation or approval of our compensation committee, equity awards granted to our executive officers in order to qualify these awards as exempt awards under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our compensation committee applies the same general principles to the compensation related decisions regarding all of our named executive officers. In the case of Ms. Boland and Messrs. Henry and Dreier, our chief executive officer, Mr. Lissy, and our President, Ms. Tocio, also provide recommendations to our compensation committee with respect to compensation-related decisions, including base salary adjustments, target annual cash bonus awards and equity-awards, as well as their assessment of each officer’s individual performance. Our compensation committee considers their recommendations as one factor when making decisions regarding the compensation of these named executive officers. Although we may decide to do so in the future, neither the Company nor our compensation committee currently uses a compensation consultant or benchmarking comparison data to assist in the determination of our named executive officers’ compensation.
Elements of Executive Compensation
The compensation of our named executive officers consists of a base salary, an annual cash bonus, equity awards and employee benefits that are generally made available to all salaried employees. Our named executive officers are also entitled to certain compensation and benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment pursuant to a severance agreement.
Base Salary.    Base salaries for our named executive officers are determined based on the scope of each officer’s responsibilities along with his or her respective experience and contributions to the Company. It is our philosophy to maintain a conservative level of base cash compensation, with greater emphasis over time placed on long-term incentive compensation. Base salaries for our named executive officers are reviewed annually by our compensation committee. When reviewing base salaries for increase, our compensation committee takes factors into account such as each officer’s experience and individual performance, the Company’s performance as a whole and general industry conditions, but does not assign any specific weighting to any factor. Consistent with the philosophy of maintaining a conservative level of base compensation, we have generally awarded limited base salary increases on an annual basis. For 2012, after we prepared the Company’s annual budget, our compensation committee decided to approve an increase of 2% in the base salaries of each of our named executive officers, in line with the company-wide targeted salary increase of 2% proposed by management in our operating budget.
 
90

Table of Contents
Annual Cash Bonus.    Our annual cash bonus program was established to promote and reward the achievement of key strategic and business goals as well as individual performance and is designed to motivate our executive officers to meet or exceed annual performance goals. Each named executive officer receives a target award opportunity under this program that is expressed as a percentage of the executive’s base salary. Each executive’s target is established by our compensation committee based on the individual’s scope of responsibilities and his or her potential contributions to the achievement of the Company’s strategic goals.
For fiscal 2012, Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio each had a target cash incentive award of 120% of base salary, Ms. Boland had a target cash incentive award of 60% of base salary, Mr. Dreier had a target cash incentive award of 35% of base salary, and Mr. Henry had a target cash incentive award of 40% of base salary. For fiscal 2012, fifty percent of the cash incentive awards granted to our named executive officers was based on the achievement of pre-established corporate goals and fifty percent was based on a qualitative assessment of each individual’s performance with primary emphasis on the achievement of individual goals communicated at the beginning of the fiscal year. These individual goals varied across our named executive officers but generally encompassed:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Leadership skills and strategic vision	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Strategic planning and execution	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Culture/brand building and integration of acquisitions	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Employee, parent and client satisfaction	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Innovation and change management	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Succession planning and employee development	
 
 	Ÿ	 	External relations, including awards and recognition, and civic involvement	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Board and committee relations	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Demonstrated ethics and values in line with our company’s	
The portion of each named executive officer that was based on corporate performance was subject to an adjustment that could increase or decrease the amount earned proportionately based on whether or not the Company’s performance for the year was above or below the target and by how much. The maximum amount of the increase or decrease resulting from the adjustment was not capped.
Consistent with previous years, our compensation committee chose EBITDA as the corporate performance metric for fiscal 2012. Our compensation committee selected EBITDA because it believed that it reflected the Company’s cash flow generation on a consistent basis and as such was also the best overall indicator of the Company’s operational performance. At the beginning of our fiscal year, our compensation committee established a corporate performance goal of $28.1 million growth in EBITDA from 2011. Target performance was exceeded during fiscal 2012, with an actual growth in EBITDA for 2012 as compared to 2011 of $30.1 million. This level of achievement of the targeted growth level resulted in the named executive officers each earning 100% of the portion of his or her target incentive award that was based on corporate performance.
At the end of fiscal 2012, our compensation committee met and evaluated the performance of each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year. In this evaluation, they considered the various leadership and business factors outlined above, including leadership, strategic planning and execution, strategic vision and leadership skills, customer satisfaction, diversity and stability of growth, culture and employee satisfaction, innovation, communication skills, board relations and presentations, ethics and values and succession planning. They also considered the Company’s strong financial performance in 2012 as measured by revenue growth and growth in EBITDA as well as the
 
91

Table of Contents
contributions of our named executive officers towards a successful initial public offering, together with feedback from internal employee and external client surveys. After considering these factors, our compensation committee determined that each of the named executive officers earned 100% of the portion of his or her annual incentive award that was based on individual performance.
Equity Awards.    The largest single component of our executive compensation program is the periodic granting of equity-based awards, primarily in the form of stock options with multi-year vesting conditions. These equity-based awards have generally served both to align the interests of our named executive officers with those of our shareholders through the use of performance-based awards and to encourage retention and promote a longer-term, strategic view through the use of time-based awards.
In September 2008, in connection with our going private transaction, each of our named executive officers received a grant of stock options that had a significant grant date value. At the time they were awarded, these option grants were intended to provide the sole source of private-company, equity-based compensation for our executives and no additional equity awards were contemplated in the near- or mid-term. One-half of the total stock options granted to our named executive officers in 2008 are subject to time-based vesting only and the other half are subject to time- and performance-based vesting. The awards that are subject to time and performance-based vesting fully vest and become exercisable upon a liquidity-event (including a change in control of the Company or an initial public offering) or the termination of the executive’s employment (other than in connection with a breach by the executive of any restrictive covenants). The performance condition for these options was fully satisfied in connection with our initial public offering in January 2013.
Prior to 2012, consistent with our philosophy at the time of granting the option awards in 2008, our executive officers generally did not receive any additional equity-based awards. The only named executive officer who received an additional option grant prior to 2012 was Ms. Boland, who received a grant in 2011, which was subject to time and performance based vesting, for special recognition of work performed.
On May 2, 2012, we completed an option exchange program in which all option holders, including our named executive officers, agreed to exchange their then-outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock for options to purchase a combination of shares of our Class A common stock and Class L common stock based on an exchange ratio of options to purchase approximately 15.5 shares of our Class A common stock for a new option to purchase nine shares of Class A common stock and one share of Class L common stock. Each of Messrs. Lissy and Dreier and Mses. Tocio and Boland also received a fully vested option award in April 2012 in connection with the expiration and exercise of fully vested continuation option awards granted to them at the time of our going private transaction. These options were granted to maintain each named executive officer’s relative level of equity award holdings, after giving effect to the “net” exercise of their continuation options (that is, the use of shares that would otherwise have been delivered upon exercise of options to pay the exercise price of the options and to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations) and were fully vested upon grant. In addition, all of our named executive officers received an option award in May 2012 based upon their respective responsibilities and contributions as executive officers and considering the total value of the option award granted to them in September 2008 and the company’s relatively strong performance during the ensuing economic downturn. To encourage retention, the awards granted in May were subject to time-based vesting and performance-vesting, which performance-vesting was satisfied upon consummation of our initial public offering.
Upon the closing of our initial public offering on January 30, 2013, our compensation committee granted each of Messrs. Lissy and Henry and Mses. Tocio and Boland an additional option award, with time-based vesting to encourage retention following our initial public offering. The compensation
 
92

Table of Contents
committee determined the amount of each new award granted to our named executive officers in January 2013 based upon each officer’s respective contribution to the strategic and tactical planning and preparations related to the initial public offering.
Benefits and Perquisites.    We provide modest benefits and perquisites for our named executive officers. Most of these benefits and perquisites, such as our 401(k) matching contribution and basic health and welfare benefit coverage, are available to all eligible employees. In addition to these, we provide the following supplemental programs to certain named executive officers:
 
 	Ÿ	 	An annual car allowance—provided to Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Company-paid supplemental medical insurance premiums—provided to Mr. Dreier	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Company-paid supplemental disability insurance—provided to all named executive officers other than Mr. Dreier, who has declined coverage.	
Severance Agreements.    All our named executive officers have severance agreements with the Company, which include severance, change of control, and restrictive covenant provisions. We believe that change of control arrangements provide our executives with security that will likely reduce any reluctance they may have to pursue a change of control transaction that could be in the best interests of our stockholders. We also believe that reasonable severance and change of control benefits are necessary in order to attract and retain high-quality executive officers.
Risk Assessment.    The Company does not believe that the risks arising from our compensation practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Tax and Accounting Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 162(m)”) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1 million in any taxable year for a company’s chief executive officer and the three other most highly compensated executive officers, other than its chief financial officer, unless compensation qualifies as performance-based under such section. As we were not publicly traded prior to our initial public offering in January 2013, our compensation committee did not previously take the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation. At such time as we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m), we expect that our compensation committee will take into consideration the potential deductibility of the compensation payable under our programs as one of the factors to be considered when establishing these programs. Our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions, in whole or in part, under Section 162(m) or that may otherwise be limited as to tax deductibility.
Our compensation committee regularly considers the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.
 
93

Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth information about certain compensation awarded or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal years specified below.

Name and Principal Position	 	Year	 	 	Salary
$(1)	 	 	Bonus
$(2)	 	 	Option
Awards
$(3)	 	 	Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)	 	 	All Other
$(5)	 	 	Total
($)	 	
David H. Lissy	 	 	2012	  	 	 	342,118	  	 	 	205,271	  	 	 	4,529,409	  	 	 	205,271	  	 	 	13,763	  	 	 	5,295,831	  	
Chief Executive Officer	 	 	2011	  	 	 	335,420	  	 	 	761,886	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	221,377	  	 	 	11,213	  	 	 	1,329,896	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Mary Ann Tocio	 	 	2012	  	 	 	342,118	  	 	 	205,271	  	 	 	4,861,590	  	 	 	205,271	  	 	 	16,979	  	 	 	5,631,229	  	
President and Chief Operating Officer	 	 	2011	  	 	 	335,420	  	 	 	761,886	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	221,377	  	 	 	14,429	  	 	 	1,333,112	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Elizabeth J. Boland	 	 	2012	  	 	 	253,864	  	 	 	76,159	  	 	 	2,125,790	  	 	 	76,159	  	 	 	4,536	  	 	 	2,536,508	  	
Chief Financial Officer	 	 	2011	  	 	 	248,890	  	 	 	327,667	  	 	 	64,004	  	 	 	82,134	  	 	 	4,535	  	 	 	727,230	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Danroy T. Henry, Sr.	 	 	2012	  	 	 	239,700	  	 	 	47,940	  	 	 	1,470,479	  	 	 	47,940	  	 	 	3,008	  	 	 	1,809,067	  	
Chief Human Resources Officer	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stephen I. Dreier	 	 	2012	  	 	 	227,755	  	 	 	39,857	  	 	 	983,003	  	 	 	39,857	  	 	 	13,590	  	 	 	1,304,062	  	
Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 
(1)	Salary amounts are not reduced to reflect amounts contributed by the named executive officer to the 401(k) Plan (as defined below).	
(2)	For fiscal 2012, amounts shown reflect the amount earned by the named executive officer that was earned based on individual performance as described in “—Elements of Executive Compensation—Annual Cash Bonuses” above. For fiscal 2011, amounts shown reflect (a) cash payments in respect of one-time deferred compensation awards granted in May 2008 (Mr. Lissy, $560,634, Ms. Tocio, $560,634, and Ms. Boland, $253,000) and (b) the amount paid to the named executive officer in respect of the portion of his or her annual bonus for fiscal year 2011 that was earned based on individual performance (Mr. Lissy, $201,252, Ms. Tocio, $201,252, and Ms. Boland, $74,667). Ms. Boland voluntarily forfeited her right to $30,000 of this deferred compensation award in order to make this amount available for bonus payments to certain members of the Company’s accounting team, which resulted in an actual amount of $223,000 paid to Ms. Boland. Deferred compensation awards were one-time awards made by the Company in connection with our going-private transaction that vested, based on continued service by the named executive officer, on May 29, 2011, and were subsequently paid in 2011.	
(3)	For fiscal 2012, amounts shown reflect (a) the incremental fair value of options awarded in connection with the option exchange program, determined as of the modification date of such options in accordance with ASC Topic 718 (Mr. Lissy, $3,346,280, Ms. Tocio, $3,143,742, Ms. Boland, $1,397,953, Mr. Henry, $851,981, and Mr. Dreier, $779,331) and (b) the fair value of other options awarded in 2012 determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718 consisting of fully vested option awards granted on April 4, 2012 (Mr. Lissy $1,183,129, Ms. Tocio $1,717,848, Ms. Boland, $727,837, Mr. Henry, $618,498, and Mr. Dreier, $203,672). For fiscal 2011, amounts shown reflect the grant date fair value of options awarded in 2011 determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.	
(4)	Amounts shown reflect the cash amount paid to the named executive officer in respect of the portion of his or her annual bonus for each fiscal year that was earned based on Company performance as described in “—Elements of Executive Compensation—Annual Cash Bonuses” above.	
(5)	Amounts shown include the following: matching contributions made to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of each named executive officer; a car allowance payment made to Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio; supplemental medical insurance premiums paid by the Company on behalf of Mr. Dreier; and supplemental disability insurance premiums paid by the Company on behalf of all named executive officers other than Mr. Dreier.	

Name	  	Year	 	  	401(k) Match
($)	 	  	Car
Allowance
($)	 	  	Supplemental
Medical or
Disability
Insurance
($)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
David H. Lissy	  	 	2012	  	  	 	4,250	  	  	 	7,200	  	  	 	2,313	  	  	 	13,763	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	1,700	  	  	 	7,200	  	  	 	2,313	  	  	 	11,213	  	
Mary Ann Tocio	  	 	2012	  	  	 	5,625	  	  	 	7,200	  	  	 	4,154	  	  	 	16,979	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	3,075	  	  	 	7,200	  	  	 	4,154	  	  	 	14,429	  	
Elizabeth J. Boland	  	 	2012	  	  	 	3,076	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	1,460	  	  	 	4,536	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	3,075	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	1,460	  	  	 	4,535	  	
Danroy T. Henry, Sr.	  	 	2012	  	  	 	1,548	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	1,460	  	  	 	3,008	  	
Stephen I. Dreier	  	 	2012	  	  	 	2486	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	11,104	  	  	 	13,590	  	
 
94

Table of Contents
Grant of Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards in 2012.

Name	 	Grant date	 	 	Estimated future payouts
under non-equity incentive
plan awards	 	 	All other
option awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
options
(#)(1)	 	 	Exercise
or base
price of
option
awards
($/Sh)
(2)	 	 	Grant date
fair value of
stock and
option
awards
($)(3)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Threshold
($)	 	 	Target
($)	 	 	Maximum
($)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
David H. Lissy	 	 	1/27/12	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	410,555	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	4/4/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,816	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	760,489	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	5/2/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	16,430	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	3,768,920	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Mary Ann Tocio	 	 	1/27/12	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	410,555	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	4/4/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,796	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	1,295,208	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	5/2/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	15,510	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	3,566,382	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Elizabeth J. Boland	 	 	1/27/12	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	152,322	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	4/4/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	648	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	174,999	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	5/2/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	8,306	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	1,950,791	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Danroy T. Henry	 	 	1/27/12	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	95,880	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	5/2/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5,670	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	1,470,479	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stephen I. Dreier	 	 	1/27/12	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	78,714	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	4/4/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	118	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	31,867	  	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	5/2/2012	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,040	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	$	951,136	  	 	 	 	 	
 
(1)	The amounts in the table reflect options to purchase a combination of shares of our Class A common stock and Class L common stock in a ratio of nine shares of our Class A stock to one share of our Class L common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, but do not give effect to the January 11, 2013 reclassification transactions (collectively referred to as the “Reclassification”):	
 	a.	the 1-for-1.9704 reverse split of our Class A common stock, and	
 	b.	the conversion of each share of our Class L common stock into 35.1955 shares of Class A common stock, followed by	
 	c.	the immediate reclassification of all Class A common stock into common stock.	
(2)	The exercise price for each combination of shares is equal to the fair value of the underlying shares at grant date determined by the board in accordance with the common stock valuation policy described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation.”	
(3)	Amounts shown reflect the total dollar value of the equity grant as valued under ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 11, “Stockholders’ Equity and Stock-Based Compensation”, to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.	
In January 2012 our compensation committee, as part of its annual review of our named executive officers performance, established a targeted level of growth in EBITDA as the 2012 corporate performance metric based on its belief that this metric is the best overall indicator of the Company’s operational performance as measured by cash flow generation on a consistent year-to-year basis. At the same time our compensation committee also set the non-equity incentive payment targets for 2012 for each named executive officer, expressed as a percentage amount of each named executive officers’ 2012 salary as follows: 120% of salary for each of our Chief Executive officer and our President/COO; 60% of salary for our Chief Financial Officer; 40% of salary for our Chief Human Resources Officer; and 35% of salary for our Chief Administrative Officer. Consistent with prior years, 50% of each named executive officer’s non-equity incentive payment is based on the obtainment of the EBITDA corporate performance metric and 50% is based on individual performance factors, including:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Leadership skills and strategic vision;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Strategic planning and execution;	
 
95

Table of Contents
 	Ÿ	 	Culture/brand building and integration of acquisitions;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Employee, parent and client satisfaction;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Innovation and change management;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Succession planning and employee development;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	External relations, including awards and recognition, and civic involvement;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Board and committee relations;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Demonstrated ethics and values in line with those of the company.	
The above chart also reflects the following option awards made during 2012 and discussed in full under “Elements of Executive Compensation—Equity Awards” :
 
 	Ÿ	 	A grant of options awarded on April 4, 2012 to each of Messrs. Lissy and Dreier and Mses. Tocio and Boland in connection with the expiration and exercise of certain fully vested continuation option awards granted to them at the time of our going private transaction.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	A grant of options awarded on May 2, 2012, to each named executive officer consisting of options granted in conjunction with their participation in our option exchange program and an additional grant based upon their respective responsibilities as executive officers, the fact that the last significant long term incentive grant had been awarded in 2008, and the performance of the Company and of our named executive offers during the time between 2008 and 2012.	
 
96

Table of Contents
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012 without adjusting for the 1-for-1.9704 reverse split of our Class A common stock, the conversion of our Class L common stock into Class A common stock and the reclassification of Class A common stock into common stock that occurred immediately prior to our initial public offering in January 2013.

Option Awards(1)	 	
Name	 	Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options #
Exercisable	 	 	Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options #
Unexercisable	 	 	Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options
(#)	 	 	Option
Exercise Price
(7)	 	 	Option Exercise Date(8)	 	
David H. Lissy	 	 	543	(2) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	$	112.50	  	 	 	2/19/2014	  	
 	 	 	6,080	(3)(6) 	 	 	1,520	(3)(6) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	7,600	(5)(6) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	2,816	(4) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	4/4/2024	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	615	(3) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	615	(5) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Mary Ann Tocio	 	 	226	(2) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	$	112.50	  	 	 	2/19/2014	  	
 	 	 	5,712	(3)(6) 	 	 	1,428	(3)(6) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	7,140	(5)(6) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	4,796	(4) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	4/4/2024	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	615	(3) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	615	(5) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Elizabeth J. Boland	 	 	2,540	(3)(6) 	 	 	635	(3)(6) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	3,175	(5)(6) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	322	(3)(6) 	 	 	161	(3)(6) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	4/1/2021	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	483	(5)(6) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	4/1/2021	  	
 	 	 	648	(4) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	4/4/2024	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	495	(3) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	4/1/2021	  	
 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	495	(5) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Danroy T. Henry	 	 	64	(2) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	$	112.50	  	 	 	2/19/2014	  	
 	 	 	1,548	(3)(6) 	 	 	387	(3)(6) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,935	(5)(6) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	900	(3) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	900	(5) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stephen I. Dreier	 	 	99	(2) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	$	112.50	  	 	 	2/19/2014	  	
 	 	 	1,416	(3)(6) 	 	 	354	(3)(6) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,770	(5)(6) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	9/2/2018	  	
 	 	 	118	(4) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	4/4/2022	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	250	(3) 	 	 	-	  	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	250	(5) 	 	$	566.32	  	 	 	5/2/2022	  	
 
(1)	The amounts included in the table reflect our option exchange described below that was completed on May 2, 2012 but do not give effect to the Reclassification. For a more detailed discussion of our option exchange, see Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.	
(2)	Reflects options to purchase a combination of shares consisting of nine shares of our Class A common stock at $2.50 per share and one share of Class L common stock at $90.00 per share, resulting in an aggregate exercise price of $112.50 for such combination of shares. These continuation options were granted in connection with our going private transaction in substitution for then-outstanding options granted under the Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and the Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and were fully vested at the time of grant. After giving effect to the reclassification, each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per	
 
97

Table of Contents
 	share became exercisable for 0.5075 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.93 per share, and each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class L common stock at an exercise price of $90.00 per share became exercisable for 35.1955 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.56 per share.	
(3)	Reflects options to purchase a combination of shares consisting of nine shares of our Class A common stock at $6.09 per share and one share of our Class L common stock at $511.51 per share, resulting in an aggregate exercise price of $566.32 for such combination of shares. These options are subject to service-based vesting requirements. 40% of the shares underlying the options granted to the named executive officers vest on the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% of the shares vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to continued employment. The award granted to Ms. Boland on April 1, 2011 vests in equal installments on each of January 1, 2012, 2013 and 2014, subject to her continued employment. After giving effect to the reclassification, each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $6.09 per share became exercisable for 0.5075 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share, and each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class L common stock at an exercise price of $511.51 per share became exercisable for 35.1955 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share.	
(4)	Reflects options to purchase a combination of shares consisting of nine shares of our Class A common stock at $6.09 per share and one share of our Class L common stock at $511.51 per share, resulting in an aggregate exercise price of $566.32 for such combination of shares. These options were fully vested upon grant. After giving effect to the reclassification, each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $6.09 per share became exercisable for 0.5075 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share, and each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class L common stock at an exercise price of $511.51 per share became exercisable for 35.1955 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share.	
(5)	Reflects options to purchase a combination of shares consisting of nine shares of our Class A common stock at $6.09 per share and one share of our Class L common stock at $511.51 per share, resulting in an aggregate exercise price of $566.32 for such combination of shares. These options are subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions for which the performance condition had not been satisfied as of the end of fiscal 2012. The performance condition for all of these awards was satisfied upon completion of our initial public offering. After giving effect to the reclassification, each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $6.09 per share became exercisable for 0.5075 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share, and each outstanding option to purchase one share of Class L common stock at an exercise price of $511.51 per share became exercisable for 35.1955 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $14.54 per share.	
(6)	Reflects option awards issued in exchange for previously outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to an option exchange program that was completed on May 2, 2012.	
(7)	The exercise price of the options is at or above the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date, as determined by the board in accordance with the common stock valuation policy described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation.” The exercise price of each continuation option expiring in 2012, 2013 and 2014 was adjusted at the time of our going private transaction based on the value of our equity on May 28, 2008, the closing date of our going private transaction.	
(8)	All options have a ten-year term (except the continuation options described in note (2), which retained their original term and expire in 2014).	
 
98

Table of Contents
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table sets forth information regarding options exercised and stock that vested during 2012. There were no amounts to be reported by any of our named executive officers related to stock awards vesting in 2012.

 	  	Option awards	 	
Name	  	Number of
securities
acquired on
exercise (#)
(1)	 	  	Value
realized
on exercise
($)(2)	 	
David H. Lissy	  	 	5,616	  	  	 	2,548,653	  	
Mary Ann Tocio	  	 	9,332	  	  	 	4,235,048	  	
Elizabeth J. Boland	  	 	1,430	  	  	 	648,963	  	
Danroy T. Henry, Sr	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Stephen I. Dreier	  	 	259	  	  	 	117,539	  	
 
(1)	Each option was exercisable for a combination of shares consisting of nine shares of our Class A common stock exercisable at $2.50 per share and one share of Class L common stock exercisable at $90.00 per share, resulting in an aggregate exercise price of $112.50 for such combination of shares. The amounts included in the table do not give effect to the Reclassification.	
(2)	Represents the difference between the aggregate exercise price of the underlying Class A and Class L common shares ($112.50 per security) and the fair market value of these shares ($566.32 per combination) at the time of exercise as determined by the board in accordance with the common stock valuation policy described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation”.	
Retirement Benefits
We do not have any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans or supplemental executive retirement plans that apply to our named executive officers. We offer a tax-qualified retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”) to eligible employees, including our named executive officers. The 401(k) Plan permits eligible employees to defer up to 50% of their annual eligible compensation, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. Employees’ elective deferrals are immediately vested and non-forfeitable in the 401(k) Plan. Each plan year, we may, but are not required to, make discretionary matching contributions and other employer contributions on behalf of eligible employees. Employer matching contributions and other employer contributions begin to vest 20% per year after two years of vesting service with us and fully vest after six years of vesting service with us.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control
The following summaries and tables describe and quantify the potential payments and benefits that would be provided to each of our named executive officers if a termination of employment or a change in control of the Company had occurred at the end of fiscal 2012 under our compensation plans and agreements.
Severance Agreements
The Company has entered into a severance agreement with each of Mr. Lissy, Ms. Tocio, Ms. Boland, Mr. Henry, and Mr. Dreier, which agreements provide for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination of the executive’s employment and/or a change of control.
 
99

Table of Contents
Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason Within 24 Months Following a Change of Control (the “Protection Period”) .    If within 24 months after a change of control the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for cause or death or disability or the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason (as such terms are defined in the respective agreements), the executive will be entitled to receive, in each case, (a) any accrued but unpaid base salary as of termination and a prorated portion of any bonus payable for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, and (b) subject to the executive not breaching the non-competition, non-solicitation and non-hire provisions contained in the executive’s agreement, monthly severance pay for 24 months (or until such earlier date as the executive secures other employment) equal to 1/24 th  of the executive’s total base salary and cash bonus compensation for the prior two years of the executive’s employment. If the executive elects, in accordance with applicable federal law, to continue his or her participation in the Company’s health plans following termination of employment, the Company will pay the premiums for such participation for 24 months (or until such earlier date as the executive secures other employment). If the executive’s continued participation in the Company’s group health plans is not possible under the terms of those plans, the Company will instead arrange to provide the executive and his or her dependents substantially similar benefits upon comparable terms or pay the executive an amount in cash equal to the full cash value of such continued benefits. The executive’s right to receive severance pay and benefits is subject to his or her execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company.
Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason Outside of the Protection Period.    If the Company terminates the executive’s employment without cause or the executive resigns for good reason, in either case outside of the 24-month period following a change of control, in addition to any accrued but unpaid base salary and other accrued benefits then due to the executive as of termination, the executive will be entitled to receive bi-weekly severance payments for 18 months in the case of Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio and for one year in the case of Ms. Boland, Mr. Henry, and Mr. Dreier at his or her then-base salary rate and a prorated portion of any bonus payable for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. The executive’s right to receive severance pay and benefits is subject to his or her execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company.
Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability.    If the executive’s employment terminates due to death or due to the executive becoming disabled, the executive will be entitled to receive accrued but unpaid base salary and other accrued benefits then due to the executive as of termination and a prorated portion of any bonus payable for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. The executive’s right to receive severance pay and benefits is subject to his or her execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company.
Other Termination of Employment.    If the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for cause or the executive voluntarily resigns without good reason, the executive will only be entitled to receive accrued but unpaid base salary and any other accrued benefits then due to the executive as of termination.
Change of Control.    Pursuant to the severance agreements, immediately prior to a change of control, all unvested options then held by the executive will vest in full.
Restrictive Covenants.    Under the terms of their respective severance agreements, each of our named executive officers has agreed to confidentiality obligations during and after employment and to non-competition, non-solicitation, and non-hire obligations for up to twenty-four (24) months following a termination of his or her employment by the Company without cause or a good reason resignation by the executive.
 
100

Table of Contents
The following tables summarize the payments that would have been made to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of a qualifying termination of employment or change in control, assuming that each named executive officer’s termination of employment with our Company or a change in control of the Company occurred on December 31, 2012 (the last business day of our fiscal year). In the case of a termination of employment by the Company without cause or by the executive for good reason, severance amounts and benefits have been calculated assuming that the termination occurred within and outside the 24-month Protection Period described above. If a termination of employment had occurred on this date, severance payments and benefits would have been determined under the executive officer’s severance agreement, as in effect on such date and as described above. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary or bonus and vested benefits and (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his or her employment that are available to all salaried employees and that do not discriminate in scope, terms or operations in favor of executive officers.

 	 	Termination of Employment Without Cause/
for Good Reason and Change of Control	 	 	Termination of
Employment Without
Cause/for Good
Reason and No
Change of Control	 	 	Termination of
Employment
Due to Death
or Disability	 	 	Change of
Control	 	
 	 	Pro-
Rata
Bonus	 	 	Salary and
Bonus
Continuation
($)	 	 	Medical
Benefits
Continuation
($)	 	 	Accelerated
Vesting of
Equity
Awards
($)(1)	 	 	Pro-
Rata
Bonus	 	 	Salary
Continuation
($)	 	 	Pro-Rata
Bonus	 	 	Accelerated
Vesting of
Equity
Awards
($)(1)	 	
David H. Lissy	 	 	410,542	  	 	 	1,510,709	  	 	 	49,049	  	 	 	1,316,159	  	 	 	410,542	  	 	 	513,177	  	 	 	410,542	  	 	 	1,316,159	  	
Mary Ann Tocio	 	 	410,542	  	 	 	1,510,709	  	 	 	49,049	  	 	 	1,259,448	  	 	 	410,542	  	 	 	513,177	  	 	 	410,542	  	 	 	1,259,448	  	
Elizabeth J. Boland	 	 	152,318	  	 	 	811,873	  	 	 	27,504	  	 	 	895,062	  	 	 	152,318	  	 	 	253,864	  	 	 	152,318	  	 	 	895,062	  	
Danroy T. Henry	 	 	95,880	  	 	 	660,929	  	 	 	39,375	  	 	 	793,376	  	 	 	95,880	  	 	 	227,755	  	 	 	95,880	  	 	 	793,376	  	
Stephen I. Dreier	 	 	79,714	  	 	 	641,169	  	 	 	27,029	  	 	 	372,329	  	 	 	79,714	  	 	 	239,700	  	 	 	79,714	  	 	 	372,329	  	
 
(1)	Calculated by multiplying the number of unvested stock option awards subject to acceleration upon termination without cause or resignation for good reason or upon a change of control, after giving effect to the Reclassification which we describe in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation” by the difference between the exercise price and $22.00 (the price to the public in the initial public offering). On December 31, 2012, we were a privately-held company and did not prepare a valuation of our common stock as of such date. Based upon the public offering price of our common stock determined on January 24, 2013 in connection with our initial public offering, we believe that $22.00 per share is a reasonable estimate for the fair value of our common stock (after giving effect to the Reclassification) as of December 31, 2012.	
2012 Director Compensation
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our directors during fiscal 2012. Compensation for Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio is included with that of our other named executive officers. Ms. Mason, Chairman of our board, is also the founder and an employee of the Company.

Name	  	Fees paid in
cash ($)	 	 	Option awards
($)(1)(2)	 	  	Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation ($)	 	 	All other
compensation	 	 	Total ($)	 	
Lawrence Alleva	  	 	25,000	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	25,000	  	
Roger Brown	  	 	16,000	  	 	 	107,874	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	123,874	  	
Marguerite Kondracke	  	 	13,000	  	 	 	57,239	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	70,239	  	
Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot	  	 	16,000	  	 	 	57,239	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	73,239	  	
Linda Mason	  	 	79,460	(3) 	 	 	393,682	  	  	 	39,730	(4) 	 	 	2,105	(5) 	 	 	514,977	  	
 
101

Table of Contents
 
(1)	For fiscal 2012, amounts shown reflect (i) the incremental fair value of options awarded in connection with the option exchange program, determined as of the modification date of such options in accordance with ASC Topic 718 (Mr. Brown $107,874; Ms. Kondracke $57,239; Ms. Lawrence-Lightfoot $57,239; and Ms. Mason $358,844) and (ii) the fair value of options awarded in 2012 determined in accordance with ASC Topic 718 (Ms. Mason $34,838).	
(2)	As of December 31, 2012, before giving effect to the reclassification, Mr. Brown held options to purchase 19,962 shares of our Class A common stock and options to purchase 2,218 shares of our Class L common stock, Ms. Kondracke held options to purchase 936 shares of our Class A common stock and options to purchase 104 shares of our Class L common stock, Dr. Lawrence-Lightfoot held options to purchase 936 shares of our Class A common stock and options to purchase 104 shares of our Class L common stock and Ms. Mason held options to purchase 8,901 shares of our Class A common stock and options to purchase 989 shares of our Class L common stock.	
(3)	Amount shown reflects compensation earned by Ms. Mason in her capacity as an employee of the Company. Ms. Mason did not receive any compensation separately in respect of her service as Chairman.	
(4)	Represents a cash bonus paid to Ms. Mason in her capacity as an employee of the Company.	
(5)	Amount shown includes matching contributions made to Ms. Mason under the 401(k) Plan, in her capacity as an employee.	
In connection with our initial public offering, our board of directors adopted a revised director compensation program. Prior to our initial public offering, each member of our board of directors who was not an employee of the company was eligible to receive an annual retainer of $5,000 for board services, a meeting fee of $2,500 per in person meeting ,  and a meeting fee of $1,000 per telephonic meeting. Pursuant to the revised compensation program adopted in connection with our initial public offering, the following policy for the compensation for all independent directors became effective:
 
 	Ÿ	 	Annual Retainer.    Each independent director receives an Annual Board Retainer of $10,000 in cash, payable at the quarterly rate of $2,500.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	Meeting Fees.    Each independent director receives $4,000 for each Board meeting attended in person or $1,000 for each Board meeting attended by conference call.	
Each independent member of the Compensation Committee also receives $1,500 for each committee meeting attended in person or $500 for each committee meeting attended by conference call. Additionally, the independent chair of the Compensation Committee receives an annual retainer of $20,000.
Each independent member of the Audit Committee also receives $1,500 for each committee meeting attended in person or $500 for each committee meeting attended by conference call. Additionally, the independent chair of the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $20,000.
Each independent member of the Nominating and Governance Committee, when such Committee is activated, also receives $1,000 for each committee meeting attended in person or $500 for each committee meeting attended by conference call. Additionally, the independent chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee receives an annual retainer of $5,000.
We have not, since our going private transaction, compensated directors affiliated with the Sponsor for their board service and, while the Sponsor controls a majority of our outstanding common stock, none of the directors affiliated with the Sponsor will be compensated for their board service.
 
102

Table of Contents
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Arrangements with Our Investors
In 2008, in connection with our going private transaction we entered into a stockholders agreement and a registration rights agreement with certain of the stockholders of the Company. These agreements contained provisions relating to election of directors, participation rights, restrictions on transfer of shares, tag along rights, drag along rights, a call right exercisable by us upon departure of a manager, a right of first offer upon disposition of shares, registration rights and other actions requiring the approval of stockholders. In addition, we entered into a management agreement with an affiliate of the Sponsor for the provision of certain consulting and management advisory services to us.
Stockholders Agreement
In connection with our going private transaction, we entered into a stockholders agreement with the Sponsor and certain other investors, stockholders and executive officers. In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, the provisions of the stockholders agreement, other than those relating to lock-up obligations in connection with registered offerings of our securities, terminated in accordance with the terms of the stockholders agreement, and the agreement was amended and restated to eliminate the terminated provisions. Our amended and restated stockholders agreement obligates the stockholders parties thereto, subject to the limited exceptions described in the amended and restated stockholders agreement, to enter into customary lock-up agreements with the underwriters in the event of underwritten public offerings of our shares of common stock.
Prior to our initial public offering, the stockholders agreement contained provisions relating to (i) voting of shares, which generally required each stockholder to vote in favor of the election of the directors designated by the Sponsor and also to vote in the same manner as the Sponsor to approve any sale, recapitalization, merger or other acquisition transaction, (ii) restrictions on transfer of shares, which generally prohibited stockholders from transferring shares of common stock other than in connection with a tag along right, a drag along transaction, our exercise of a call right upon departure of a manager, or otherwise in limited circumstances to affiliates or for estate planning purposes, (iii) tag along rights in connection with any sale of shares by the Sponsor, (iv) drag along rights in favor of the Sponsor in connection with any sale of at least 20% of the shares held by the Sponsor, and (v) a call right exercisable by us upon departure of a manager at a price per share that depended upon whether the manager’s employment terminated with or without cause and whether the manager had violated any non-competition obligation owed to us. Each of our current directors has been elected in accordance with the terms of the stockholder agreement. All of the foregoing provisions of the stockholders agreement terminated, in accordance with their terms, upon the closing of our initial public offering and are not included in the amended and restated stockholders agreement.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with our going private transaction, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsor and certain other stockholders. In connection with the consummation of our initial public offering, the registration rights agreement was amended. The registration rights agreement, as amended, provides the Sponsor with certain demand registration rights following the expiration of any applicable lockup period in respect of the shares of our common stock held by them. In addition, if we from time to time register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public, we are required to give notice of such registration to the Sponsor and the other stockholders party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, the Sponsor and such holders have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of
 
103

Table of Contents
common stock held by them in such registration. We are required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares by the Sponsor or other holders described above.
The registration rights agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of any person who is or might be deemed a controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and related parties against liabilities under the Securities Act incurred in connection with the registration of any of our debt or equity securities. These provisions provide indemnification against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and certain liabilities resulting from violations of other applicable laws in connection with any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registrations. We have agreed to reimburse such persons for any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such liability, action or proceeding, except that we will not be required to indemnify any such person or reimburse related legal or other expenses if such loss or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information provided by such person.
Management Agreement
In connection with the going private transaction, we entered into a management agreement with Bain Capital Partners, LLC pursuant to which Bain Capital Partners, LLC provides us with certain consulting and management advisory services. In exchange for these services, we paid an aggregate annual management fee equal to $2.5 million, and we reimbursed Bain Capital Partners, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it, its members, or its affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the management agreement. In 2010, such reimbursements totaled approximately $22,000; in 2011, such reimbursements totaled approximately $14,000, and such reimbursements totaled approximately $2,000 in 2012. In addition, Bain Capital Partners, LLC was entitled to a transaction fee in connection with any financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction equal to 1% of the gross transaction value, including assumed liabilities, for such transaction. Bain Capital Partners, LLC did not received any transaction fees under the management agreement in 2010, 2011 or 2012 and in connection with the termination of the management agreement, Bain Capital Partners, LLC waived any right to receive a transaction fee under the management agreement in connection with the initial public offering.
The management agreement included customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Bain Capital Partners and its affiliates. The management agreement terminated immediately prior to our initial public offering in exchange for a payment to Bain Capital Partners, LLC of approximately $7.5 million. The indemnification and exculpation provisions in favor of Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its affiliates survive such termination.
 
104

Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
We and our subsidiaries have debt outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities and other debt facilities.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
General
On January 30, 2013, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, which we refer to as the Borrower, and Bright Horizons Capital Corp., which we refer to as Holdings, entered into a credit agreement for $890 million senior secured credit facilities which consist of (1) a $790 million senior secured term loan facility and (2) a $100 million senior secured revolving credit facility, including letter of credit and swing-line loan sub-facilities with Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and collateral agent, swing line lender, letter of credit issuer, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as joint bookrunners and co-documentation agents. As of September 30, 2013, $804.7 million remained outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities, including $20.6 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility.
Interest Rate and Fees
Borrowings under our term loan facility bear interest at a rate per annum ranging from 175 to 200 basis points over the Base Rate or 275 to 300 basis points over the Eurocurrency Rate defined in the credit agreement. Borrowings under our revolving facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 175 basis points over the Base Rate or 275 basis points over the Eurocurrency Rate. The Base Rate is the highest of (1) the prime rate of Goldman Sachs Bank USA, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) the Eurocurrency Rate with a one month interest period plus 1.00%. The Eurocurrency Rate option is the one, two, three or six month LIBOR rate, as selected by the Borrower, or, with the approval of the applicable lenders, the nine, twelve or less than one month LIBOR rate. The Base Rate is subject to an interest rate floor of 2.00% and the Eurocurrency Rate is subject to an interest rate floor of 1.00%, both only with respect to the term loan facility.
Mandatory Prepayments
The credit agreement requires certain mandatory prepayments of outstanding loans under the term loan facility, subject to certain exceptions, based on 50% of the Borrower’s annual excess cash flow (with step-downs to 25% and 0% based upon its consolidated first lien net leverage ratio) beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions ,  and the net cash proceeds of any issuance of debt, excluding permitted debt issuances (other than debt issuances that refinance all or a portion of the term loan facility).
Voluntary Prepayments
Voluntary prepayments of the term loan facility in connection with repricing transactions on or prior to January 30, 2014 will be subject to a call premium of 1.0%. Otherwise, all outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities may be voluntarily prepaid at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to Eurocurrency Rate loans.
 
105

Table of Contents
Amortization and Final Maturity
The term loan facility requires scheduled quarterly payments, each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the loans under the term loan facility made on January 30, 2013. These payments are reduced by the application of any prepayments, and any remaining balance is due and payable on January 30, 2020. There is no scheduled amortization of the principal amounts of the loans outstanding under the revolving facility. Any principal amount outstanding under the revolving facility is due and payable on January 30, 2018.
Guarantees and Security
The obligations of the Borrower are guaranteed by Holdings and each of the Borrower’s current and future wholly-owned domestic material subsidiaries, which we refer to as the Guarantors. All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities ,  and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the Borrower’s assets and the assets of the Guarantors, including:
 
 	Ÿ	 	a first-priority pledge of all of the capital stock of the Borrower and, subject to certain exceptions, a first-priority pledge of all of the capital stock directly held by the Borrower and the Guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary, is limited to 65% of the capital stock of such foreign subsidiary); and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors.	
Certain Covenants and Events of Default.
The credit agreement requires the Borrower to comply with certain covenants, including, in the case of the revolving facility, a maximum senior secured first lien net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant, to be tested only if, on the last day of each fiscal quarter, the amount of revolving loans and swingline loans outstanding under the revolving facility exceeds 25% of the revolving credit facility commitment on such date. A breach of this covenant is subject to certain equity cure rights. The credit agreement contains a number of negative covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Borrower’s ability and the ability of each of its restricted subsidiaries to:
 
 	Ÿ	 	incur certain liens;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	incur additional indebtedness or guarantees;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	engage in transactions with affiliates;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	sell assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	alter the business it conducts;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	enter into agreements restricting its subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	consolidate or merge.	
Holdings is not generally subject to the negative covenants under the credit agreement, but is subject to a passive holding company covenant that will limit its ability to engage in certain activities. The credit agreement also contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default.
 
106

Table of Contents
This summary describes the material provisions of the senior secured credit facilities but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
International Credit Facility
Our majority-owned subsidiary in the Netherlands, which we acquired in 2011, maintains a multi-purpose revolving credit facility with a Dutch bank to support working capital, letter of credit requirements and construction and fitting out of new child care centers. The current account facility is secured by a right of offset against all accounts we maintain at the lending bank and by an additional pledge of certain equipment. Availability under the €5.2 million facility declines in monthly increments of €0.25 million beginning on July 1, 2013 to €3.45 million at January 1, 2014. At September 30, 2013, there was €0.7 million (approximately $1.0 million) outstanding and currently due under the facility and there was €3.1 million of availability under the facility. There is no stated maturity or termination date on the facility, however, the bank may terminate the line of credit at any time at its discretion. There were 22 letters of credit outstanding under this general facility as of September 30, 2013 that were used to guarantee certain rent payments for up to €0.7 million (approximately $1.0 million). No amounts have been drawn against these letters of credit.
 
107

Table of Contents
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 31, 2013 by:
 
 	Ÿ	 	each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	each of our named executive officers and directors;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	all of our directors and named executive officers as a group; and	
 
 	Ÿ	 	each other stockholder selling shares in this offering.	
The percentage ownership information shown in the table below is based upon 65,138,465 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 31, 2013.
Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of shares to persons who possess sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to such shares. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options and held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after October 31, 2013. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person or entity, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or entity.
 
108

Table of Contents
Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each listed director, officer and stockholder is c/o Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., 200 Talcott Avenue South, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472. The inclusion in the following table of those shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner. Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed, except for those jointly owned with that person’s spouse. For more information regarding our relationship with certain of the persons named below, see “Related Party Transactions.”

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	  	Shares Owned
Before the Offering	 	 	Shares Offered
Hereby
(no option
exercise)	 	  	Shares Owned
After the Offering
(no option exercise)	 	 	
 	  	Number	 	  	Percentage	 	 	 	 	  	Number	 	  	Percentage	 	 	 	 	
Beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Bain Capital Fund X, L.P. and related funds(1)(2)	  	 	41,899,781	  	  	 	64.3	% 	 	 	7,490,371	  	  	 	34,409,410	  	  	 	52.8	% 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other Selling Stockholders:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RGIP, LLC(3)	  	 	53,867	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	9,629	  	  	 	44,238	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Directors and Named Executive Officers:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Lawrence Alleva	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Joshua Bekenstein(4)	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Elizabeth J. Boland(5)	  	 	402,716	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	402,716	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Roger H Brown(6)	  	 	389,907	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	389,907	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Stephen I Dreier(7)	  	 	186,480	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	186,480	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Danroy T. Henry, Sr.(8)	  	 	45,402	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	45,402	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Jordan Hitch(4)	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
David Humphrey(4)	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Marguerite W. Kondracke(9)	  	 	20,336	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	20,336	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
David H Lissy(10)	  	 	1,042,626	  	  	 	1.6	% 	 	 	-	  	  	 	1,042,626	  	  	 	1.6	% 	 	 	 	
Linda A Mason(11)	  	 	389,907	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	389,907	  	  	 	*	  	 	 	 	
Mary Ann Tocio(12)	  	 	912,980	  	  	 	1.4	% 	 	 	-	  	  	 	912,980	  	  	 	1.4	% 	 	 	 	
All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(13)	  	 	3,001,447	  	  	 	4.6	% 	 	 	-	  	  	 	3,001,447	  	  	 	4.6	% 	 	 	 	
 
*	Indicates less than one percent.	
(1)	The shares included in the table consist of: (i) 41,415,795 shares of common stock owned by Bain Capital Fund X, L.P., whose managing partner is Bain Capital Partners X, L.P., whose managing partner is Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”), (ii) 5,493 shares of common stock owned by BCIP Associates-G, whose managing partner is BCI, (iii) 290,732 shares of common stock owned by BCIP Associates III, LLC, whose manager is BCIP Associates III, (iv) 52,780 shares of common stock owned by BCIP Associates III-B LLC, whose manager is BCIP Associates III-B, (v) 126,239 shares of common stock owned by BCIP T Associates III, LLC, whose manager is BCIP Trust Associates III and (vi) 8,742 shares of common stock owned by BCIP T Associates III-B, LLC whose managing partner is BCIP Trust Associates III-B. Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (i) Bain Capital Fund X, L.P. will sell 7,403,849 shares of common stock, (ii) BCIP Associates-G will sell 982 shares of common stock, (iii) BCIP Associates III, LLC will sell 51,974 shares of common stock, (iv) BCIP Associates III-B, LLC will sell 9,435 shares of common stock (v) BCIP T Associates III, LLC will	
 
109

Table of Contents
 	sell 22,568 shares of common stock and (vi) BCIP T Associates III-B, LLC will sell 1,563 shares of common stock. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, (i) Bain Capital Fund X, L.P. will sell 8,514,428 shares of common stock, (ii) BCIP Associates-G will sell 1,129 shares of common stock, (iii) BCIP Associates III, LLC will sell 59,770 shares of common stock, (iv) BCIP Associates III-B, LLC will sell 10,850 shares of common stock (v) BCIP T Associates III, LLC will sell 25,953 shares of common stock and (vi) BCIP T Associates III-B, LLC will sell 1,797 shares of common stock. BCI is the managing partner of BCIP Associates III, BCIP Associates, III-B, BCIP Trust Associates III and BCIP Trust Associates III-B. As a result of the relationships described above, BCI may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of Bain Capital Fund X, L.P., BCIP Associates-G, BCIP Associates III, LLC, BCIP Associates III-B, LLC, BCIP T Associates III, LLC and BCIP T Associates III-B, LLC (collectively, the “Bain Capital Entities”). Certain partners and other employees of Bain Capital Entities may make a contribution of shares of common stock to one or more charities prior to this offering. In such case, a recipient charity, if it chooses to participate in this offering, will be the selling stockholder with respect to the donated shares.	
(2)	The governance, investment strategy and decision-making process with respect to investments held by the Bain Capital Entities is directed by BCI’s Global Private Equity Board (“GPEB”), which is comprised of the following individuals: Andrew Balson, Steven Barnes, Joshua Bekenstein, John Connaughton, Paul Edgerley, Mark Nunnelly, Stephen Pagliuca, Dwight Poler, Walid Sarkis and Jonathan Zhu. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, GPEB may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of the members of GPEB disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares to the extent attributed to such member solely by virtue of serving on GPEB. Each of the Bain Capital Entities has an address c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.	
(3)	Brad Malt, Ann Milner and Alfred Rose have shared voting and investment power for RGIP, LLC. If the underwriters exercise in full their option purchase additional shares, RGIP, LLC will sell 11,073 shares of common stock in this offering. The address of RGIP, LLC is Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199-3600.	
(4)	Does not include shares of common stock held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of Messrs. Bekenstein, Hitch and Humphrey is a Managing Director and serves on the investment committee of BCI and as a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in footnote (1) above, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of Messrs. Bekenstein, Hitch and Humphrey disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Messrs. Bekenstein, Hitch and Humphrey is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.	
(5)	Includes 278,865 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
(6)	Includes (i) 34,712 shares held by the Roger H. Brown, Jr. Trust dated August 7, 1996, (ii) 78,014 shares held by Mr. Brown, (iii) 177,103 shares held by the Linda A. Mason Trust dated August 7, 1996, (iv) 21,867 shares that may be acquired by Mr. Brown upon the exercise of outstanding options, and (v) 78,211 shares that may be acquired by Ms. Mason, Mr. Brown’s spouse, upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
(7)	Includes 145,451 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
(8)	Includes 45,402 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
(9)	Includes 10,336 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
(10)	Includes 716,368 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
 
110

Table of Contents
(11)	Includes (i) 177,103 shares held by the Linda A. Mason, Jr. Trust dated August 7, 1996, (ii) 34,712 shares held by the Roger H. Brown Trust dated August 7, 1996, (iii) 78,014 shares held by Mr. Brown, Ms. Mason’s spouse, (iv) 78,211 shares that may be acquired by Ms. Mason upon the exercise of outstanding options, and (v) 21,867 shares that may be acquired by Mr. Brown, upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
(12)	Includes 733,514 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
(13)	Includes 2,030,014 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options.	
 
111

Table of Contents
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides for authorized capital stock of 475,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 25,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of October 31, 2013, we had 65,138,465 shares of common stock outstanding held by 17 stockholders of record, and we had outstanding options to purchase 4,723,035 shares of common stock, which options had a weighted average exercise price of $15.27 per share.
The following summary describes all material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, which are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors. These provisions include a classified board of directors, elimination of stockholder action by written consents (except in limited circumstances), elimination of the ability of stockholders to call special meetings (except in limited circumstances), advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals ,  and supermajority vote requirements for amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights.    Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors may from time to time determine.
Voting Rights.    Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.
Preemptive Rights.    Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.
Conversion or Redemption Rights.    Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.
Liquidation Rights.    Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.
Listing.    Our shares of common stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BFAM.”
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the
 
112

Table of Contents
designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. There are no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the board of directors.
These provisions include:
Classified Board.    Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have ten members.
Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders.    Our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the date that investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.
Removal of Directors.    Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, voting together as a single class. This requirement of a supermajority vote to remove directors could enable a minority of our stockholders to prevent a change in the composition of our board.
 
113

Table of Contents
Advance Notice Procedures.    Our by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the by-laws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.
Super Majority Approval Requirements.    The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.
Authorized but Unissued Shares.    Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.    We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our Sponsor, certain of its transferees, and its affiliates will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.
Exclusive Forum.    Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our by-laws, or (iv) any other action asserting a
 
114

Table of Contents
claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.
Corporate Opportunities
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy of the Company in the business opportunities of our Sponsor and of its officers, directors, agents, shareholder, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to a director or officer of the Company in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law ,  and provides that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies that provide coverage to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to directors and officers.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Wells Fargo Shareowner ServicesSM. Its address is Shareowner Services, PO Box 64874, St. Paul, MN 55164-0854. Its telephone number is 1-800-401-1957.
 
115

Table of Contents
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly on a retroactive basis.
This summary assumes that shares of our common stock are held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, certain U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations”, “passive foreign investment companies”, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, or holders subject to the alternative minimum or the unearned income Medicare contribution tax). In addition, except as explicitly addressed herein with respect to estate tax, this summary does not address estate and gift tax considerations or considerations under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.
For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not classified as a partnership and is not:
 
 	Ÿ	 	an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	a corporation or any other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or	
 
 	Ÿ	 	a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.	
If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of persons treated as its partners for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding our common stock through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors.
There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.
 
116

Table of Contents
THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE TAX ADVICE. NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAXATION, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAXATION AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently pay cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distribution would also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled “—Additional Withholding and Reporting Requirements.”
Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with the appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:
 
 	Ÿ	 	IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, a reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, or	
 
 	Ÿ	 	IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying that a dividend paid on common stock is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. tax rates as described below).	
The certification requirement described above must be provided to us or our agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. The certification also may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that hold shares of our common stock through intermediaries or are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false.
If dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of a Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States. In addition, if a Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (unless reduced by an applicable income treaty) of its earnings and profits in respect of such effectively connected dividend income.
 
117

Table of Contents
Non-U.S. Holders that do not timely provide us or our agent with the required certification, but which are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below under the section titled “—Additional Withholding and Reporting Requirements”, in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation”, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).
If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition. If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect to any earnings and profits attributable to such gain at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).
Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we became a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as USRPHC so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and the holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.
 
118

Table of Contents
Additional Withholding and Reporting Requirements
Legislation enacted in March 2010 and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) will impose, in certain circumstances, U.S. federal withholding at a rate of 30% on payments of (a) dividends on our common stock on or after January 1, 2014, and (b) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after July 1, 2017. In the case of payments made to a ‘‘foreign financial institution’’ as defined under FATCA (including, among other entities, an investment fund), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) enters into (or is otherwise subject to) and complies with an agreement with the U.S. government (a ‘‘FATCA Agreement’’) or (ii) complies with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction (an ‘‘IGA’’), in either case to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. or other relevant tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution (as a beneficial owner), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such foreign entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any “substantial U.S. owner” (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity) or that identifies its substantial U.S. owners. If our common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that enters into (or is otherwise subject to) a FATCA Agreement, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold such tax on payments of dividends and proceeds described above made to (x) a person (including an individual) that fails to comply with certain information requests or (y) a foreign financial institution that has not entered into (and is not otherwise subject to) a FATCA Agreement and is not required to comply with FATCA pursuant to applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA.
Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible impact of these rules on their investment in our common stock, and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of this 30% withholding tax under FATCA.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to the holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to the distributions. Non-U.S. Holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%, with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above under the section titled “—Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.
Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.
 
119

Table of Contents
Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or, in which the Non-U.S. Holder is incorporated, under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.
Federal Estate Tax
Common stock owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a citizen or a resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
 
120

Table of Contents
UNDERWRITING
The company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters	  	Number of Shares	 	
Goldman, Sachs & Co.	  	 	 	 	
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	  	 	 	 	
Barclays Capital Inc.	  	 	 	 	
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                   Incorporated	  	 	 	 	
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC	  	 	 	 	
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated	  	 	 	 	
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.	  	 	 	 	
BMO Capital Markets Corp.	  	 	 	 	
RBC Capital Markets, LLC	  	 	 	 	
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	7,500,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,125,000 shares from the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,125,000 additional shares.
Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 	  	No Exercise	 	  	Full Exercise	 	
Per Share	  	$	            	  	  	$	            	  	
Total	  	$	 	  	  	$	 	  	
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses relating to clearing this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. in the amount up to $25,000.
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to      per share from the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
 
121

Table of Contents
The company, its officers and directors and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions (including contributions to charitable organizations which may freely resell the contributed shares and up to 466,000 shares which may be transferred by directors and officers pursuant to trading plans established prior to the date of this prospectus under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act), not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans.
The 90-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if, (1) during the last 17 days of the 90-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 90-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 90-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
122

Table of Contents
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
 
 	(a)	to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;	
 
 	(b)	to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than € 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;	
 
 	(c)	to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or	
 
 	(d)	in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.	
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
 
 	(a)	it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and	
 
 	(b)	it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.	
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of
 
123

Table of Contents
issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $835,000.
The company and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
 
124

Table of Contents
In addition, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates act in various capacities under our senior secured credit facilities. An affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. serves as administrative agent and collateral agent, swing line lender, letter of credit issuer, joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC serves as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent. Affiliates of each of Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC serve as joint bookrunners and co-documentation agents. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters also act as lenders under our senior secured credit facilities.
Certain of the underwriters have historically been customers of ours, and the underwriters may engage in transactions with us in the ordinary course of our business.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.
 
125

Table of Contents
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Some attorneys of Ropes & Gray LLP are members in RGIP, LLC, which is a direct investor in Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and is also an investor in certain investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC. RGIP, LLC directly and indirectly owns less than 1% of our common stock and is a selling stockholder in this offering. The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Kidsunlimited Group Limited as of April 30, 2012 and for the year ended April 30, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
The consolidated financial statements of Huntyard Limited as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of BDO LLP, United Kingdom, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
126

Table of Contents
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance therewith, we file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s website at  www.sec.gov .
 
127

Table of Contents
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 	  	Page	 	
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
Audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	 	F-3	  	
 	 	
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012	  	 	F-4	  	
 	 	
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012	  	 	F-5	  	
 	 	
Consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2010,  2011 and 2012	  	 	F-6	  	
 	 	
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ deficit for the years ended December 31, 2010,  2011 and 2012	  	 	F-7	  	
 	 	
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012	  	 	F-8	  	
 	 	
Notes to consolidated financial statements as of December  31, 2011 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012	  	 	F-9	  	
 	 	
Unaudited financial statements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
Condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (unaudited)	  	 	F-43	  	
 	 	
Condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three and nine months ended September  30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)	  	 	F-44	  	
 	 	
Condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)	  	 	F-45	  	
 	 	
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited)	  	 	F-46	  	
 	 	
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September  30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)	  	 	F-47	  	
 	 	
Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements as of September  30, 2013 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)	  	 	F-48	  	
 	 	
Kidsunlimited Group Limited	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
Audited financial statements for the year ended April 30, 2012	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
Report of Independent Auditors	  	 	F-63	  	
 	 	
Consolidated profit and loss account for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2012	  	 	F-64	  	
 	 	
Consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2012	  	 	F-65	  	
 	 	
Consolidated cash flow statement for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2012	  	 	F-66	  	
 	 	
Notes to the financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2012	  	 	F-67	  	
 
F-1

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Page	 	
Unaudited financial statements for the nine months ended January 31, 2013 and 2012	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
Consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2013 and April 30, 2012	  	 	F-79	  	
 	 	
Consolidated profit and loss accounts for the nine months ended January 31, 2013 and 2012	  	 	F-80	  	
 	 	
Consolidated cash flow statements for the nine months ended January 31, 2013 and 2012	  	 	F-81	  	
 	 	
Notes to the financial statements for the nine months ended January 31, 2013 and 2012	  	 	F-82	  	
 	 	
Huntyard Limited	  	 	 	 	
 	 	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	  	 	F-88	  	
 	 	
Consolidated profit and loss accounts for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2010	  	 	F-89	  	
 	 	
Consolidated statements of total recognized gains and losses for the fiscal years ended December  31, 2011 and December 31, 2010	  	 	F-90	  	
 	 	
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010	  	 	F-91	  	
 	 	
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2010	  	 	F-94	  	
 	 	
Notes to consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December  31, 2010	  	 	F-95	  	
 
F-2

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.
Watertown, Massachusetts
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 26, 2013 (November 8, 2013 as to the effects of the retrospective adjustment related to the acquired goodwill and deferred income taxes related to the acquisition of Huntyard Limited described in Notes 2, 5 and 11)
 
F-3

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	30,448	  	 	$	34,109	  	
Accounts receivable—net	 	 	60,656	  	 	 	62,714	  	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	22,572	  	 	 	27,827	  	
Current deferred income taxes	 	 	10,529	  	 	 	11,367	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	124,205	  	 	 	136,017	  	
 	 	 	
Fixed assets—net	 	 	237,157	  	 	 	340,376	  	
Goodwill	 	 	947,371	  	 	 	997,344	  	
Other intangibles—net	 	 	453,117	  	 	 	432,580	  	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	1,814	  	 	 	132	  	
Other assets	 	 	7,500	  	 	 	9,659	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	1,771,164	  	 	$	1,916,108	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES, NONCONTROLLING INTEREST AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current portion of long-term debt	 	$	4,814	  	 	$	2,036	  	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	 	 	89,033	  	 	 	97,207	  	
Deferred revenue	 	 	90,845	  	 	 	90,563	  	
Other current liabilities	 	 	8,980	  	 	 	12,087	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	193,672	  	 	 	201,893	  	
 	 	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	794,443	  	 	 	904,607	  	
Accrued rent and related obligations	 	 	18,580	  	 	 	24,944	  	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	22,526	  	 	 	23,717	  	
Deferred revenue	 	 	3,878	  	 	 	3,727	  	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	156,144	  	 	 	148,880	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	1,189,243	  	 	 	1,307,768	  	
 	 	 	
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Redeemable noncontrolling interest	 	 	15,527	  	 	 	8,126	  	
 	 	 	
Common stock, Class L, $0.001 par value, at accreted distribution value:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Authorized: 1,500,000 shares	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issued: 1,318,970, and 1,327,115 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding: 1,317,581, and 1,327,115 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively	 	 	772,422	  	 	 	854,101	  	
 	 	 	
Stockholders’ deficit:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock, Class A, $0.001 par value:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Authorized: 14,500,000 shares	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issued: 6,024,395 and 6,062,653 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding: 6,018,051 and 6,062,653 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively	 	 	6	  	 	 	6	  	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	126,932	  	 	 	150,088	  	
Treasury stock, at cost: 6,344 Class A shares at December 31, 2011	 	 	(125	) 	 	 	-	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	 	(14,161	) 	 	 	(8,816	) 	
Accumulated deficit	 	 	(318,680	) 	 	 	(395,165	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ deficit	 	 	(206,028	) 	 	 	(253,887	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities, noncontrolling interest, common stock and stockholders’ deficit	 	$	1,771,164	  	 	$	1,916,108	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share data)

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Revenue	  	$	878,159	  	 	$	973,701	  	 	$	1,070,938	  	
Cost of services	  	 	698,264	  	 	 	766,500	  	 	 	825,168	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	  	 	179,895	  	 	 	207,201	  	 	 	245,770	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	83,601	  	 	 	92,938	  	 	 	123,373	  	
Amortization	  	 	27,631	  	 	 	27,427	  	 	 	26,933	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	68,663	  	 	 	86,836	  	 	 	95,464	  	
Gains from foreign currency transactions	  	 	-	  	 	 	835	  	 	 	-	  	
Interest income	  	 	28	  	 	 	824	  	 	 	152	  	
Interest expense	  	 	(88,999	) 	 	 	(82,908	) 	 	 	(83,864	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes	  	 	(20,308	) 	 	 	5,587	  	 	 	11,752	  	
Income tax benefit (expense)	  	 	10,314	  	 	 	(825	) 	 	 	(3,243	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	  	 	(9,994	) 	 	 	4,762	  	 	 	8,509	  	
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	  	 	-	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	347	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,759	  	 	$	8,162	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	  	 	64,712	  	 	 	71,568	  	 	 	79,211	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	  	 	1,251	  	 	 	1,274	  	 	 	5,436	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss available to common shareholders	  	$	(75,957	) 	 	$	(68,083	) 	 	$	(76,485	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	  	$	64,712	  	 	$	71,568	  	 	$	79,211	  	
Class A	  	$	(75,957	) 	 	$	(68,083	) 	 	$	(76,485	) 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	$	49.21	  	 	$	54.33	  	 	$	59.73	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	  	$	(12.64	) 	 	$	(11.32	) 	 	$	(12.62	) 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	 	1,315,153	  	 	 	1,317,273	  	 	 	1,326,206	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	  	 	6,006,960	  	 	 	6,016,733	  	 	 	6,058,512	  	
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
(In thousands)

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Net (loss) income	  	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,762	  	 	$	8,509	  	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	  	 	(1,799	) 	 	 	(5,343	) 	 	 	5,591	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive (loss) income	  	 	(11,793	) 	 	 	(581	) 	 	 	14,100	  	
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest	  	 	-	  	 	 	1,536	  	 	 	(593	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	(11,793	) 	 	$	955	  	 	$	13,507	  	

Accretion of Class L preference	  	 	64,712	  	 	 	71,568	  	 	 	79,211	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	  	 	1,251	  	 	 	1,274	  	 	 	5,436	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive loss attributable to common shareholders	  	$	(77,756	) 	 	$	(71,887	) 	 	$	(71,140	) 	

 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-6

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(In thousands, except share data)

 	 	Common Stock
Class A	 	 	Additional
Paid In
Capital	 	 	Treasury
Stock,
at Cost	 	 	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss	 	 	Accumulated
Deficit	 	 	Total
Stockholders’
Deficit	 	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2009	 	 	6,011,496	  	 	$	6	  	 	$	123,335	  	 	$	(103	) 	 	$	(8,558	) 	 	$	(174,641	) 	 	$	(59,961	) 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,354	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,354	  	 	 	 	
Exercise of stock options	 	 	10,488	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	51	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	51	  	 	 	 	
Purchase of treasury stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(22	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(22	) 	 	 	 	
Translation adjustments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,799	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,799	) 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(65,962	) 	 	 	(65,962	) 	 	 	 	
Net loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(9,994	) 	 	 	(9,994	) 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2010	 	 	6,021,984	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	125,740	  	 	 	(125	) 	 	 	(10,357	) 	 	 	(250,597	) 	 	 	(135,333	) 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,158	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,158	  	 	 	 	
Exercise of stock options	 	 	2,411	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	12	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	12	  	 	 	 	
Tax benefit from stock option exercises	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	22	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	22	  	 	 	 	
Translation adjustments, net of $1,539 attributable to non-controlling interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(3,804	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(3,804	) 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(72,842	) 	 	 	(72,842	) 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,759	  	 	 	4,759	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2011	 	 	6,024,395	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	126,932	  	 	 	(125	) 	 	 	(14,161	) 	 	 	(318,680	) 	 	 	(206,028	) 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	17,596	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	17,596	  	 	 	 	
Exercise of stock options	 	 	86,066	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	440	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	440	  	 	 	 	
Tax benefit from stock option exercises	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	874	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	874	  	 	 	 	
Purchase of treasury stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(497	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(497	) 	 	 	 	
Acquisition of additional non-controlling interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,868	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(706	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,162	  	 	 	 	
Retirement of treasury stock	 	 	(47,808	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(622	) 	 	 	622	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	
Translation adjustments, net of $246 attributable to non-controlling interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,051	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,051	  	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(84,647	) 	 	 	(84,647	) 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	8,162	  	 	 	8,162	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2012	 	 	6,062,653	  	 	$	6	  	 	$	150,088	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	(8,816	) 	 	$	(395,165	) 	 	$	(253,887	) 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-7

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	  	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,762	  	 	$	8,509	  	
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	53,320	  	 	 	55,451	  	 	 	61,348	  	
Amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs	  	 	6,143	  	 	 	6,330	  	 	 	6,783	  	
Interest paid in kind	  	 	18,392	  	 	 	20,902	  	 	 	23,754	  	
Change in the fair value of the interest rate cap	  	 	2,258	  	 	 	641	  	 	 	67	  	
Gain on foreign currency transactions	  	 	-	  	 	 	(835	) 	 	 	-	  	
Non-cash revenue and other	  	 	(983	) 	 	 	(342	) 	 	 	(319	) 	
Impairment losses on long-lived assets	  	 	-	  	 	 	1,262	  	 	 	694	  	
Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets	  	 	497	  	 	 	(636	) 	 	 	437	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	2,354	  	 	 	1,158	  	 	 	17,596	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	(13,570	) 	 	 	(5,872	) 	 	 	(12,045	) 	
Changes in assets and liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	  	 	(6,968	) 	 	 	(1,487	) 	 	 	(1,580	) 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	2,241	  	 	 	259	  	 	 	(4,110	) 	
Income taxes	  	 	447	  	 	 	27,321	  	 	 	(218	) 	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	(1,723	) 	 	 	13,303	  	 	 	1,155	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	8,592	  	 	 	7,937	  	 	 	(1,694	) 	
Accrued rent and related obligations	  	 	5,791	  	 	 	2,968	  	 	 	6,273	  	
Other assets	  	 	2,244	  	 	 	614	  	 	 	(2,180	) 	
Other current and long-term liabilities	  	 	1,078	  	 	 	(166	) 	 	 	2,512	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	70,119	  	 	 	133,570	  	 	 	106,982	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of fixed assets	  	 	(39,522	) 	 	 	(42,517	) 	 	 	(69,086	) 	
Proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets	  	 	5	  	 	 	4,851	  	 	 	21	  	
Payments for acquisitions—net of cash acquired	  	 	(6,387	) 	 	 	(57,326	) 	 	 	(111,825	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(45,904	) 	 	 	(94,992	) 	 	 	(180,890	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Principal payments of long-term debt	  	 	(3,656	) 	 	 	(4,933	) 	 	 	(5,472	) 	
Repayments on line of credit—net	  	 	(20,300	) 	 	 	(18,500	) 	 	 	-	  	
Borrowings of long-term debt, net of issuance costs of $2.7 million	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	82,321	  	
Purchase of treasury stock	  	 	(111	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	(5,140	) 	
Proceeds from issuance of Class A and Class L common stock	  	 	258	  	 	 	59	  	 	 	2,115	  	
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation	  	 	312	  	 	 	93	  	 	 	3,381	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	  	 	(23,497	) 	 	 	(23,281	) 	 	 	77,205	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	  	 	360	  	 	 	(287	) 	 	 	364	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	1,078	  	 	 	15,010	  	 	 	3,661	  	
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period	  	 	14,360	  	 	 	15,438	  	 	 	30,448	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents—end of period	  	$	15,438	  	 	$	30,448	  	 	$	34,109	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash payments of interest	  	$	62,111	  	 	$	54,706	  	 	$	51,974	  	
Cash payments of taxes	  	$	2,738	  	 	$	3,062	  	 	$	12,823	  	
Non-cash accretion of Class L common stock preferred return	  	$	65,962	  	 	$	72,842	  	 	$	84,647	  	
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-8

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Organization—Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (“Bright Horizons” or the “Company”) provides workplace services for employers and families throughout the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, the Netherlands, and India. Workplace services include center-based child care, education and enrichment programs, elementary school education, back-up dependent care (for children and elders), before and after school care, college preparation and admissions counseling, tuition reimbursement program management, and other family support services.
The Company operates its child care and early education centers under various types of arrangements, which generally can be classified into two categories: (i) the management or cost plus (“Cost Plus”) model, where Bright Horizons manages a work-site child care and early education center under a cost-plus arrangement with an employer sponsor, and (ii) the profit and loss (P&L) model, where the Company assumes the financial risk of the child care and early education center’s operations. The P&L model may be operated under either (a) the sponsor model, where Bright Horizons provides child care and early educational services on a priority enrollment basis for employees of an employer sponsor, or (b) the lease/consortium model, where the Company provides priority child care and early education to the employees of multiple employers located within a real estate developer’s property or the community at large. Under each model type the Company retains responsibility for all aspects of operating the child care and early education center, including the hiring and paying of employees, contracting with vendors, purchasing supplies, and collecting tuition and related accounts receivable.
2013 Initial Public Offering—On January 30, 2013, the Company completed an initial public offering (“the Offering”) and, after the exercise of the overallotment option on February 21, 2013, issued a total of 11.6 million shares of common stock in exchange for $233.3 million, net of offering costs. The Company used the proceeds of the Offering, as well as certain amounts from the 2013 refinancing discussed below, to repay the principal and accumulated interest under its senior notes outstanding on January 30, 2013.
On January 11, 2013, the Company effected a 1–for–1.9704 reverse split of its Class A common stock. All previously reported Class A per share and Class A share amounts in the accompanying financial statements and related notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
In addition, the Company converted each share of its Class L common stock into 35.1955 shares of Class A common stock, and, immediately following the conversion of its Class L common stock, reclassified the Class A common stock into common stock, for which 475 million shares were authorized. The Company also authorized 25 million shares of undesignated preferred stock for issuance.
2013 Refinancing—On January 30, 2013, the Company entered into new $890.0 million senior secured credit facilities to refinance all of the existing indebtedness under the senior credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes and to modify certain provisions of the senior credit facilities. Significant terms of the refinancing are as follows:
 
 	Ÿ	 	$790.0 million term loan facility with a maturity date in 2020;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	$100.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity date in 2018;	
 
F-9

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
 	Ÿ	 	The applicable margin percentages for the loan facilities are 2.0% per annum for base rate loans and 3.0% per annum for LIBOR rate loans provided that the base rate for the term loan may not be lower than 2.0% and LIBOR may not be lower than 1.0%.	
The refinancing, which reduced the Company’s overall weighted average interest rate, resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $63.0 million, including redemption premiums on the senior notes, the senior subordinated notes and the Series C new term loans, and the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with this indebtedness, which we recorded in the first quarter of 2013. See Note 9, “Credit Arrangements and Debt Obligations”, for additional information regarding long-term debt.
Basis of Presentation—On May 28, 2008, Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc. (the “Predecessor”) completed a transaction (the “Merger”) with investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC (the “Sponsor”), pursuant to which a wholly-owned merger subsidiary was merged with and into the Predecessor, which converted to a single member limited liability corporation (LLC), Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, and continued as the surviving corporation. Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bright Horizons Capital Corp., which is in turn a wholly- owned subsidiary of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., which is controlled by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor. In July 2012, Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. changed its name from Bright Horizons Solutions Corp.
As part of the Merger, a new basis of accounting was established and the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values.
Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year balances to conform to the current year’s presentation, with no impact on prior year earnings or shareholders’ equity.
Use of Estimates—The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s significant accounting policies in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements relate to revenue recognition, goodwill and other intangibles, income taxes and common stock valuation and stock-based compensation. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates.
Foreign Operations—The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The cumulative translation effect for
 
F-10

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
subsidiaries using a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar is included in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.
The Company’s intercompany accounts are denominated in the functional currency of the foreign subsidiary. Gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of intercompany receivables that the Company considers to be of a long-term investment nature are recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, while gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of intercompany receivables from those foreign subsidiaries for which the Company anticipates settlement in the foreseeable future are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. The net gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2012 were not significant. The Company recorded a net foreign currency gain of $0.8 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of the settlement of an intercompany note during the year. There were no settlements of intercompany notes during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company estimates fair value for certain assets and liabilities and categorizes them based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value and the level of market price observability.
The Company also develops internal estimates of fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability has significantly decreased or in those circumstances that indicate when a transaction is not orderly.
Financial instruments measured and reported at fair value are classified in one of the following categories:
Level 1—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date.
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The Company considers relevant and observable market prices in its valuations where possible.
Fair value measurements, including those categorized as Level 3, are prepared and reviewed at each reporting period.
 
F-11

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short and long-term debt. The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their carrying value. The following table shows the carrying value and the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in millions):

 	  	December 31, 2011	 	  	December 31, 2012	 	
 	  	Carrying
Value	 	  	Fair
Value	 	  	Carrying
Value	 	  	Fair
Value	 	
Long-term debt	  	$	825	  	  	$	898	  	  	$	927	  	  	$	973	  	
The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted market prices were not available, the fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued, or was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The Company based its determination of fair value on quoted market prices for the Company’s Tranche B and Series C term loans, which are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company based its determination of fair value on current incremental borrowing rates for similar debt for the senior notes and senior subordinated notes, which are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Significant increases/decreases in yields and borrowing rates could result in significantly higher (lower) fair value measurements. The Company’s interest rate cap for its Tranche B term loans is carried at fair value and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate cap was valued at less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap is based on model-derived valuations that use observable inputs and market data, which are classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Gains and losses associated with changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap are included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.
See Note 9, “Credit Arrangements and Debt Obligations”, for additional information regarding long-term debt and the interest rate cap.
The Company’s policy with respect to transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy is to recognize transfers into and out of each level as of the end of the reporting period. There have been no transfers between levels during the years ending December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.
Concentrations of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company mitigates its exposure by maintaining its cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions of high credit standing. The Company’s accounts receivable, which are derived primarily from the services it provides, are dispersed across many clients in various industries with no single client accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s net revenue or accounts receivable. The Company believes that no significant credit risk exists at December 31, 2011 and 2012.
Cash and Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities when purchased of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of institutional money market accounts.
 
F-12

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
The Company’s cash management system provides for the funding of the main bank disbursement accounts on a daily basis as checks are presented for payment. Under this system, outstanding checks may be in excess of the cash balances at certain banks, creating book overdrafts. There were no book overdrafts at December 31, 2011 and 2012.
Accounts Receivable—The Company generates accounts receivable from fees charged to parents and employer sponsors and, to a lesser degree, government agencies. The Company monitors collections and payments and maintains a provision for estimated losses based on historical trends, in addition to provisions established for specific collection issues that have been identified. Accounts receivable are stated net of this allowance for doubtful accounts.
Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Beginning balance	  	$	1,675	  	 	$	1,691	  	 	$	1,514	  	
Provision	  	 	1,516	  	 	 	1,043	  	 	 	734	  	
Write offs and adjustments	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	(1,220	) 	 	 	(621	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance	  	$	1,691	  	 	$	1,514	  	 	$	1,627	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed Assets—Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise disposed of are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, whereas expenditures for improvements and replacements are capitalized. Depreciation is included in cost of services and selling, general and administrative expenses depending on the nature of the expenditure.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. The Company’s intangible assets principally consist of various customer relationships and contractual rights, and trade names.
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization, but are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The Company performs its annual impairment test as of December 31. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. Fair value for each reporting unit is determined by estimating the present value of expected future cash flows, which are forecasted for each of the next ten years, applying a long-term growth rate to the final year, discounted using the Company’s estimated discount rate. If the fair value of the
 
F-13

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
Company’s reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of the Company’s reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. No goodwill impairment losses were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, or 2012.
We test certain trademarks that are included in our indefinite-lived intangible assets, by comparing the fair value of the trademarks with their carrying value. We estimate the fair value first by estimating the total revenue attributable to the trademarks and then by applying a royalty rate determined by an analysis of empirical, market-derived royalty rates for guideline intangible assets, consistent with the initial valuation and then comparing the estimated fair value of our trademarks with the carrying value. This approach takes into effect level 3 and unobservable inputs. Impairment losses of $0.4 million were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 in relation to certain trade names with indefinite lives, which have been included in selling, general and administrative expenses. No impairment losses were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2010 in relation to intangible assets.
Intangible assets that are separable from goodwill and have determinable useful lives are valued separately and are amortized over the estimated period benefited, ranging from four to seventeen years. Intangible assets related to parent relationships are amortized using the double declining balance method over their useful lives. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful lives.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows over the asset’s remaining life. If the estimated cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value less any disposal costs. Fair value can be determined using discounted cash flows and quoted market prices based on level 3 inputs. The Company recorded fixed asset impairment losses of $0.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, which have been included in cost of sales.
Deferred Revenue—The Company records deferred revenue for prepaid tuition and management fees and amounts received from consulting projects in advance of services being performed. The Company is also a party to agreements where the performance of services extends beyond the current operating cycle. In these circumstances, the Company records a long-term obligation and recognizes revenue over the period of the agreement as the services are rendered.
Leases and Accrued Rent—The Company leases space for certain of its centers and corporate offices. Leases are evaluated and classified as operating or capital for financial reporting purposes. The Company recognizes rent expense from operating leases with periods of free rent, tenant
 
F-14

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
allowances and scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the applicable lease term. The difference between rents paid and straight-line rent expense is recorded as accrued rent.
Discount on Long-Term Debt—Original issue discounts on the Company’s debt are recorded as a reduction of long-term debt and are amortized over the life of the related debt instrument in accordance with the effective interest method. Amortization expense is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Deferred Financing Costs—Deferred financing costs are recorded as a reduction of long-term debt and are amortized over the life of the related debt instrument in accordance with the effective interest method. Amortization of this expense is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Other Long-Term Liabilities—Other long-term liabilities consist primarily of amounts payable to clients, pursuant to terms of operating agreements or for deposits held by the Company, and obligations for uncertain tax positions.
Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for tax carryforwards, such as net operating losses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the provision for income taxes in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amount of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such asset will not be realized. Additional income tax expense is recognized as a result of recording valuation allowances. The Company does not recognize a tax benefit on losses in foreign operations where it does not have a history of profitability. The Company records penalties and interest on income tax related items as a component of tax expense.
Obligations for uncertain tax positions are recorded based on an assessment of whether the position is more likely than not to be sustained by the taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
Noncontrolling Interest—The Company recorded the redeemable noncontrolling interest from its initial acquisition of a 63% ownership interest of a company in the Netherlands at fair value at the date of acquisition. The difference between the acquisition price and carrying value of the redeemable non-controlling interest of any additional interest acquired is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid in capital. Any accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) associated with the additional acquired interest is recorded as other comprehensive income (loss) of the Company.
In connection with the initial acquisition, the Company entered into put and call option agreements with the minority shareholders for the purchase of the noncontrolling interest at a future date at a value based on a contractually determined formula. As a result of the option agreements, the noncontrolling interest is considered redeemable and is classified as temporary equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
 
F-15

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
The noncontrolling interest is reviewed at each subsequent reporting period and adjusted, as needed, to reflect its then redemption value.
Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
Center-based care revenues consist primarily of tuition, which consists of amounts paid by parents, supplemented in some cases by payments from employer sponsors and, to a lesser extent, by payments from government agencies. Revenue may also include management fees, operating subsidies paid either in lieu of or to supplement parent tuition, and fees for other services. Revenue for center-based care is recognized as the services are performed.
The Company enters into contracts with its employer sponsors to manage and operate their child care and early education centers and/or for the provision of back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services under various terms. The Company’s contracts to operate child care and early education centers are generally three to ten years in length with varying renewal options. The Company’s contracts for back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services are generally one to three years in length with varying renewal options. Revenue for these services is recognized as they are performed.
Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the grant-date fair value of the awards that are expected to vest. This expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which generally represents the vesting period, of each separately vesting tranche. The Company calculates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
The key assumption in determining the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant is the fair value of the underlying Class L and Class A shares of common stock (collectively referred to herein as “common stock”). The fair value of the underlying common stock is determined using valuation models that rely primarily on a discounted cash flow approach to determine the enterprise value and the probability weighted expected return method to allocate the value of the invested capital to the two classes of stock.
Comprehensive (Loss) Income—Comprehensive (loss) income is comprised of net (loss) income and foreign currency translation adjustments, and is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income net of taxes for all periods presented. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the portion of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that is intended to be permanently reinvested. Therefore, taxes are not provided for the related currency translation adjustments.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share—Net earnings (loss) per share is calculated using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula that determines net income (loss) per share for the holders of the Company’s Class L and Class A shares. The Class L shares contain participation rights
 
F-16

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
in any dividend paid by the Company or upon liquidation of the Company. Net income available to Class A common shareholders includes the effects of any Class L preference amounts. Net income available to shareholders is allocated on a pro rata basis to each share as if all of the earnings for the period had been distributed. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated using the treasury stock method for all outstanding stock options and the as-converted method for the Class L shares.
Subsequent Events—Subsequent events have been evaluated up through the date that these consolidated financial statements were filed.
2.    ACQUISITIONS
As part of the Company’s growth strategy to expand through strategic acquisitions, the Company has made the following acquisitions in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012.
2010 Acquisitions
In November 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of a child care and early education center in the United States. In December 2010, the Company acquired the assets of a child care and early education center in the United Kingdom and of a provider of tuition management solutions in the United States, which complements the Company’s educational advisory services. The aggregate cash consideration for the acquisitions was $7.1 million. The purchase price for these acquisitions has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition.
The Company acquired total tangible assets of $1.3 million and assumed liabilities of $0.5 million. In conjunction with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $5.4 million and other intangible assets of $0.9 million, consisting of customer relationships and trade names. The identified intangible assets will be amortized over periods of four to nine years. The acquired intangible assets include trade names of $0.2 million that were determined to have indefinite lives.
The fair value of the assets acquired in business combinations in the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid, net of cash acquired	  	$	6,387	  	
Liabilities assumed	  	 	463	  	
Goodwill recognized	  	 	(5,407	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Fair value of assets acquired	  	$	1,443	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The operating results of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. The goodwill associated with the asset acquisitions in the United States and the United Kingdom is deductible for tax purposes. The Company incurred deal costs of $0.1 million related to these acquisitions, which have been expensed and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
F-17

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
2.    ACQUISITIONS (continued)
 
2011 Acquisitions
In March 2011, the Company acquired the assets of 20 child care and early education centers in the United States. Additionally, the Company acquired the assets of a child care and early education center in the United States in November 2011 and of a child care and early education center in the United Kingdom in December 2011. The aggregate cash consideration for the acquisitions was $27.6 million, which related primarily to the March 2011 acquisition. The purchase price for these acquisitions has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition.
The Company acquired total tangible assets of $2.2 million and assumed liabilities of $0.8 million. In conjunction with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $23.4 million and other intangible assets of $2.8 million, consisting primarily of customer relationships. The identified intangible assets will be amortized over periods of five to nine years.
In July 2011, the Company acquired 63% of a company in the Netherlands that operates 20 child care and early education centers for cash consideration of $29.9 million. As a result, this company became a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, with its operating results included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations and the 37% of ownership interest retained by the previous owners presented as noncontrolling interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. In connection with this transaction, the Company entered into put and call option agreements with the minority shareholders for the purchase of the noncontrolling interest at a future date at a value based on a contractually determined formula. As a result of the option agreements, the noncontrolling interest is considered redeemable and is classified as temporary equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
The purchase price for this transaction has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition. The Company acquired total tangible assets of $9.4 million and assumed liabilities of $4.6 million, and recorded noncontrolling interest of $17.1 million. Additionally, the Company recorded goodwill of $39.5 million; other intangible assets of $3.4 million, consisting of customer relationships and trade name; and deferred tax liabilities of $0.7 million related to intangible assets subject to amortization that are not deductible for tax purposes. The identified intangible assets will be amortized over periods of four to ten years.
The fair value of the assets acquired in business combinations in the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

Cash paid, net of cash acquired	  	$	57,228	  	
Liabilities assumed	  	 	6,159	  	
Noncontrolling interest	  	 	17,063	  	
Goodwill recognized	  	 	(62,917	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Fair value of assets acquired	  	$	17,533	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The goodwill associated with the acquisitions in the United States and the United Kingdom is deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill for the acquisition in the Netherlands is not deductible for tax
 
F-18

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
2.    ACQUISITIONS (continued)
 
purposes. The Company incurred deal costs of $1.1 million related to these acquisitions, which have been expensed and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
In the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company also paid approximately $0.1 million related to prior year acquisitions.
The operating results of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. The operating results for the acquired businesses are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations beginning March 14, 2011 for the acquisition of 20 centers in the United States and beginning July 20, 2011 for the acquisition in the Netherlands. The acquired businesses contributed revenues of $28.0 million and net loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The following pro forma summary presents consolidated information as if the business combinations had occurred on January 1, 2010 (in thousands):

 	  	    Pro forma (Unaudited)    	 	
 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	      2010      	 	 	      2011      	 	
Revenue	  	$	919,581	  	 	$	992,247	  	
Net (loss) income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	(9,136	) 	 	$	7,115	  	
2012 Acquisitions
In May 2012, the Company acquired the outstanding shares of Huntyard Limited, a company that operates 27 child care and early education centers in the United Kingdom, for cash consideration of $110.8 million. The final purchase price for this acquisition has been allocated based on the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition as follows (in thousands):

Cash	  	$	2,872	  	
Accounts receivable	  	 	341	  	
Prepaids and other current assets	  	 	2,880	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	65,843	  	
Intangible assets	  	 	6,004	  	
Goodwill	  	 	49,573	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	127,513	  	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	(7,520	) 	
Taxes payable	  	 	(656	) 	
Deferred revenue and parent deposits	  	 	(3,006	) 	
Deferred taxes	  	 	(5,570	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	(16,752	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Purchase price	  	$	110,761	  	

F-19

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
2.    ACQUISITIONS (continued)
 
The Company recorded goodwill of $49.6 million, which will not be deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill related to this acquisition is reported within the full service center-based care segment.
Intangible assets of $6.0 million consist of customer relationships and trade names that will be amortized over five and seven years, respectively. A deferred tax liability of $1.5 million was recorded related to the intangible assets for which the amortization is not deductible for tax purposes.
The Company incurred deal costs of $0.5 million related to this acquisition, which have been expensed and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
During the second quarter of 2013, the Company obtained additional information to determine the fair values of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Based on such information, the Company retrospectively adjusted the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 to increase goodwill by $3.9 million, increase deferred income tax liabilities by $2.5 million and decrease deferred income tax assets by $1.4 million. These adjustments included the effect of $0.1 million of currency translation on the goodwill and deferred income tax balances. There were no changes to the accompanying 2012 consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows.
The operating results for this acquisition are included in the consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. The acquired business contributed revenues of $26.3 million and net income of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. The following pro forma summary presents consolidated information as if the business combination had occurred on January 1, 2011 (in thousands):

 	  	Pro forma (Unaudited)	 	
 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Revenue	  	$	1,016,125	  	  	$	1,088,378	  	
Net income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	4,804	  	  	$	10,329	  	
3.    PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Prepaid workers compensation insurance	  	$	9,048	  	  	$	9,160	  	
Prepaid rent and other occupancy costs	  	 	5,947	  	  	 	6,354	  	
Prepaid income taxes	  	 	2,087	  	  	 	213	  	
Reimbursable costs	  	 	714	  	  	 	4,060	  	
Favorable leases	  	 	462	  	  	 	386	  	
Prepaid insurance	  	 	1,111	  	  	 	1,341	  	
Deferred initial public offering costs	  	 	-	  	  	 	2,189	  	
Other prepaid expenses and current assets	  	 	3,203	  	  	 	4,124	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	22,572	  	  	$	27,827	  	

F-20

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
3.    PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS (continued)
 
Under the terms of the Company’s workers compensation policy, the Company is required to make advances to its insurance carrier pertaining to anticipated claims for all open plan years.
4.    FIXED ASSETS
Fixed assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 	  	Estimated useful lives	  	December 31,	 	 	
 	  	 	  	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	 	
 	  	(Years)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Buildings	  	20 – 40	  	$	71,009	  	 	$	116,157	  	 	 	
Furniture and equipment	  	3 – 10	  	 	63,985	  	 	 	92,919	  	 	 	
Leasehold improvements	  	Shorter of the lease term
or the estimated useful life	  	 	165,397	  	 	 	206,328	  	 	 	
Land	  	—	  	 	29,678	  	 	 	50,882	  	 	 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed assets	  	 	  	 	330,069	  	 	 	466,286	  	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	  	 	  	 	(92,912	) 	 	 	(125,910	) 	 	 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed assets, net	  	 	  	$	237,157	  	 	$	340,376	  	 	 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Company recorded depreciation expense of $25.7 million, $28.0 million and $34.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.
5.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	      2011      	 	 	      2012      	 	
Beginning balance	  	$	887,895	  	 	$	947,371	  	
Goodwill additions during the period	  	 	62,917	  	 	 	49,573	  	
Adjustments to prior year acquisitions	  	 	250	  	 	 	(22	) 	
Tax benefit from the exercise of continuation options	  	 	(71	) 	 	 	(2,506	) 	
Effect of foreign currency translation	  	 	(3,620	) 	 	 	2,928	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance	  	$	947,371	  	 	$	997,344	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill as of December 31, 2012 has been retrospectively adjusted in 2013 to reflect an adjustment made within the measurement period for the Huntyard Limited acquisition, which increased goodwill by $3.9 million, increased deferred income tax liabilities by $2.5 million and decreased deferred income tax assets by $1.4 million. These adjustments included the effect of $0.1 million of currency translation on the goodwill and deferred income tax balances.
Goodwill associated with full service center-based care, back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services amounted to $817.3 million, $159.2 million, and $20.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. Substantially all activity associated with goodwill in 2011 and 2012 related to full service center-based care.
 
F-21

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
5.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)
 
The following tables reflect intangible assets that are subject to amortization (in thousands):

 	 	Weighted average
amortization period	 	Cost	 	 	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net carrying
amount	 	
December 31, 2011:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual rights and customer relationships	 	15.0 years	 	$	365,194	  	 	$	(97,232	) 	 	$	267,962	  	
Trade names	 	8.9 years	 	 	1,798	  	 	 	(516	) 	 	 	1,282	  	
Non-compete agreements	 	5 years	 	 	54	  	 	 	(29	) 	 	 	25	  	
Other	 	2.9 years	 	 	4,200	  	 	 	(4,200	) 	 	 	-	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	371,246	  	 	$	(101,977	) 	 	$	269,269	  	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Weighted average
amortization period	 	Cost	 	 	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net carrying
amount	 	
December 31, 2012:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual rights and customer relationships	 	14.9 years	 	$	370,527	  	 	$	(124,048	) 	 	$	246,479	  	
Trade names	 	9.1 years	 	 	3,147	  	 	 	(883	) 	 	 	2,264	  	
Non-compete agreements	 	5 years	 	 	54	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	21	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	373,728	  	 	$	(124,964	) 	 	$	248,764	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Company also has trade names with net carrying values of $183.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, which were determined to have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. On an annual basis, these trade names are subject to an evaluation of the remaining useful life to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life, as well as testing for impairment.
The Company recorded amortization expense of $27.6 million, $27.4 million and $26.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.
The Company estimates that it will record amortization expense related to intangible assets existing as of December 31, 2012 as follows over the next five years (in millions):

 	  	Estimated
amortization
expense	 	
2013	  	$	26.5	  	
2014	  	$	24.0	  	
2015	  	$	22.5	  	
2016	  	$	22.1	  	
2017	  	$	21.6	  	
 
F-22

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
 
6.    ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Accounts payable	  	$	7,850	  	  	$	6,319	  	
Accrued payroll and employee benefits	  	 	47,950	  	  	 	52,344	  	
Accrued insurance	  	 	12,916	  	  	 	13,674	  	
Accrued interest	  	 	241	  	  	 	1,430	  	
Accrued occupancy costs	  	 	2,272	  	  	 	2,336	  	
Accrued professional fees	  	 	1,777	  	  	 	2,135	  	
Other accrued expenses	  	 	16,027	  	  	 	18,969	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	89,033	  	  	$	97,207	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
7.    OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Customer amounts on deposit	  	$	4,932	  	  	$	6,579	  	
Accrued rent and other occupancy costs	  	 	1,116	  	  	 	2,085	  	
Unfavorable leases	  	 	500	  	  	 	475	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	994	  	  	 	933	  	
Other miscellaneous liabilities	  	 	1,438	  	  	 	2,015	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	8,980	  	  	$	12,087	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
8.    OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Customer amounts on deposit	  	$	7,492	  	  	$	8,481	  	
Liability for uncertain tax positions	  	 	11,050	  	  	 	9,966	  	
Other miscellaneous liabilities	  	 	3,984	  	  	 	5,270	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	22,526	  	  	$	23,717	  	

F-23

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
 
9.    CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Tranche B term loans	  	$	350,946	  	 	$	346,111	  	
Series C new term loans	  	 	-	  	 	 	84,363	  	
Senior subordinated notes	  	 	300,000	  	 	 	300,000	  	
Senior notes	  	 	174,055	  	 	 	197,810	  	
Original issue discount	  	 	(10,656	) 	 	 	(8,012	) 	
Deferred financing costs	  	 	(15,088	) 	 	 	(13,629	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	  	 	799,257	  	 	 	906,643	  	
Less current maturities	  	 	4,814	  	 	 	2,036	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt	  	$	794,443	  	 	$	904,607	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-Term Debt in Place at December 31, 2012
In 2008, in conjunction with the Merger, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (“BHFS LLC”) entered into agreements with lenders consisting of a Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $440.0 million and a Note Purchase Agreement and Indenture for the issuance of $300.0 million of senior subordinated notes. In addition, Bright Horizons Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp.”) entered into a Note Purchase Agreement and Indenture for the issuance of $110.0 million of senior notes. In July of 2011, certain terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Indentures were amended in order to permit the acquisition of a 63% ownership interest in a company in the Netherlands and a subsequent follow-on acquisition of the remaining minority equity interests, and to make certain other investment-related changes.
In May of 2012, certain terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement were further amended to permit the acquisition of the outstanding shares of Huntyard Limited, to increase the size of the incremental facility provided under the Credit Agreement by an additional $35.0 million, to $85.0 million, to eliminate the mandatory prepayment provision relating to the issuance of equity interests, and to make other changes to certain other covenants. The full amount of the amended incremental facility under the Credit Agreement was subsequently borrowed by BHFS LLC as Series C new term loans.
Credit and Guaranty Agreement
The Credit and Guaranty Agreement consists of three facilities:
 
 	Ÿ	 	$75 million Revolver—BHFS LLC may borrow and repay under the revolving credit facility for a term of six years, terminating on May 28, 2014, with any amounts outstanding at that date payable in full. The net proceeds of the borrowings under the revolving credit facility may be used for general corporate purposes, including, subject to certain sub-limits and covenant requirements, to fund acquisitions and invest in foreign subsidiaries. At BHFS LLC’s option, advances under the revolving credit facility will bear interest at either i) the greater of the	
 
F-24

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
9.    CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS (continued)
 
 	Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or Prime (the Base Rate) plus a spread based on BHFS LLC’s leverage ratio, or ii) LIBOR (the Eurodollar Rate) plus a spread based on BHFS LLC’s leverage ratio. Commitment fees on the unused portion of the line are payable at a rate ranging from 0.375% to 0.500% per annum based on BHFS LLC’s leverage ratio. No amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2012 under the revolving credit facility. The weighted average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 was 4.8% and 5.5%, respectively. There were no borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2012.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	$365 million Tranche B Term Loans—The total available amount of $365.0 million in aggregate principal was borrowed in 2008 as of the date of the Merger. Principal repayments of $912,500 are due quarterly and commenced September 30, 2008, with the final payment due on May 28, 2015. As a result of the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for 2010, the Company prepaid $4.9 million of principal in March 2011, satisfying all four quarterly principal payments required in 2011 and a portion of the payments required in 2012. As a result of the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for 2011, the Company prepaid $4.8 million of principal in March 2012, satisfying the remaining quarterly principal payments required in 2012 and a portion of the payments required in 2013. At BHFS LLC’s option, the term loans bear interest at either i) the greater of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or Prime (the Base Rate) plus 3.0%, or ii) LIBOR (the Eurodollar Rate) plus 4.0%. Prior to May 28, 2011, the third anniversary of the agreement, both the Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate were subject to floors of 4.5% and 3.5%, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, $350.9 million and $346.1 million were outstanding in term loans, respectively. The interest rate on the outstanding term loans was 4.3% at December 31, 2011 and 4.2% at December 31, 2012. The weighted average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was 7.5%, 5.6% and 4.3%, respectively. In 2009, BHFS LLC entered into an interest rate cap agreement with a bank to hedge changes in LIBOR over the term of the agreement such that the maximum interest BHFS LLC would be subject to would be 7.0% plus the spread of 4.0%. The agreement expires June 30, 2014. The interest rate cap is carried at fair value and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate cap, which had an original cost of $1.0 million, had a fair value of less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap are recorded in interest expense, which were an increase to interest expense of $2.3 million, $0.6 million, and $0.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	$85 million Series C New Term Loans—The entire $85.0 million available under the incremental facility was borrowed in May 2012. Principal repayments of $212,500 are due quarterly and commenced June 30, 2012, with the final payment due on May 23, 2017. At BHFS LLC’s option, the new term loans bear interest at either i) the greater of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or Prime (the Base Rate) plus 3.25%, or ii) LIBOR (the Eurodollar Rate) plus 4.25%. Both the Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate are subject to floors of 2.0% and 1.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2012, $84.4 million of Series C new term loans were outstanding and the interest rate on the outstanding loans was 5.3%.	
Debt outstanding under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company’s subsidiaries located in the United States, and is guaranteed by all of the Company’s wholly-owned U.S.-based subsidiaries. The Credit and Guaranty Agreement requires that
 
F-25

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
9.    CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS (continued)
 
the Company maintain compliance with specified financial ratios and other covenants, including a minimum interest coverage ratio, a maximum total leverage ratio, a maximum capital expenditures requirement, and certain limitations on additional indebtedness, and the acquisitions and dispositions of assets. Amounts outstanding under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement are also subject to mandatory prepayment provisions based on cash flow generation, certain asset sales, or additional debt.
Original Issue Discount
The revolving credit facility and the Tranche B term loans were issued with original issue discount (OID) of $20.5 million; the Series C new term loans issued in May 2012 were issued with OID of $425,000. The OID is amortized over the stated term of each facility with amounts amortized in each period included in interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, the total amount of amortized OID included in interest expense was $2.8 million, $2.9 million and $3.1 million, respectively.
Note Purchase Agreements and Indentures
The Note Purchase Agreements and respective Indentures consist of:
 
 	Ÿ	 	$300 million of Senior Subordinated Notes: The senior subordinated notes were issued by BHFS LLC on May 28, 2008, bearing a fixed annual interest rate of 11.5% computed on the basis of a 360-day year and twelve 30-day months. Interest is payable quarterly and the senior subordinated notes mature and are payable in full on May 28, 2018. The senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by all of the Company’s wholly-owned US-based subsidiaries.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	$110 million of Senior Notes: The senior notes were issued by Capital Corp. on May 28, 2008, bearing a fixed annual interest rate of 13.0% computed on the basis of a 360-day year and twelve 30-day months. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears and the senior notes mature and are payable in full on November 28, 2018. At Capital Corp.’s option, interest due on or before May 28, 2013, is payable in cash or by such interest being added to the principal. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $197.8 million of aggregate principal amount of the senior notes outstanding, which includes the interest that has been added to the principal. The senior notes are not guaranteed by any of the Company’s subsidiaries. Accumulated interest in the amount of $87.8 million added to the principal was due in 2013; however, since the Company used a portion of the proceeds from its initial public offering in 2013 to repay that liability, the amount is presented as a long-term liability at December 31, 2012.	
The Indentures and the Note Purchase Agreements do not contain any financial maintenance covenants.
Deferred Financing Fees
BHFS LLC and Capital Corp. incurred financing fees of $27.1 million in connection with the 2008 debt agreements and BHFS LLC incurred an additional $2.3 million related to the 2012 Series C new term loans. These fees are being amortized over the terms of the related debt instruments and such
 
F-26

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
9.    CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS (continued)
 
amortization is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Amortization expense relating to these deferred financing costs for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, was $3.3 million, $3.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively.
Overdraft Facilities
The Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom maintain an overdraft facility with a U.K. bank to support local short-term working capital requirements. The overdraft facility is repayable upon demand from the U.K. bank. The facility provides maximum borrowings of £0.3 million (approximately $0.5 million at December 31, 2012) and is secured by a cross guarantee by and among the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and a right of offset against all accounts maintained by the subsidiaries at the lending bank. The overdraft facility bears interest at the U.K. bank’s base rate plus 2.15%. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no amounts outstanding under the overdraft facility.
The Company’s majority-owned subsidiary in the Netherlands, acquired in 2011, maintains a revolving credit facility with a Dutch bank consisting of a €1.0  million (approximately $1.3 million at December 31, 2012) general facility to support working capital and letter of credit requirements, and a € 1.75 million (approximately $2.3 million at December 31, 2012) current account facility to support the construction and fit out of new child care centers. The current account facility is reduced by € 0.25 million quarterly through January 1, 2014, its termination date. Both facilities are repayable upon demand from the Dutch bank and are secured by a right of offset against all accounts maintained by the Company at the lending bank. The current account facility is secured by an additional pledge of equipment. Both facilities bear interest at the bank’s Euro base rate plus 1.5%. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no amounts outstanding under the facility. The weighted average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 5.95%. There were no borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2012.
2013 Debt Refinancing Transactions
$110 million of Senior Notes—On January 30, 2013, the Company used the net proceeds of its initial public offering and certain proceeds from the issuance of a $790.0 million senior secured term loan to redeem the senior notes in full for $213.3 million, including the redemption premium.
New Credit Facility—On January 30, 2013, the Company also entered into new $890.0 million senior secured credit facilities to refinance all of the existing indebtedness under the senior credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes and to reflect modifications to certain provisions of the senior credit facilities. Significant terms of the refinancing are as follows:
 
 	Ÿ	 	$790.0 million term loan facility with a maturity date in 2020;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	$100.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity date in 2018;	
 
 	Ÿ	 	The applicable margin percentages for the loan facilities are 2.0% per annum for base rate loans and 3.0% per annum for LIBOR rate loans provided that the base rate for the term loan may not be lower than 2.0% and LIBOR may not be lower than 1.0%.	
 
F-27

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
9.    CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS AND DEBT OBLIGATIONS (continued)
 
Principal payments of $2.0 million are due quarterly and commence March 30, 2013, with the final payment due on January 30, 2020.
The Tranche B term loans and the Series C new term loans were redeemed for an aggregate $433.0 million, including the redemption premium on the Series C new term loans, and the $300.0 million senior subordinated notes were redeemed in full for an aggregate $330.8 million, including the redemption premium.
10.    REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
In July 2011 the Company acquired a 63% ownership interest of a company in the Netherlands, and in November 2012, acquired a further 18.5% ownership interest, for an aggregate ownership of 81.5% as of December 31, 2012. See Note 2, “Acquisitions”, for additional information regarding the 2011 acquisition.
The company’s operating results are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition and the minority ownership interest retained by the previous owners is presented as redeemable noncontrolling interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
The redeemable noncontrolling interest was measured at fair value at the date of acquisition and is reviewed at each subsequent reporting period and adjusted, as needed, to reflect its then redemption value. No adjustments have been recorded to date. The redeemable noncontrolling interest of 63% was recorded at a fair value of $17.1 million at the date of acquisition, which was determined based upon standard valuation techniques using unobservable inputs of discounted cash flow analysis and an industry peer comparable analysis.
The acquisition of the additional 18.5% by the Company in exchange for $3.9 million on November 23, 2012 was treated as an equity transaction and the difference between the acquisition price and carrying value of the redeemable non-controlling interest was recorded as an adjustment to additional paid in capital. The accumulated other comprehensive income associated with the additional acquired interest was also recorded as equity of the Company.
The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interest for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	        2011        	 	 	        2012        	 	
Balance at beginning of the period	  	$	-	  	 	$	15,527	  	
Fair value at acquisition	  	 	17,063	  	 	 	-	  	
Sale of 18.5% of interest to BHFS	  	 	-	  	 	 	(7,994	) 	
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	  	 	3	  	 	 	347	  	
Effect of foreign currency translation	  	 	(1,539	) 	 	 	246	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at end of period	  	$	15,527	  	 	$	8,126	  	

F-28

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
 
11.    INCOME TAXES
(Loss) income before income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	  	2012	 	
United States	  	$	(19,321	) 	 	$	3,973	  	  	$	6,882	  	
Foreign	  	 	(987	) 	 	 	1,614	  	  	 	4,870	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	(20,308	) 	 	$	5,587	  	  	$	11,752	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Income tax (benefit) expense consists of the following (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Current tax (benefit) expense	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	  	$	2,068	  	 	$	(2,063	) 	 	$	8,102	  	
State	  	 	1,277	  	 	 	1,517	  	 	 	2,361	  	
Foreign	  	 	231	  	 	 	7,120	  	 	 	4,434	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	3,576	  	 	 	6,574	  	 	 	14,897	  	
Deferred tax (benefit) expense	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	  	 	(11,213	) 	 	 	(1,292	) 	 	 	(9,048	) 	
State	  	 	(2,419	) 	 	 	523	  	 	 	(1,453	) 	
Foreign	  	 	(258	) 	 	 	(4,980	) 	 	 	(1,153	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	(13,890	) 	 	 	(5,749	) 	 	 	(11,654	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax (benefit) expense	  	$	(10,314	) 	 	$	825	  	 	$	3,243	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The following is a reconciliation of the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the effective rate on pretax (loss) income (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Federal tax (benefit) expense computed at statutory rate	  	$	(7,108	) 	 	$	1,956	  	 	$	4,113	  	
State tax (benefit) expense, net of federal tax	  	 	(1,391	) 	 	 	1,502	  	 	 	416	  	
Valuation allowance, net	  	 	89	  	 	 	(5,018	) 	 	 	23	  	
Permanent differences and other, net	  	 	(1,927	) 	 	 	236	  	 	 	551	  	
Change in tax rate	  	 	-	  	 	 	(1,599	) 	 	 	12	  	
Change to uncertain tax positions, net	  	 	(151	) 	 	 	4,166	  	 	 	(869	) 	
Foreign rate differential	  	 	174	  	 	 	(418	) 	 	 	(1,003	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax (benefit) expense	  	$	(10,314	) 	 	$	825	  	 	$	3,243	  	

F-29

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
11.    INCOME TAXES (continued)
 
Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liability, which includes the retroactive adjustment as of December 31, 2012, discussed in Notes 2 and 5, are as follows (in thousands):

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reserve on assets	  	$	525	  	 	$	679	  	
Liabilities not yet deductible	  	 	9,502	  	 	 	10,095	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	326	  	 	 	430	  	
Depreciation	  	 	84	  	 	 	207	  	
Other	  	 	146	  	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	10,583	  	 	 	11,411	  	
Valuation allowance	  	 	(3	) 	 	 	(45	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net current deferred tax assets	  	 	10,580	  	 	 	11,366	  	
Non-current deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net operating loss and credit carryforwards	  	 	6,257	  	 	 	1,918	  	
Liabilities not yet deductible	  	 	9,991	  	 	 	12,806	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	471	  	 	 	737	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	2,606	  	 	 	9,641	  	
Deferred financing costs	  	 	1,273	  	 	 	1,018	  	
Other	  	 	3,657	  	 	 	2,410	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	24,255	  	 	 	28,530	  	
Valuation allowance	  	 	(1,007	) 	 	 	(1,037	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net non-current deferred tax assets	  	 	23,248	  	 	 	27,493	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net deferred tax assets	  	 	33,828	  	 	 	38,859	  	
Deferred tax liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	  	 	(163,316	) 	 	 	(158,426	) 	
Depreciation	  	 	(14,313	) 	 	 	(17,814	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	 	(177,629	) 	 	 	(176,240	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	(143,801	) 	 	$	(137,381	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
During 2012, the overall deferred tax liability has decreased, mostly due to the book to tax difference in the treatment of amortization of intangible assets, stock-based compensation and use of net operating losses and credits.
At December 31, 2012, the Company had a deferred tax asset of $1.9 million, representing the tax effect of net operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. The components of this deferred tax asset are $0.5 million related to net operating losses in a number of states which have expiration dates through 2031 and $1.4 million of foreign net operating losses that will begin to expire in 2031 or can be carried forward indefinitely.
 
F-30

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
11.    INCOME TAXES (continued)
 
The Company has recorded valuation allowances on certain foreign net operating losses where it has not had a history of profitability.
The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the portion of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that is intended to be permanently reinvested. These earnings may become taxable in the United States upon the sale or liquidation of these foreign subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends. At this time, it is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability on such earnings.
Uncertain Tax Positions
The Company follows the authoritative guidance relating to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	        2011        	 	 	        2012        	 	
Beginning balance	  	$	4,420	  	 	$	7,933	  	
Additions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	4,392	  	 	 	474	  	
Additions for tax positions of current year	  	 	557	  	 	 	879	  	
Settlements	  	 	(1,436	) 	 	 	(474	) 	
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	-	  	 	 	(845	) 	
Lapses of statutes of limitations	  	 	-	  	 	 	(778	) 	
Effect of foreign currency adjustments	  	 	-	  	 	 	223	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance	  	$	7,933	  	 	$	7,412	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s current provision for income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 included $0.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of interest and penalties related to tax positions of the Company. The liability for total interest and penalties at December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $3.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company partially reduced its reserve for uncertain tax positions due to the lapse in the statute of limitations for prior tax filings. Additionally, the Company received correspondence from a government representative of a foreign jurisdiction which accepted certain tax positions which had been taken in previous filings, thereby indicating that no change to the tax filings would be required; as a result, the uncertain tax benefit related to this matter was reduced in the fourth quarter.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would affect the Company’s effective tax rate is $6.6 million. The Company expects the unrecognized tax benefits to change over
 
F-31

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
11.    INCOME TAXES (continued)
 
the next 12 months if certain tax matters ultimately settle with the applicable taxing jurisdiction during this time frame, or if applicable statutes of limitations lapse. The impact of the amount of such changes to previously recorded uncertain tax positions could range from $0.5 million to $5.6 million.
The Company and its domestic subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as multiple state jurisdictions. U.S. Federal income tax returns are typically subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and the statute of limitations for Federal income tax returns is three years. The Company’s filings for 2009 through 2012 are subject to audit based upon the Federal statute of limitations.
State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing of the respective return. The state impact of any Federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to one year after formal notification to the states. There were no significant settlements of state audits during 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there were not any state income tax audits in process.
The Company is also subject to corporate income tax at its subsidiaries located in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, India, Canada, Ireland, and Puerto Rico. The tax returns for the Company’s subsidiaries located in foreign jurisdictions are subject to examination for periods ranging from one to seven years.
12.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Equity Incentive Plan
The Company has an incentive compensation plan (the “Plan”) under which it was authorized to grant options to acquire 0.8 million shares of Class A common stock to employees and directors, as well as to consultants and advisors to the Company. On March 9, 2012 the stockholders of the Company voted to increase the number of shares available to be issued in respect of awards granted under the Plan to 150,000 shares of Class L common stock and 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock.
Stock options granted under the Plan are subject to either a service condition or a service condition and a performance condition, and expire at the earlier of ten years from date of grant or termination of the holder’s employment with the Company, unless such termination was due to death, disability or retirement, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator of the Plan. The majority of the options have a requisite service period of five years, with 40% of the options vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% vesting on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries. Certain options have a requisite service period of three to four years, with 33% of the options vesting on the first or second anniversary of the date of grant and 33% vesting on each of the following anniversaries until fully vested. The performance based options additionally require the occurrence of a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering. For stock options granted with a service condition only, stock-compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting tranche. For stock options granted with a service and performance condition, stock-compensation expense will be recognized upon the Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering, to the extent that the requisite service period is already fulfilled.
 
F-32

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
12.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
 
On March 9, 2012, the Board of Directors approved the exchange of existing stock options to acquire Class A common stock for options to acquire a combination of shares of Class A and Class L common stock (the “stock option exchange”). Options to purchase a total of 711,389 shares of Class A common stock were exchanged as of May 2, 2012 for options to acquire 90,630 shares of Class L common stock and 413,953 shares of Class A common stock, based on an exchange ratio of options to purchase approximately 7.9 shares of Class A common stock for a new option to purchase one share of Class L common stock and 4.6 shares of Class A common stock. The exercise price for each new award was $511.51 per share of Class L common stock and $12.00 per share of Class A common stock. All option holders were subject to the exchange. This transaction was accounted for as a modification. The Company expects to incur total incremental stock compensation expense of approximately $19.0 million related to the stock option exchange, of which approximately $13.4 million was recognized in the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the requisite service period already fulfilled. The remaining incremental expense for stock options granted with a service condition will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining requisite service period of each separately vesting tranche of approximately 2 years. The incremental expense for stock options granted with a service condition and a performance condition of approximately $5.0 million will be recognized upon the closing of the initial public offering in January 2013, related to the requisite service period already fulfilled.
As of December 31, 2012, there were approximately 27,923 shares of Class L common stock and 896,523 shares of Class A common stock available for grant.
Treasury Stock
During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2012, the Company repurchased a total of 1,123 shares and 41,454 shares of Class A common stock, respectively. There were no stock repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2011. The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method. On September 21, 2012, the Company retired all of its treasury stock, resulting in a $0.6 million reduction in common treasury stock and additional paid-in capital.
Common Stock
The Company’s charter authorizes the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class L and Class A. The rights of the holders of Class L and Class A shares are identical, except with respect to priority in the event of a liquidation distribution, as defined in the Company’s charter. The Class L common stock is entitled to a preference with respect to all liquidation distributions by the Company until the holders of Class L common stock have received an amount equal to the Class L base amount of $405 per share. Thereafter, the Class L shares and the Class A shares will receive any liquidation distributions made by the Company pro rata based on the number of outstanding Class A shares (treating each Class L share as one outstanding Class A share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend or similar event affecting the Class A shares). In the event of a change of control or an initial public offering of the Company, each outstanding share of Class L common stock is convertible into a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to one (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend or similar event affecting the Class A shares) plus a number of additional shares of Class A common stock determined by dividing
 
F-33

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
12.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
 
the accreted preference (which is equal to the Class L base amount of $405 per share plus an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return of 10% per annum on the Class L base amount) by the applicable per share price (as defined in the Company’s charter). Class L common stock is classified outside of permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheets at its preferential distribution amount, as the timing of the distribution event is outside of the control of the Company. The Class L preferred return of 10% per annum, compounded quarterly, is added to the Class L preferential distribution amount each period and recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit.
Repurchases of Class L common stock are recorded under the cost method as reductions to Class L common stock. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2012, respectively, the Company repurchased a total of 246 shares and 9,076 shares, respectively, of Class L common stock. There were no stock repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2011. All shares of Class L common stock repurchased were retired in 2012.
The following table reflects the changes in Class L common stock for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 (in thousands, except share data):

 	  	Shares
Issued	 	 	Shares
Outstanding	 	 	Amount	 	
Class L common stock, balance at December 31, 2009	  	 	1,316,146	  	 	 	1,315,003	  	 	$	633,452	  	
Issuance of Class L common stock	  	 	2,296	  	 	 	2,296	  	 	 	208	  	
Repurchase of Class L common stock	  	 	-	  	 	 	(246	) 	 	 	(89	) 	
Accretion of Class L preferred return	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	65,962	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L common stock, balance at December 31, 2010	  	 	1,318,442	  	 	 	1,317,053	  	 	 	699,533	  	
Issuance of Class L common stock	  	 	528	  	 	 	528	  	 	 	47	  	
Accretion of Class L preferred return	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	72,842	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L common stock, balance at December 31, 2011	  	 	1,318,970	  	 	 	1,317,581	  	 	 	772,422	  	
Issuance of Class L common stock	  	 	18,610	  	 	 	18,610	  	 	 	1,675	  	
Repurchase of Class L common stock	  	 	-	  	 	 	(9,076	) 	 	 	(4,643	) 	
Retirement of treasury stock	  	 	(10,465	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
Accretion of Class L preferred return	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	84,647	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L common stock, balance at December 31, 2012	  	 	1,327,115	  	 	 	1,327,115	  	 	$	854,101	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company recognized the impact of stock-based compensation in its consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 and did not capitalize any amounts on the consolidated balance sheets. In the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, the Company recorded stock compensation expense of $2.4 million, $1.2 million, and $17.6 million, respectively, in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, which generated an income tax benefit of $0.9 million, $0.5 million and $7.1 million, respectively. The stock compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes $13.4 million related to the stock option exchange, $3.5 million related primarily to the vested portion of option awards granted during the period, with the remaining $0.7 million related to option awards granted in prior years.
 
F-34

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
12.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
 
There were no share-based liabilities paid during the period.
Stock Options
In conjunction with the Merger, various members of management rolled over certain vested and unexercised options in the Predecessor as investments in the Company; these rolled over options were substituted for continuation options to acquire a combination of shares in the Company in a ratio of 4.6 shares of Class A common stock for every one share of Class L common stock. A total of 472,709 pre-Merger options were rolled over, and substituted for 26,777 options to acquire an aggregate of 26,777 shares of Class L common stock and 122,303 shares of Class A common stock.
These continuation options had been fully expensed by the Predecessor as of the date of the Merger, and, therefore, there is no expense for these options in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
On January 11, 2013, the options to purchase shares of Class L common stock were converted into options to purchase common stock based on a conversion factor of 35.1955 and a corresponding adjustment to the exercise price.
The following table reflects stock option activity for the continuation options for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 	  	Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in Years	 	  	Number of
Options on
Class L
Shares	 	 	Class L
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price	 	  	Number of
Options on
Class A
Shares	 	 	Class A
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price	 	
Outstanding at January 1, 2012	  	 	0.9	  	  	 	23,191	  	 	$	90.00	  	  	 	105,925	  	 	$	4.93	  	
Exercised	  	 	 	 	  	 	(18,610	) 	 	 	90.00	  	  	 	(85,001	) 	 	 	4.93	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding and Exercisable at December 31, 2012	  	 	0.5	  	  	 	4,581	  	 	$	90.00	  	  	 	20,924	  	 	$	4.93	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The aggregate intrinsic value (pre-tax) was $3.1 million for the Company’s outstanding and exercisable continuation options on Class L shares at December 31, 2012 based on the fair value of the continuation options Class L shares of $774.30. The aggregate intrinsic value (pre-tax) was $0.4 million for the Company’s outstanding and exercisable continuation options on Class A shares at December 31, 2012 based on the fair value of the continuation options Class A shares of $22.00 at December 31, 2012. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the net amount that would have been received by the option holders had they exercised all of their outstanding options and those which were fully vested on that date.
The total aggregate intrinsic value of exercised continuation options was $0.8 million, $0.2 million and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, based on the fair value of Class L common shares of $404.37, $472.70 and $511.51, respectively, and based on the fair value of Class A common shares of $9.99, $17.77, and $12.00, respectively.
 
F-35

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
12.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
 
The fair value of each stock option of Class A and Class L shares granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
 	  	Class A
Shares	 	 	Class A
Shares	 	 	Class L
Shares	 	 	Class A
Shares	 	
Expected dividend yield	  	 	0.0	% 	 	 	0.0	% 	 	 	0.0	% 	 	 	0.0	% 	
Expected stock price volatility	  	 	82.0	% 	 	 	82.0	% 	 	 	79.2	% 	 	 	79.2	% 	
Risk free interest rate	  	 	1.4	% 	 	 	1.2	% 	 	 	0.68	% 	 	 	0.68	% 	
Expected life of options (years)	  	 	3.69	  	 	 	3.47	  	 	 	4.16	  	 	 	4.16	  	
Weighted average fair value per share of options granted during the period	  	$	4.34	  	 	$	10.40	  	 	$	291.83	  	 	$	6.84	  	
The expected stock price volatility is based upon the historical volatility of the Predecessor’s stock price over the expected life of the options, as well as the historical volatility of the stock price over the expected life of the options of similar companies that are publicly traded.
The table below reflects stock option activity under the Company’s equity plan for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 	  	Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life in
Years	 	  	Class L Shares	 	  	Class A Shares	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	Number
of
Options	 	 	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price	 	  	Number
of
Options	 	 	Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at January 1, 2012	  	 	7.0	  	  	 	-	  	 	$	-	  	  	 	715,321	  	 	$	19.76	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercised	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	(1,065	) 	 	 	19.70	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	(2,867	) 	 	 	19.70	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cancellations(1)	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	(711,389	) 	 	 	19.76	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Option exchange(1)	  	 	 	 	  	 	90,630	  	 	 	511.51	  	  	 	413,953	  	 	 	12.00	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	  	 	 	 	  	 	32,556	  	 	 	511.51	  	  	 	148,699	  	 	 	12.00	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or expired	  	 	 	 	  	 	(1,109	) 	 	 	511.51	  	  	 	(5,188	) 	 	 	12.00	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2012	  	 	6.8	  	  	 	122,077	  	 	$	511.51	  	  	 	557,464	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercisable at December 31, 2012	  	 	6.0	  	  	 	40,704	  	 	$	511.51	  	  	 	185,915	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012	  	 	6.8	  	  	 	116,834	  	 	$	511.51	  	  	 	533,641	  	 	$	12.00	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	

(1)	Represents option exchange consummated on May 2, 2012.	
At December 31, 2012, the Company’s outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest options to purchase Class L shares had an aggregate intrinsic value of $32.1 million, $10.7 million and $30.7 million, respectively.
 
F-36

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
12.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
 
At December 31, 2012, the Company’s outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest options to purchase Class A shares had an aggregate intrinsic value of $5.6 million, $1.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively.
Options to purchase Class A shares exercised in 2012 did not have an intrinsic value as the exercise price exceeded their fair value at the date of exercise.
The fair value of pre-tax options that vested during 2012 was $4.2 million for options on Class L common stock and $0.7 million for options on Class A common stock. The fair value (pre-tax) of options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 were $1.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2012, there was $12.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. That expense is expected to be recognized over the remaining requisite service period for options with a service condition, and upon a change in control, as defined in the Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering, to the extent that the requisite service period is already fulfilled for options with a service and performance condition. The weighted average remaining requisite service period was approximately two years at December 31, 2012.
Cash received by the Company from the exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The actual tax benefits realized for the tax deductions from option exercises were $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $3.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively. The Company realizes a tax deduction upon the exercise of non-qualified stock options due to the recognition of compensation expense in the calculation of its taxable income. The amount of the compensation recognized for tax purposes is based on the difference between the market value of the common stock and the option price at the date the options are exercised. Tax benefits related to the exercise of the continuation options were credited to goodwill as they had been previously expensed by the Predecessor.
Options to purchase 31,628 shares Class L common stock and 144,461 shares of Class A common stock vested upon the effectiveness of the Offering on January 24, 2013, which resulted in a compensation charge in the amount of $5.0 million.
13.    EARNINGS PER SHARE
As the Company has both Class L and Class A common stock outstanding and the Class L common stock has a preference with respect to all liquidation distributions, net (loss) earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method, which requires the allocation of earnings to each class of common stock.
The numerator in calculating Class L basic and diluted earnings per share is the Class L preference amount accrued during the year presented plus, if positive, a pro rata share of an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount.
 
F-37

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
13.    EARNINGS PER SHARE (continued)
 
The numerator in calculating Class A basic and diluted earnings per share is an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount and Class L pro rata share amount, if any.
The weighted average number of common shares in the common diluted earnings per share calculation excludes all Class L shares and stock options outstanding during the respective periods, as they would not be dilutive. The weighted average number of Class L shares in the earnings per share calculation excludes all Class L stock options outstanding during the respective periods as they would not be dilutive. The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	
Net (loss) income—basic and diluted	 	$	(9,994	) 	 	$	4,759	  	 	$	8,162	  	
Accretion of Class L preference	 	 	64,712	  	 	 	71,568	  	 	 	79,211	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	 	 	1,251	  	 	 	1,274	  	 	 	5,436	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) available to common shareholders	 	$	(75,957	) 	 	$	(68,083	) 	 	$	(76,485	) 	

Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	 	$	64,712	  	 	$	71,568	  	 	$	79,211	  	
Class A	 	$	(75,957	) 	 	$	(68,083	) 	 	$	(76,485	) 	
 	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of common shares—basic and diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	 	 	1,315,153	  	 	 	1,317,273	  	 	 	1,326,206	  	
Class A	 	 	6,006,960	  	 	 	6,016,733	  	 	 	6,058,512	  	
 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per common share—basic and diluted:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	 	$	49.21	  	 	$	54.33	  	 	$	59.73	  	
Class A	 	$	(12.64	) 	 	$	(11.32	) 	 	$	(12.62	) 	
As of December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase Class A common stock of 0.7 million shares, 0.8 million shares and 0.6 million shares that may be dilutive in the future. As of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, there were options outstanding to purchase 23,719 shares, 23,191 shares and 126,658 shares of Class L common stock that may be dilutive in the future.
14.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company leases various office equipment, child care and early education center facilities and office space under non-cancelable operating leases. Most of the leases expire within ten years and many contain renewal options for various periods. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 totaled $52.1 million, $57.6 million and $62.8 million, respectively.
 
F-38

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
14.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
 
Future minimum payments as of December 31, 2012 under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

2013	  	$	61,335	  	
2014	  	 	58,750	  	
2015	  	 	55,204	  	
2016	  	 	50,014	  	
2017	  	 	43,533	  	
Thereafter	  	 	191,060	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total future minimum lease payments	  	$	459,896	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Long-Term Debt
Future minimum payments as of December 31, 2012 of long-term debt, prior to our debt refinancing in January 2013, are as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

2013	  	$	2,036	  	
2014	  	 	4,500	  	
2015	  	 	342,125	  	
2016	  	 	850	  	
2017	  	 	80,963	  	
Thereafter	  	 	410,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total future principal payments	  	$	840,474	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
In addition to these obligations, amounts due in 2013 exclude $87.8 million of accumulated interest on the senior notes as of December 31, 2012, which has been added to the principal balance, and that was repaid in 2013 from the proceeds of the Offering as discussed in Note 9, “Credit Arrangements and Debt Obligations”.
The future minimum payments under the new $790.0 million term loans obtained on January 30, 2013 are as follows for each of the following years: $7.9 million in 2013, $7.9 million in 2014, $7.9 million in 2015, $7.9 million in 2016, $7.9 million in 2017, with $750.5 million due thereafter.
Letters of Credit
The Company has eighteen letters of credit outstanding used to guarantee certain rent payments for up to $0.8 million. No amounts have been drawn against these letters of credit.
Litigation
The Company is a defendant in certain legal matters in the ordinary course of business. Management believes the resolution of such legal matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
F-39

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
14.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
 
Insurance and Regulatory
The Company self-insures a portion of its medical insurance plans and has a high deductible workers’ compensation plan. While management believes that the amounts accrued for these obligations are sufficient, any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under these plans could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company’s child care and early education centers are subject to numerous federal, state and local regulations and licensing requirements. Failure of a center to comply with applicable regulations can subject it to governmental sanctions, which could require expenditures by the Company to bring its child care and early education centers into compliance.
15.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company maintains a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for all eligible employees. To be eligible for the 401(k) Plan, an employee must be at least 20.5 years of age and have completed their eligibility period of 60 days and 160 hours of service from date of hire. If they do not meet the 160 hours of service requirement, they may be eligible at 12 months provided they have reached 1,000 hours of service from date of hire. The 401(k) Plan is funded by elective employee contributions of up to 50% of their compensation, subject to certain limitations. Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company matches 25% of employee contributions for each participant up to 8% of the employee’s compensation after one year of service. Expense under the plan, consisting of Company contributions and plan administrative expenses paid by the Company, totaled approximately $1.8 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, and totaled $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
16.    SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
Bright Horizons work/life services are primarily comprised of full service center-based child care, back-up dependent care, elementary education, college preparation and admissions counseling, and tuition assistance, counseling and management services. The Company has identified three reporting segments consisting of full service center-based care, back-up dependent care, and other educational advisory services. Full service center-based care includes the traditional center-based child care, preschool, and elementary education, which have similar operating characteristics and meet the criteria for aggregation under ASC 280,  Segment Reporting . Full service center-based care derives its revenues primarily from contractual arrangements with corporate clients and from tuition. The Company’s back-up dependent care services consist of center-based back-up child care, in-home care, mildly ill care, and adult/elder care. The Company’s other education advisory services consists of the remaining services, including college preparation and admissions counseling and tuition assistance, counseling and management services, which do not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure and are not material for segment reporting individually or in the aggregate. The Company and its chief operating decision makers evaluate performance based on revenues and income from operations.
 
F-40

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
16.    SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (continued)
 
The assets and liabilities of the Company are managed centrally and are reported internally in the same manner as the consolidated financial statements; thus, no additional information is produced or included herein.

 	  	Full service
center-based
care	 	  	Back-up
dependent
care	 	  	Other
educational
advisory
services	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Year ended December 31, 2010	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	769,235	  	  	$	99,086	  	  	$	9,838	  	 	$	878,159	  	
Amortization of intangibles	  	 	25,324	  	  	 	2,057	  	  	 	250	  	 	 	27,631	  	
Income from operations	  	 	46,770	  	  	 	21,141	  	  	 	752	  	 	 	68,663	  	
 	 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2011	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	844,595	  	  	$	114,502	  	  	$	14,604	  	 	$	973,701	  	
Amortization of intangibles	  	 	25,178	  	  	 	1,947	  	  	 	302	  	 	 	27,427	  	
Income from operations	  	 	58,950	  	  	 	28,669	  	  	 	(783	) 	 	 	86,836	  	
 	 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2012	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	922,214	  	  	$	130,082	  	  	$	18,642	  	 	$	1,070,938	  	
Amortization of intangibles	  	 	25,906	  	  	 	725	  	  	 	302	  	 	 	26,933	  	
Income from operations	  	 	60,154	  	  	 	33,863	  	  	 	1,447	  	 	 	95,464	  	
Revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region are as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Years ended December 31,	 	
 	  	2010	 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Revenue	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
North America	  	$	770,848	  	  	$	843,645	  	  	$	901,210	  	
Europe and other	  	 	107,311	  	  	 	130,056	  	  	 	169,728	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total Revenue	  	$	878,159	  	  	$	973,701	  	  	$	1,070,938	  	

 	  	December 31,	 	
 	  	2011	 	  	2012	 	
Long-lived assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
North America	  	$	198,468	  	  	$	230,807	  	
Europe and other	  	 	38,689	  	  	 	109,569	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total long-lived assets	  	$	237,157	  	  	$	340,376	  	
The classification “North America” is comprised of the Company’s United States, Canada and Puerto Rico operations and the classification “Europe and other” includes the Company’s United Kingdom, Netherlands, Ireland, and India operations.
 
F-41

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2012 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2011, AND 2012 (continued)
 
17.    TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
The Company has a management agreement with a significant stockholder. The management agreement has a ten year term which commenced May 28, 2008. Fees of $2.5 million per year have been paid to the significant stockholder in each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. These fees are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
In connection with the Offering, the Company and its significant stockholder agreed to terminate the management agreement, which resulted in a payment of $7.5 million by the Company to the Sponsor in 2013.
18.    QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
In the opinion of the Company’s management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary for a fair presentation of the quarters presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of any future quarter.

 	  	March 31, 2011	 	 	June 30, 2011	 	 	September 30,
2011	 	 	December 31,
2011	 	
 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Revenue	  	$	232,922	  	 	$	248,017	  	 	$	243,877	  	 	$	248,885	  	
Gross profit	  	 	49,296	  	 	 	55,322	  	 	 	49,183	  	 	 	53,400	  	
Income from operations	  	 	20,226	  	 	 	25,535	  	 	 	18,293	  	 	 	22,782	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	(1,263	) 	 	 	2,519	  	 	 	(364	) 	 	 	3,870	  	
Net income (loss) attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc	  	 	(1,263	) 	 	 	2,519	  	 	 	(456	) 	 	 	3,959	  	
Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	  	 	16,995	  	 	 	17,608	  	 	 	18,253	  	 	 	18,712	  	
Class A	  	 	(18,564	) 	 	 	(15,406	) 	 	 	(19,030	) 	 	 	(15,083	) 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	$	12.90	  	 	$	13.37	  	 	$	13.86	  	 	$	14.20	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	  	$	(3.09	) 	 	$	(2.56	) 	 	$	(3.16	) 	 	$	(2.51	) 	

 	  	March 31, 2012	 	 	June 30, 2012	 	 	September 30,
2012	 	 	December 31,
2012	 	
 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Revenue	  	$	258,122	  	 	$	271,463	  	 	$	267,927	  	 	$	273,426	  	
Gross profit	  	 	58,020	  	 	 	64,553	  	 	 	60,092	  	 	 	63,105	  	
Income from operations	  	 	26,104	  	 	 	16,061	  	 	 	25,355	  	 	 	27,944	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	3,590	  	 	 	(1,914	) 	 	 	2,606	  	 	 	4,227	  	
Net income (loss) attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc	  	 	3,509	  	 	 	(1,967	) 	 	 	2,446	  	 	 	4,174	  	
Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	  	 	18,513	  	 	 	19,590	  	 	 	20,298	  	 	 	20,810	  	
Class A	  	 	(15,070	) 	 	 	(25,482	) 	 	 	(18,521	) 	 	 	(17,412	) 	
Earnings (loss) per share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	$	13.99	  	 	$	14.76	  	 	$	15.30	  	 	$	15.68	  	
Class A—basic and diluted	  	$	(2.49	) 	 	$	(4.20	) 	 	$	(3.06	) 	 	$	(2.87	) 	
* * * * * *
 
F-42

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)

 	  	September 30,
2013	 	 	December 31,
2012	 	
ASSETS	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	35,010	  	 	$	34,109	  	
Accounts receivable—net	  	 	55,418	  	 	 	62,714	  	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	  	 	45,909	  	 	 	27,827	  	
Current deferred income taxes	  	 	11,335	  	 	 	11,367	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	147,672	  	 	 	136,017	  	
 	 	 	
Fixed assets—net	  	 	385,598	  	 	 	340,376	  	
Goodwill	  	 	1,097,447	  	 	 	997,344	  	
Other intangibles—net	  	 	444,841	  	 	 	432,580	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	128	  	 	 	132	  	
Other assets	  	 	12,081	  	 	 	9,659	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	2,087,767	  	 	$	1,916,108	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES, NONCONTROLLING INTEREST, COMMON STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current portion of long-term debt	  	$	7,900	  	 	$	2,036	  	
Borrowings on revolving line of credit	  	 	20,600	  	 	 	-	  	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	109,034	  	 	 	97,207	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	98,015	  	 	 	90,563	  	
Other current liabilities	  	 	24,882	  	 	 	12,087	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	260,431	  	 	 	201,893	  	
 	 	 	
Long-term debt	  	 	757,544	  	 	 	904,607	  	
Accrued rent and related obligations	  	 	35,255	  	 	 	24,944	  	
Other long-term liabilities	  	 	19,753	  	 	 	23,717	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	4,309	  	 	 	3,727	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	152,432	  	 	 	148,880	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	  	 	1,229,724	  	 	 	1,307,768	  	
 	 	 	
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
Redeemable non-controlling interest	  	 	8,093	  	 	 	8,126	  	
 	 	 	
Common stock, Class L, $0.001 par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized, none in 2013 and 1,327,115 shares in 2012 issued and outstanding	  	 	-	  	 	 	854,101	  	
 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity (deficit);	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized in 2013; none issued and outstanding in 2013	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 475,000,000 shares in 2013 and 14,500,000 shares in 2012 authorized; 65,126,829 shares in 2013 and 6,062,653 shares in 2012 issued and outstanding	  	 	65	  	 	 	6	  	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	1,261,361	  	 	 	150,088	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	  	 	(5,191	) 	 	 	(8,816	) 	
Accumulated deficit	  	 	(406,285	) 	 	 	(395,165	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	  	 	849,950	  	 	 	(253,887	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest, common stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	  	$	2,087,767	  	 	$	1,916,108	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-43

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)

 	  	Three months ended
September 30,	 	 	Nine months ended
September 30,	 	
 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Revenue	  	$	308,663	  	 	$	267,927	  	 	$	899,599	  	 	$	797,512	  	
Cost of services	  	 	240,158	  	 	 	207,835	  	 	 	689,879	  	 	 	614,847	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	  	 	68,505	  	 	 	60,092	  	 	 	209,720	  	 	 	182,665	  	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	  	 	33,017	  	 	 	27,621	  	 	 	109,048	  	 	 	94,847	  	
Amortization	  	 	7,699	  	 	 	7,116	  	 	 	22,049	  	 	 	20,298	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	27,789	  	 	 	25,355	  	 	 	78,623	  	 	 	67,520	  	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	(63,682	) 	 	 	-	  	
Interest income	  	 	16	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	76	  	 	 	106	  	
Interest expense	  	 	(9,211	) 	 	 	(21,376	) 	 	 	(31,463	) 	 	 	(61,808	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before income taxes	  	 	18,594	  	 	 	4,023	  	 	 	(16,446	) 	 	 	5,818	  	
Income tax (expense) benefit	  	 	(3,652	) 	 	 	(1,417	) 	 	 	5,114	  	 	 	(1,536	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	 	14,942	  	 	 	2,606	  	 	 	(11,332	) 	 	 	4,282	  	
Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest	  	 	(102	) 	 	 	160	  	 	 	(212	) 	 	 	294	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	15,044	  	 	$	2,446	  	 	$	(11,120	) 	 	$	3,988	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	  	 	-	  	 	 	20,299	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	58,401	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	  	 	-	  	 	 	668	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	4,660	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	  	$	15,044	  	 	$	(18,521	) 	 	$	(11,120	) 	 	$	(59,073	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	  	$	-	  	 	$	20,299	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	58,401	  	
Common stock	  	$	15,044	  	 	$	(18,521	) 	 	$	(11,120	) 	 	$	(59,073	) 	
Earnings (loss) per common share:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	$	-	  	 	$	15.30	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	44.05	  	
Common stock—basic	  	$	0.23	  	 	$	(3.05	) 	 	$	(0.18	) 	 	$	(9.75	) 	
Common stock—diluted	  	$	0.23	  	 	$	(3.05	) 	 	$	(0.18	) 	 	$	(9.75	) 	
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	 	-	  	 	 	1,327,115	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	1,325,903	  	
Common stock—basic	  	 	64,916,558	  	 	 	6,062,664	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	 	 	6,057,128	  	
Common stock—diluted	  	 	66,831,413	  	 	 	6,062,664	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	 	 	6,057,128	  	
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-44

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)

 	  	Three months ended
September  30,	 	 	Nine months ended
September  30,	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	14,942	  	  	$	2,606	  	 	$	(11,332	) 	 	$	4,282	  	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	  	 	15,768	  	  	 	7,307	  	 	 	3,804	  	 	 	5,168	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss)	  	 	30,710	  	  	 	9,913	  	 	 	(7,528	) 	 	 	9,450	  	
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest	  	 	199	  	  	 	529	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	298	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	30,511	  	  	$	9,384	  	 	$	(7,495	) 	 	$	9,152	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accretion of Class L preference	  	 	-	  	  	 	20,299	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	58,401	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	  	 	-	  	  	 	668	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	4,660	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders	  	$	30,511	  	  	$	(11,583	) 	 	$	(7,495	) 	 	$	(53,909	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-45

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands, except share data)
(Unaudited)

 	 	 
Common Stock	 	 	Additional
Paid In
Capital	 	 	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss	 	 	Accumulated
Deficit	 	 	Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)	 	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2012	 	 	6,062,653	  	 	$	6	  	 	$	150,088	  	 	$	(8,816	) 	 	$	(395,165	) 	 	$	(253,887	) 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Conversion of Class L common stock	 	 	46,708,466	  	 	 	47	  	 	 	854,054	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	854,101	  	 	 	 	
Initial public offering	 	 	11,615,000	  	 	 	12	  	 	 	234,932	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	234,944	  	 	 	 	
Exercise of stock options	 	 	740,710	  	 	 	-	 	 	 	8,671	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	8,671	  	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	9,528	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	9,528	  	 	 	 	
Tax benefit from stock option exercises	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,088	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,088	  	 	 	 	
Translation adjustments, net of ($179) attributable to non-controlling interest	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,625	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,625	  	 	 	 	
Net loss attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(11,120	) 	 	 	(11,120	) 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2013	 	 	65,126,829	  	 	$	65	  	 	$	1,261,361	  	 	$	(5,191	) 	 	$	(406,285	) 	 	$	849,950	  	 	 	 	

 
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-46

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)

 	 	  Nine months ended September 30,  	 	
 	 	        2013        	 	 	        2012        	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(11,332	) 	 	$	4,282	  	
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	53,313	  	 	 	45,210	  	
Amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs	 	 	2,009	  	 	 	5,051	  	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	 	 	63,682	  	 	 	-	  	
Interest paid in kind	 	 	2,143	  	 	 	17,528	  	
Change in the fair value of the interest rate cap	 	 	-	  	 	 	67	  	
Gain on foreign currency transactions	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	-	  	
Non-cash revenue and other	 	 	(239	) 	 	 	(224	) 	
Impairment losses on long-lived assets	 	 	-	  	 	 	675	  	
Loss on disposal of fixed assets	 	 	721	  	 	 	375	  	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	9,528	  	 	 	16,700	  	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	367	  	 	 	(14,913	) 	
Changes in assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	 	10,977	  	 	 	13,159	  	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	(21,123	) 	 	 	3,383	  	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	 	 	(553	) 	 	 	6,332	  	
Deferred revenue	 	 	2,479	  	 	 	(8,369	) 	
Accrued rent and related obligations	 	 	8,258	  	 	 	3,331	  	
Other assets	 	 	(1,966	) 	 	 	(1,238	) 	
Other current and long-term liabilities	 	 	3,212	  	 	 	1,300	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	121,465	  	 	 	92,649	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of fixed assets	 	 	(55,244	) 	 	 	(47,791	) 	
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets	 	 	85	  	 	 	-	  	
Payments for acquisitions—net of cash acquired	 	 	(125,389	) 	 	 	(108,040	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(180,548	) 	 	 	(155,831	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Borrowings of long-term debt	 	 	769,360	  	 	 	82,321	  	
Extinguishment of long-term debt	 	 	(972,468	) 	 	 	-	  	
Proceeds from initial public offering	 	 	234,944	  	 	 	-	  	
Cumulative borrowings under revolving line of credit (2013)	 	 	80,600	  	 	 	-	  	
Cumulative repayments under revolving line of credit (2013)	 	 	(60,000	) 	 	 	-	  	
Principal payments of long-term debt	 	 	(5,925	) 	 	 	(5,260	) 	
Purchase of treasury stock	 	 	-	  	 	 	(5,140	) 	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of options	 	 	8,671	  	 	 	2,115	  	
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation	 	 	4,845	  	 	 	3,381	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by financing activities	 	 	60,027	  	 	 	77,417	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents	 	 	(43	) 	 	 	374	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	901	  	 	 	14,609	  	
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period	 	 	34,109	  	 	 	30,448	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents—end of period	 	$	35,010	  	 	$	45,057	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash payments of interest	 	$	26,757	  	 	$	30,351	  	
Cash payments of taxes	 	$	9,911	  	 	$	7,972	  	
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-47

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Organization—Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (“Bright Horizons” or the “Company”) provides workplace services for employers and families throughout the United States, and the United Kingdom, and also in Puerto Rico, Canada, Ireland, the Netherlands, and India. Workplace services include center-based child care, education and enrichment programs, elementary school education, back-up dependent care (for children and elders), before and after school care, college preparation and admissions counseling, tuition reimbursement program management, and other family support services.
The Company operates its child care and early education centers under various types of arrangements, which generally can be classified into two categories: (i) the management or cost plus (“Cost Plus”) model, where Bright Horizons manages a work-site child care and early education center under a cost-plus arrangement with an employer sponsor, and (ii) the profit and loss (“P&L”) model, where the Company assumes the financial risk of the child care and early education center’s operations. The P&L model may be operated under either (a) the sponsored model, where Bright Horizons provides child care and early educational services on a priority enrollment basis for employees of an employer sponsor, or (b) the lease/consortium model, where the Company provides priority child care and early education to the employees of multiple employers located within a real estate developer’s property or the community at large. Under each model type the Company retains responsibility for all aspects of operating the child care and early education center, including the hiring and paying of employees, contracting with vendors, purchasing supplies, and collecting tuition and related accounts receivable.
Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The cumulative translation effect for subsidiaries using a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar is included in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.
Initial Public Offering—On January 30, 2013, the Company completed an initial public offering (“the Offering”) and, after the exercise of the overallotment option on February 21, 2013, issued a total of 11.6 million shares of common stock in exchange for $233.3 million, net of offering costs including $1.6 million expensed in 2012. The Company used the proceeds of the Offering, as well as certain amounts from the 2013 refinancing discussed in Note 4, to repay the principal and accumulated interest under its senior notes outstanding on January 30, 2013.
On June 19, 2013, certain of the Company’s shareholders completed the sale of 9.8 million shares of the Company’s stock in a secondary offering (“the Secondary”). The Company did not receive proceeds from the sale of shares in the Secondary. The Company incurred $0.6 million in offering costs related to the Secondary, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Basis of Presentation—The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 and the condensed consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive
 
F-48

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
1.    ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (continued)
 
income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the interim periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 have been prepared by the Company, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required for complete financial statements by generally accepted accounting principles and should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Management’s Opinion—In the opinion of the Company’s management, the Company’s unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 and the results of its consolidated operations and consolidated cash flows for the interim periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the results of the interim periods presented. The operating results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year.
Business Combinations—Business combinations are accounted for at fair value. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses; restructuring costs associated with a business combination are expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; and changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date affect income tax expense. The accounting for business combinations requires estimates and judgment as to expectations for future cash flows of the acquired business, and the allocation of those cash flows to identifiable intangible assets, in determining the estimated fair value for assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The fair values assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on management’s estimates and assumptions, as well as other information compiled by management, including valuations that utilize customary valuation procedures and techniques. If the actual results differ from the estimates and judgments used in these estimates, the amounts recorded in the financial statements could result in a possible impairment of the intangible assets and goodwill, or require acceleration of the amortization expense of finite-lived intangible assets.
The Company adjusted the balance sheet amounts at December 31, 2012, where appropriate, to account for the measurement period adjustments related to the Huntyard Limited purchase price allocation discussed in Note 3 below.
2.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 	  	Full service
center-
based
care	 	 	Back-up
dependent
care	 	 	Other
educational
advisory
services	 	 	Total	 	
Beginning balance at December 31, 2012	  	$	817,304	  	 	$	159,215	  	 	$	20,825	  	 	$	997,344	  	
Additions from acquisitions	  	 	93,747	  	 	 	-	 	 	 	3,854	 	 	 	97,601	  	
Tax benefit from the exercise of continuation options	  	 	(620	) 	 	 	(121	) 	 	 	(16	) 	 	 	(757	) 	
Effect of foreign currency translation	  	 	2,699	  	 	 	560	  	 	 	-	 	 	 	3,259	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2013	  	$	913,130	  	 	$	159,654	  	 	$	24,663	  	 	$	1,097,447	  	

F-49

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
2.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)
 
Goodwill as of December 31, 2012 has been retroactively adjusted in 2013 to reflect an adjustment made within the measurement period for the Huntyard Limited acquisition, which increased goodwill and deferred income taxes by $3.9 million.
The Company also has intangible assets, which consist of the following at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 	 	Weighted average
amortization period	 	Cost	 	 	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net carrying
amount	 	
September 30, 2013:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Definite-lived intangibles:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual rights and customer relationships	 	14.4 years	 	$	402,256	  	 	$	(145,834	) 	 	$	256,422	  	
Trade names	 	7.4 years	 	 	5,939	  	 	 	(1,299	) 	 	 	4,640	  	
Non-compete agreements	 	5 years	 	 	54	  	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	16	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	408,249	  	 	 	(147,171	) 	 	 	261,078	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Indefinite-lived intangibles:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade names	 	N/A	 	 	183,763	  	 	 	-	 	 	 	183,763	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	592,012	  	 	$	(147,171	) 	 	$	444,841	  	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Weighted average
amortization period	 	Cost	 	 	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net carrying
amount	 	
December 31, 2012:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Definite-lived intangibles:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual rights and customer relationships	 	14.9 years	 	$	370,527	  	 	$	(124,048	) 	 	$	246,479	  	
Trade names	 	9.1 years	 	 	3,147	  	 	 	(883	) 	 	 	2,264	  	
Non-compete agreements	 	5 years	 	 	54	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	21	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	373,728	  	 	 	(124,964	) 	 	 	248,764	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Indefinite-lived intangibles:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade names	 	N/A	 	 	183,816	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	183,816	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	$	557,544	  	 	$	(124,964	) 	 	$	432,580	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Company estimates that it will record amortization expense related to intangible assets existing as of September 30, 2013 as follows over the next five years (in millions):

 	  	Estimated
amortization
expense	 	
Remainder of 2013	  	$	8.0	  	
2014	  	$	29.0	  	
2015	  	$	26.5	  	
2016	  	$	25.6	  	
2017	  	$	24.9	  	
 
F-50

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
 
3.    ACQUISITIONS
2013 Acquisitions
Children’s Choice Learning Centers, Inc.
On July 22, 2013, the Company acquired the outstanding shares of Children’s Choice Learning Centers, Inc., an operator of 49 employer-sponsored child care centers throughout the United States, for cash consideration of $54.2 million, inclusive of certain adjustments. The purchase price was financed with available cash on hand and funds available under the Company’s revolving credit facility. The Company has incurred acquisition costs of approximately $1.7 million through September 30, 2013, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
The purchase price for this acquisition has been allocated based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition as follows (in thousands):

Accounts receivable	  	$	981	  	
Prepaids and other assets	  	 	334	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	5,637	  	
Intangible assets, primarily customer relationships	  	 	12,800	  	
Goodwill	  	 	38,818	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	58,570	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	(3,441	) 	
Deferred revenue and parent deposits	  	 	(885	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	(4,326	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Purchase price	  	$	54,244	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The allocation of the purchase price consideration was based on preliminary estimates of fair value; such estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date) as the Company gathers additional information regarding the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
The Company recorded goodwill of $38.8 million, which will be deductible for tax purposes as permitted under federal tax rules. Goodwill related to this acquisition is reported within the full service center-based care segment.
Intangible assets of $12.8 million consist of customer relationships and trade names that will be amortized over approximately ten years.
Kidsunlimited Group Limited
On April 10, 2013, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Lloyds Development Capital (Holdings) Limited and Kidsunlimited Group Limited pursuant to which it acquired 100% of Kidsunlimited, an operator of 64 nurseries throughout the United Kingdom for cash consideration of $69.0 million, subject to certain adjustments. The purchase price was financed with available cash on hand. The Company has incurred acquisition costs of approximately $1.8 million through September 30, 2013, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
F-51

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
3.    ACQUISITIONS (continued)
 
The purchase price for this acquisition has been allocated based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition as follows (in thousands):

Cash	  	$	4,888	  	
Accounts receivable	  	 	1,809	  	
Prepaids and other assets	  	 	2,509	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	13,901	  	
Intangible assets, primarily customer relationships	  	 	17,901	  	
Goodwill	  	 	53,604	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	94,612	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	(8,173	) 	
Unfavorable leasehold interests	  	 	(1,759	) 	
Deferred revenue	  	 	(4,475	) 	
Other current liabilities	  	 	(8,378	) 	
Deferred taxes	  	 	(2,840	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	(25,625	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Purchase price	  	$	68,987	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The allocation of the purchase price consideration was based on preliminary estimates of fair value; such estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date) as the Company gathers additional information regarding the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
The Company recorded goodwill of $53.6 million, which will not be deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill related to this acquisition is reported within the full service center-based care segment.
Intangible assets of $17.9 million consist of customer relationships and trade names that will be amortized over approximately eight years. A deferred tax liability of $4.1 million was recorded related to the intangible assets for which the amortization is not deductible for tax purposes.
Other Acquisitions
During the three months ended September 30, 2013, the Company also acquired two businesses for aggregate cash consideration of $7.0 million, net of cash acquired of $2.6 million. The Company recorded goodwill of $5.2 million, intangible assets of $2.9 million consisting of customer relationships, and working capital of $1.5 million in relation to these acquisitions.
2012 Acquisition
Huntyard Limited
In May 2012, the Company acquired the outstanding shares of Huntyard Limited (“Huntyard”), a company that operated 27 child care and early education centers in the United Kingdom under the name Casterbridge Early Care and Education, for cash consideration of $110.8 million. The Company also incurred acquisition costs of $0.5 million during the second and third quarters of 2012.
 
F-52

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
3.    ACQUISITIONS (continued)
 
The purchase price for this acquisition has been allocated based on the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition as follows (in thousands):

Cash	  	$	2,872	  	
Accounts receivable	  	 	341	  	
Prepaids and other current assets	  	 	2,880	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	65,843	  	
Intangible assets, primarily customer relationships	  	 	6,004	  	
Goodwill	  	 	49,573	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	  	 	127,513	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	(7,520	) 	
Taxes payable	  	 	(656	) 	
Deferred revenue and parent deposits	  	 	(3,006	) 	
Deferred taxes	  	 	(5,570	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total liabilities assumed	  	 	(16,752	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Purchase price	  	$	110,761	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The Company recorded goodwill of $49.6 million, which will not be deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill related to this acquisition is reported within the full service center-based care segment.
Intangible assets of $6.0 million consist of customer relationships and trade names that will be amortized over five and seven years, respectively. A deferred tax liability of $1.5 million was recorded related to the intangible assets for which the amortization is not deductible for tax purposes.
During the second quarter of 2013, the Company obtained additional information to determine the fair values of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Based on such information, the Company retrospectively adjusted the fiscal year 2012 comparative information resulting in an increase in goodwill of $3.9 million with a corresponding increase in deferred income taxes. There were no changes to the previously reported condensed consolidated statements of operations or condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.
Pro Forma Information
The operating results for each of the acquisitions are included in the consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. The following table presents consolidated pro forma information as if the acquisitions of Children’s Choice Learning Centers, Inc. and Kidsunlimited had occurred on January 1, 2012, and as if the acquisition of Huntyard had occurred on January 1, 2011 (in thousands):

 	  	Pro forma (Unaudited)	 	
 	  	Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2013	 	 	Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012	 	
Revenue	  	$	943,745	  	 	$	896,609	  	
Net (loss) income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	$	(9,221	) 	 	$	8,888	  	
 
F-53

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
3.    ACQUISITIONS (continued)
 
These acquired businesses contributed total revenues of $74.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The Company has also determined that the presentation of net income for each of those acquisitions, from the date of acquisition, is impracticable due to the integration of the operations upon acquisition. The goodwill resulting from the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions arises largely from the synergies expected from combining the operations of the acquisitions with our existing operations.
4.    BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS
Outstanding borrowings were as follows at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 	  	September 30,
2013	 	 	December 31,
2012	 	
Term loans	  	$	784,075	  	 	$	-	  	
Tranche B and Series C new term loans	  	 	-	  	 	 	430,474	  	
Senior subordinated notes	  	 	-	  	 	 	300,000	  	
Senior notes	  	 	-	  	 	 	197,810	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	784,075	  	 	 	928,284	  	
Deferred financing costs and original issue discount	  	 	(18,631	) 	 	 	(21,641	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	  	 	765,444	  	 	 	906,643	  	
Less current maturities	  	 	7,900	  	 	 	2,036	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt	  	$	757,544	  	 	$	904,607	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
On January 30, 2013, the Company entered into new $890.0 million senior secured credit facilities, which are secured by substantially all assets of the Company, to refinance all of the existing indebtedness under the senior credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes and to reflect modifications to certain provisions of the senior credit facilities. Significant terms of the refinancing are as follows:
 
 	Ÿ	 	$790.0 million term loan facility, with quarterly principal payments of $2.0 million, which commenced March 31, 2013, and a final payment due on January 30, 2020.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	$100.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity date in 2018, of which there was $20.6 million outstanding at September 30, 2013 with an effective interest rate of 5%.	
 
 	Ÿ	 	The applicable margin percentages for the term loans are 2.0% per annum for base rate loans and 3.0% per annum for LIBOR rate loans provided that the base rate for the term loan may not be lower than 2.0% and LIBOR may not be lower than 1.0%.	
The existing term loans (Tranche B and Series C term loans) were redeemed for an aggregate $431.0 million, including the redemption premium on the Series C term loans, and the $300.0 million senior subordinated notes were redeemed in full for an aggregate $328.2 million, including the redemption premium. The Company used the net proceeds of its initial public offering and certain proceeds from the issuance of the $790.0 million senior secured term loan to redeem the senior notes in full for $213.3 million, including the redemption premium.
The refinancing, which reduced the Company’s overall weighted average interest rate from approximately 8.5% as of December 31, 2012 to 4.2% as of September 30, 2013, resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $63.7 million, which included the redemption premiums and the write-off of existing deferred financing costs.
 
F-54

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
4.    BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS (continued)
 
The future principal payments under the new term loan at September 30, 2013 are as follows (in millions):

Remainder of 2013	  	$	2.0	  	
2014	  	 	7.9	  	
2015	  	 	7.9	  	
2016	  	 	7.9	  	
2017	  	 	7.9	  	
Thereafter	  	 	750.5	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	784.1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The senior secured credit facilities contain certain customary affirmative covenants and other covenants that, among other things, may restrict the ability of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, our indirect subsidiary, and its restricted subsidiaries, to incur certain liens, make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions, incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock or subordinated indebtedness, engage in transactions with affiliates, sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries, alter the business we conduct, enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and consolidate or merge.
The revolving credit facility requires Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, the borrower, and its restricted subsidiaries, to comply with a maximum senior secured first lien net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant, to be tested only if, on the last day of each fiscal quarter, revolving loans and/or swingline loans in excess of a specified percentage of the revolving commitments on such date are outstanding under the revolving credit facility.
5.    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
On January 11, 2013, the Company effected a 1–for–1.9704 reverse split of its Class A common stock. All previously reported Class A per share and Class A share amounts in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
The Company’s Class L common stock was classified outside of permanent equity as the timing of the conversion or redemption event was outside of the control of the Company. In December 2012, the Company’s controlling shareholder effectively fixed the conversion ratio and the Class L common stock was re-measured to its final redemption amount using the fixed conversion ratio and the estimated fair value at that time.
In connection with the 1–for–1.9704 reverse split of its Class A common stock and as determined by its holders, the Company converted each share of its Class L common stock into 35.1955 shares of Class A common stock, and, immediately following the conversion of its Class L common stock, reclassified those shares as well as all outstanding shares of Class A common stock, into common stock. As a result of the reclassification of Class A common stock to common stock, all references to “Class A common stock” have been changed to “common stock” for all periods presented.
On January 30, 2013, the Company completed the Offering and, after the exercise of the overallotment option on February 21, 2013, issued a total of 11.6 million shares of common stock.
 
F-55

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
5.    STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (continued)
The Company also authorized 25 million shares of undesignated preferred stock in 2013 for issuance, of which none was issued as of September 30, 2013.
6.    EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Net earnings (loss) per share is calculated using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula that determines net income (loss) per share for the holders of the Company’s common stock and the holders of Class L common stock. Holders of Class L shares contained participation rights in any dividend paid by the Company or upon liquidation of the Company and were entitled to a minimum preferred return of 10% per annum, compounded quarterly.
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders includes the effects of any Class L preference amounts. Net income (loss) available to shareholders is allocated on a pro rata basis to each share as if all of the earnings for the period had been distributed. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated using the treasury stock method for all outstanding stock options and the as-converted method for the Class L shares.
The numerator in calculating Class L basic and diluted earnings per share represents changes in the redemption value of the Class L shares during each period.
The weighted average number of Class L shares in the Class L earnings per share calculation represents the weighted average from the beginning of the period up through the date of conversion of the Class L shares into common shares.
 
F-56

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
6.    EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (continued)
 
The weighted average number of common shares in the common diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation excludes all Class L shares and stock options outstanding during the respective periods, as they would not be dilutive. The weighted average number of Class L shares in the earnings per share calculation excludes all Class L stock options outstanding during the respective periods as they would not be dilutive. The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 	  	Three months ended
September 30,	 	 	Nine months ended
September 30,	 	
 	  	2013	 	  	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Net income (loss)—basic and diluted	  	$	15,044	  	  	$	2,446	  	 	$	(11,120	) 	 	$	3,988	  	
Accretion of Class L preference	  	 	-	  	  	 	20,299	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	58,401	  	
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options	  	 	-	  	  	 	668	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	4,660	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	  	$	15,044	  	  	$	(18,521	) 	 	$	(11,120	) 	 	$	(59,073	) 	

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—basic and diluted:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L	  	$	-	  	  	$	20,299	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	58,401	  	
Common stock	  	$	15,044	  	  	$	(18,521	) 	 	$	(11,120	) 	 	$	(59,073	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average number of common shares:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	 	-	  	  	 	1,327,115	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	1,325,903	  	
Common stock:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	 	64,916,558	  	  	 	6,062,664	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	 	 	6,057,128	  	
Diluted	  	 	66,831,413	  	  	 	6,062,664	  	 	 	61,815,607	  	 	 	6,057,128	  	
 	 	 	 	 	
Earnings (loss) per common share:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class L—basic and diluted	  	$	-	  	  	$	15.30	  	 	$	-	  	 	$	44.05	  	
Common stock:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	  	$	0.23	  	  	$	(3.05	) 	 	$	(0.18	) 	 	$	(9.75	) 	
Diluted	  	$	0.23	  	  	$	(3.05	) 	 	$	(0.18	) 	 	$	(9.75	) 	
Options outstanding to purchase 0.7 million shares of common stock were excluded from diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively, since their effect was anti-dilutive. Options outstanding to purchase 0.1 million and 4.7 million shares of common stock were excluded from diluted earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, since their effect was anti-dilutive, which may be dilutive in varying amounts to future quarterly or year-to-date amounts.
7.    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has the 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, which became effective on January 24, 2013, and allows for the issuance of equity awards with respect to up to 5 million shares of common stock, which are fully reserved for. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the
 
F-57

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
7.    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Company granted options to purchase 406,772 shares of common stock at a weighted average price of $23.39 per share that vest over three to five years.
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $9.41 per share. The fair value of each stock option to purchase common stock was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions: expected dividend yield of 0%; expected volatility of 44.2%; risk free interest rate of 0.93%; and expected life of options of 5.3 years.
The Company also had an incentive compensation plan (the “2008 Equity Incentive Plan”) which, as amended in March 2012, was authorized to issue 150,000 shares of Class L common stock and 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock. As discussed in Note 5, the Company effected a 1–for–1.9704 reverse split of its Class A common stock and therefore all previously reported options to purchase Class A shares and Class A share exercise prices in the accompanying financial statements and related notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split. No additional options will be granted under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. However, all outstanding options continue to be governed by their existing terms.
In addition, on January 11, 2013, the Company converted each share of its Class L common stock into 35.1955 shares of Class A common stock, and, immediately following the conversion of its Class L common stock, reclassified those shares as well as all outstanding shares of Class A common stock into common stock. All outstanding options to purchase Class L common stock have been converted into options to acquire common stock using the 35.1955 conversion ratio with the exercise price adjusted similarly for the conversion ratio.
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $9.5 million in selling, general and administrative expenses during the nine months ended September 30, 2013, which included approximately $5.0 million associated with options to purchase 1.3 million shares of common stock that had been issued under the 2008 Equity Incentive plan, which vested upon the effectiveness of the Offering on January 24, 2013.
At September 30, 2013, there was $7.4 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plans, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining requisite service period.
8.    INCOME TAXES
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits were $2.2 million at September 30, 2013 and $7.4 million at December 31, 2012. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits were $2.3 million and $2.6 million at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The decrease in unrecognized tax benefits was primarily due to the resolution of an income tax enquiry in the United Kingdom, in the second quarter, for the period from 2009 through 2011.
The Company expects the unrecognized tax benefits to change over the next 12 months if certain tax matters settle with the applicable taxing jurisdiction during this time frame, or, if applicable, statutes of limitations lapse. The impact of the amount of such changes to previously recorded uncertain tax positions could amount to approximately $0.5 million, exclusive of interest and penalties.
 
F-58

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
8.    INCOME TAXES (continued)
As of September 30, 2013, there were not any Federal or foreign income tax audits in process. The Company’s subsidiaries have income tax audits in certain States for periods that related to 2008 up to 2011. The Company is also subject to corporate income tax at its subsidiaries located in the United Kingdom, Netherlands, India, Canada, Ireland, and Puerto Rico. The tax returns for the Company’s subsidiaries located in foreign jurisdictions are subject to examination for periods ranging from one to seven years.
9.    COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
Comprehensive (loss) income is comprised of net (loss) income and foreign currency translation adjustments, and is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income net of taxes for all periods presented. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the portion of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that is intended to be permanently reinvested outside of the U.S. Therefore, taxes are not provided for the related currency translation adjustments.
10.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company leases various office equipment, child care and early education center facilities and office space under non-cancelable operating leases. Most of the leases expire within ten years and many contain renewal options for various periods.
Litigation
The Company is a defendant in certain legal matters in the ordinary course of business. Management believes the resolution of such legal matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Insurance and Regulatory
The Company self-insures a portion of its medical insurance plans and has a high deductible workers’ compensation plan. While management believes that the amounts accrued for these obligations are sufficient, any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under these plans could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company’s child care and early education centers are subject to numerous federal, state and local regulations and licensing requirements. Failure of a center to comply with applicable regulations can subject it to governmental sanctions, which could require expenditures by the Company to bring its child care and early education centers into compliance.
11.    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into
 
F-59

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
11.    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The Company uses observable inputs where relevant and whenever possible.
Level 1—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date.
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments approximates their carrying value. As of September 30, 2013, the Company’s long-term debt had a book value of $784.1 million and a fair value of $782.1 million using quoted market prices and a model that considers observable inputs (level two inputs).
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company mitigates its exposure by maintaining its cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions of high credit standing. The Company’s accounts receivable, which are derived primarily from the services it provides, are dispersed across many clients in various industries with no single client accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s net revenue or accounts receivable. The Company believes that no significant credit risk exists at September 30, 2013.
12.    SEGMENT INFORMATION
Bright Horizons work/life services are primarily comprised of full service center-based child care, back-up dependent care, and other educational advisory services. Full service center-based care includes the traditional center-based child care, preschool, and elementary education, which have similar operating characteristics and meet the criteria for aggregation. Full service center-based care derives its revenues primarily from contractual arrangements with corporate clients and from tuition. The Company’s back-up dependent care services consist of center-based back-up child care, in-home care, mildly ill care, and adult/elder care. The Company’s other educational advisory services consists of the remaining services, including college preparation and admissions counseling and tuition assistance, counseling and management services, which do not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure and are not material for segment reporting individually or in the aggregate. The Company and its chief operating decision makers evaluate performance based on revenues and income from operations.
 
F-60

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
12.    SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
 
The assets and liabilities of the Company are managed centrally and are reported internally in the same manner as the consolidated financial statements; thus, no additional information is produced or included herein.

 	  	Full service
center-based
care	 	  	Back-up
dependent
care	 	  	Other
educational
advisory
services	 	  	Total	 	
 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Three months ended September 30, 2013	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	263,198	  	  	$	38,648	  	  	$	6,817	  	  	$	308,663	  	
Amortization of intangibles	  	 	7,442	  	  	 	181	  	  	 	76	  	  	 	7,699	  	
Income from operations(1)	  	 	16,392	  	  	 	10,215	  	  	 	1,182	  	  	 	27,789	  	
 	 	 	 	 	
Three months ended September 30, 2012	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	230,046	  	  	$	33,008	  	  	$	4,873	  	  	$	267,927	  	
Amortization of intangibles	  	 	6,859	  	  	 	182	  	  	 	75	  	  	 	7,116	  	
Income from operations(2)	  	 	16,201	  	  	 	8,382	  	  	 	772	  	  	 	25,355	  	
 
(1)	For the quarter ended September 30, 2013, income from operations includes acquisition-related expenses of $1.7 million related to full service center-based care.	
(2)	For the quarter ended September 30, 2012, income from operations includes expenses incurred in connection with the Offering completed in January 2013 in the amount of $1.0 million, allocated on a proportionate basis to each segment ($0.7 million to full service center-based care, $0.2 million to back-up dependent care, and $0.1 million to other educational services).	

 	  	Full service
center-based
care	 	  	Back-up
dependent
care	 	  	Other
educational
advisory
services	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(In thousands)	 	
Nine months ended September 30, 2013	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	775,358	  	  	$	107,526	  	  	$	16,715	  	 	$	899,599	  	
Amortization of intangibles	  	 	21,279	  	  	 	543	  	  	 	227	  	 	 	22,049	  	
Income from operations(1)	  	 	49,326	  	  	 	28,609	  	  	 	688	  	 	 	78,623	  	
 	 	 	 	 	
Nine months ended September 30, 2012	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	689,678	  	  	$	94,755	  	  	$	13,079	  	 	$	797,512	  	
Amortization of intangibles	  	 	19,528	  	  	 	544	  	  	 	226	  	 	 	20,298	  	
Income (loss) from operations(2)	  	 	44,108	  	  	 	23,591	  	  	 	(179	) 	 	 	67,520	  	
 
(1)	For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, income from operations includes expenses incurred in connection with the Offering completed in January 2013, including a $7.5 million fee for the termination of the management agreement with Bain Capital Partners LLC, and $5.0 million for certain stock options that vested upon completion of the Offering, allocated on a proportionate basis to each segment, and $3.5 million of acquisition-related expenses related to full-service center-based care ($13.3 million to full service center-based care, $1.9 million to back-up dependent care, and $0.8 million to other educational advisory services).	
(2)	For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, income from operations includes expenses incurred in connection with the modification of stock options in the amount of $15.1 million and expenses incurred in connection with the Offering completed in January 2013 in the amount of $1.4 million, allocated on a proportionate basis to each segment ($12.2 million to full service center-based care, $3.0 million to back-up dependent care, and $1.3 million to other educational advisory services).	
 
F-61

Table of Contents
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
(Unaudited)
 
13.    TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
The Company had a management agreement with Bain Capital Partners LLC (the “Sponsor”), which provided for annual payments of $2.5 million through May 2018. In connection with the Offering, the Company and the Sponsor terminated the management agreement in exchange for a $7.5 million payment from the Company to the Sponsor, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. As of September 30, 2013, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor hold approximately 64.3% of our common stock.
 
F-62

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Auditors
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Kidsunlimited Group Limited:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Kidsunlimited Group Limited and its subsidiaries as of 30 April 2012, and the related consolidated profit and loss account, and consolidated cash flows for the year ended 30 April 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Kidsunlimited Group Limited and its subsidiaries at 30 April 2012 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended 30 April 2012 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom.
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature of such differences is presented in note 26 to these consolidated financial statements.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
United Kingdom
21 June 2013
 
F-63

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Consolidated profit and loss account
for the year 30 April 2012

 	  	Note	 	  	£000s	 	
 	 	 	
TURNOVER	  	 	2	 	  	 	41,124	 	
Cost of sales	  	 	 	 	  	 	(31,149	)	
 	 	 	
GROSS PROFIT	  	 	 	 	  	 	9,975	 	
Administrative expenses before depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items	  	 	 	 	  	 	(5,021	)	
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items	  	 	 	 	  	 	4,954	 	
Administrative expenses—depreciation and amortisation	  	 	3	 	  	 	(3,758	)	
Administrative expenses—exceptional costs	  	 	3	 	  	 	(151	)	
Total administrative expenses	  	 	 	 	  	 	(8,930	)	
 	 	 	
OPERATING PROFIT	  	 	3	 	  	 	1,045	 	
Loss on disposal of fixed assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	
 	 	 	
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE FINANCE CHARGES AND TAXATION	  	 	 	 	  	 	1,045	 	
Interest payable and similar charges	  	 	6	 	  	 	(4,585	)	
 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR BEFORE TAXATION	  	 	 	 	  	 	(3,540	)	
Taxation	  	 	7	 	  	 	844	 	
 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR AFTER TAXATION	  	 	17, 18	 	  	 	(2,696	)	
There were no recognized gains or losses for the year other than those included in the profit and loss account and accordingly no separate statement of total recognized gains and losses is presented.
There was no material difference between the reported results and the results calculated on an unmodified historical cost basis.
All activities derive from continuing operations.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-64

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Consolidated balance sheet
as of 30 April 2012

 	  	Note	 	  	£000s	 	
FIXED ASSETS	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	  	 	8	 	  	 	38,876	 	
Tangible assets	  	 	9	 	  	 	9,261	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	48,137	 	
CURRENT ASSETS	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Stocks	  	 	10	 	  	 	129	 	
Debtors	  	 	11	 	  	 	2,904	 	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	 	 	  	 	4,320	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	7,353	 	
CREDITORS: amounts falling due within one year	  	 	12	 	  	 	(13,632	)	
 	 	 	
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES	  	 	 	 	  	 	(6,279	)	
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES	  	 	 	 	  	 	41,858	 	
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than one year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Preference shares	  	 	16	 	  	 	(1	)	
Bank loans	  	 	14	 	  	 	(10,097	)	
Shareholder loans	  	 	14	 	  	 	(38,154	)	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	(48,252	)	
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES	  	 	15	 	  	 	(1,596	)	
NET LIABILITIES	  	 	 	 	  	 	(7,990	)	
 	 	 	
CAPITAL AND RESERVES	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Called up share capital	  	 	16	 	  	 	55	 	
Share premium account	  	 	17	 	  	 	6,333	 	
Profit and loss account deficit	  	 	17	 	  	 	(14,378	)	
 	 	 	
EQUITY SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	  	 	18	 	  	 	(7,990	)	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-65

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended April 30, 2012

 	  	Note	 	 	£000s	 	
CASH FLOW STATEMENT	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash inflow from operating activities	  	 	(i	)	 	 	6,065	 	
Return on investments and servicing of finance	  	 	19	 	 	 	(802	)	
Taxation	  	 	 	 	 	 	(24	)	
Capital expenditure and financial investment	  	 	19	 	 	 	(3,044	)	
Cash flow before financing	  	 	 	 	 	 	2,195	 	
Financing	  	 	19	 	 	 	(989	)	
Increase in cash	  	 	20	 	 	 	1,206	 	
 
(i)	Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities	

 	  	£000s	 	
Operating profit	  	 	1,045	 	
Amortisation of intangible assets	  	 	2,446	 	
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets	  	 	1,312	 	
Increase in debtors	  	 	(983	)	
Increase in stocks	  	 	(21	)	
Increase in creditors	  	 	2,365	 	
Decrease in provisions	  	 	(99	)	
Net cash inflow from operating activities	  	 	6,065	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-66

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012
1.    Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
These financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis, under the historical cost convention, and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom. The principal accounting policies, which have been applied consistently throughout the year are set out below.
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) is a measure commonly used in a number of business sectors that are similar to that in which Kidsunlimited operates. Consequently the statutory format of the profit and loss account has been varied, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, as the Directors consider that presenting EBITDA enhances the understanding of the Group’s operating results.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the audited financial statements of the company and its subsidiary (together as “Group”) undertakings made up to 30 April 2012. Information regarding the consolidated subsidiaries is as follows:

Subsidiary undertaking	  	Country of
incorporation	 	  	Principal activity	  	Class	 	  	%	 	
Kids of Wilmslow Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Intermediate holding company	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Kidsunlimited Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Nursery care and education	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Nursery Education for Employment Development Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Nursery care and education	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Tadpoles Nurseries Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Nursery care and education	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Kids (Warrington & Luton) Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Nursery care and education	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Kids Properties Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Dormant	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Clairmont House Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Dormant	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Kids Nominees Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Dormant	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Kids Corporate Trustees Limited	  	 	England	  	  	Trustee	  	 	Equity	  	  	 	100	%	
Intangible fixed assets
Intangible fixed assets are stated at cost or valuation less amortisation. Amortisation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost or valuation of intangible fixed assets less their estimated residual value, over their expected useful lives on the following basis:

Goodwill	  	20 years	
Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost or valuation less depreciation. Depreciation is provided at rates as applied in the financial statements of subsidiary undertakings, calculated to write off the cost or valuation of fixed assets, less their estimated residual value, over their expected useful lives on the following basis:

Leasehold land and buildings	  	Over the life of the lease	
Fixtures, fittings, tools and equipment	  	10% – 33% straight line	
 
F-67

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
1.    Accounting policies (continued)
 
Freehold land is not depreciated.
Capital instruments
Capital instruments are accounted for in accordance with FRS 4. Finance costs are allocated to the profit and loss account over the term of the debt at a constant rate of return. Loan balances are stated at net proceeds and issue costs are charged to the profit and loss account over the term of the loan at a constant rate of return.
Operating leases
Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight line basis over the lease term.
Stocks
Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Taxation
Current taxation is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred taxation is provided in full on timing differences that result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or a right to pay less tax, at a future date, at rates expected to apply when they crystallise based on current tax rates and law. Timing differences arise from the inclusion of items of income and expenditure in taxation computations in years different from those in which they are included in the financial statements.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provision is not made for future operating losses.
Pension costs
The company operates a defined contribution pension scheme and the pension charge in the profit and loss account represents the amounts payable by the company to the fund in respect of the year.
 
F-68

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
2.    Turnover
Turnover is attributable to one class of business, the provision of childcare. Turnover comprises the invoiced value of services supplied by the Group, net of value added tax where applicable, and trade discounts. Turnover is recognised upon provision of the service. All turnover arose within the United Kingdom.
3.    Operating profit

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Operating profit is stated after charging:	  	 	 	 	
Amortisation of intangible assets	  	 	2,446	 	
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets	  	 	1,312	 	
Fees payable to company’s auditors for the audit of parent company and consolidated accounts	  	 	12	 	
Fees payable to the company’s auditor for other services:	  	 	 	 	
- the audit of company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation	  	 	16	 	
- tax services	  	 	20	 	
Exceptional items	  	 	151	 	
Operating lease rentals:	  	 	 	 	
- Plant and machinery	  	 	68	 	
- Nursery premises	  	 	5,360	 	
Exceptional items relate to the restructure of the senior management team. The cash flows associated with these exceptional items are incorporated within operating profit as disclosed in note (i) to the cash flow statement.
4.    Information regarding directors and employees

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Directors’ emoluments	  	 	487	 	
Compensation for loss of office	  	 	145	 	
 	  	 	632	 	

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
The highest paid director received emoluments and benefits as follows:	  	 	 	 	
Emoluments and benefits under long term incentive schemes	  	 	226	 	
Compensation for loss of office	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	226	 	
 
F-69

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
5.    Staff costs

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Staff costs, including directors’ emoluments, were as follows	  	 	 	 	
Wages and salaries	  	 	22,146	 	
Social security costs	  	 	1,009	 	
Pension costs (note 25)	  	 	61	 	
 	  	 	23,216	 	
The Group’s average monthly number of employees, including directors, during the year was:

 	  	2012
No	 	
 	  	 	 	
Administration	  	 	78	 	
Nursery staff	  	 	2,003	 	
 	  	 	2,081	 	
6.    Interest payable and similar charges

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Bank loans and overdrafts	  	 	(802	)	
Other loans	  	 	(3,609	)	
Amortisation of issue costs (note 20)	  	 	(174	)	
 	  	 	(4,585	)	
7.    Taxation
The Group recorded a tax benefit of 844k for the year ended 30 April 2012, which represented the recognition of a deferred tax asset. There was no current tax for the year ended 30 April 2012.
Factors affecting current tax charge for the year:
The difference between the current portion of the taxes and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax to the loss before tax is as follows:

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Loss for the financial year before tax	  	 	(3,540	)	
Loss for the financial year before tax multiplied by standard rate of tax in the UK of 25.8%	  	 	(914	)	
Effects of:	  	 	 	 	
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes	  	 	956	 	
Accelerated capital allowances	  	 	(134	)	
Other timing differences	  	 	92	 	
 	  	 	-	 	
The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets of £1.0m represented by losses carried forward of £0.8m, accelerated capital allowances of £0.1m and short term timing differences of £0.1m. These
 
F-70

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
7.    Taxation (continued)
 
have not been recognised as, currently, the directors do not anticipate the company making sufficient taxable profits against which to offset the assets. This position will be revisited on an annual basis going forward.
The Group has recognised deferred tax assets, which represent accelerated capital allowances, as follows:

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Brought forward	  	 	-	 	
Profit and loss account	  	 	844	 	
Carried forward	  	 	844	 	
Factors that may affect future tax charges:
In addition to the changes in rates of Corporation tax disclosed above a number of further changes to the UK Corporation tax system were announced in the March 2012 UK Budget Statement. Legislation to reduce the main rate of corporation tax from 24% to 23% from 1 April 2013 was included in the Finance Act 2012. Further reductions to the main rate were announced in the March 2013 UK Budget Statement, reducing the rate to 21% from 1 April 2014 and 20% from 1 April 2015. These changes had not been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and, therefore, are not included in these financial statements.
The effect of the changes enacted in the Finance Act 2012 would be to reduce the deferred tax asset provided at the balance sheet date by £35k. This decrease in the deferred tax asset is due to the reduction in the corporation tax rate from 24% to 23% with effect from 1 April 2013.
The proposed further reductions to the main rate of corporation tax are both expected to be enacted as part of Finance Act 2013. The overall effect of these further changes, if applied to the deferred tax balance at the balance sheet date, would be to further reduce the deferred tax asset by an additional £106k.
8.    Intangible fixed assets

 	  	Goodwill	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Cost	  	 	 	 	
At 1 May 2011 and 30 April 2012	  	 	48,661	 	
Amortisation	  	 	 	 	
At 1 May 2011	  	 	7,339	 	
Charge for the year	  	 	2,446	 	
 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	9,785	 	
Net book value	  	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	38,876	 	
 
F-71

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
9.    Tangible fixed assets

 	  	Leasehold
land and
buildings	 	  	Fixtures,
fittings,
tools and
equipment	 	  	Assets
under
construction	 	 	Total	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	£000s	 	  	£000s	 	  	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	 	 	 	
Cost	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 1 May 2011	  	 	4,206	 	  	 	9,765	 	  	 	498	 	 	 	14,469	 	 	 	 	
Additions	  	 	305	 	  	 	892	 	  	 	1,847	 	 	 	3,044	 	 	 	 	
Assets brought into use	  	 	-	 	  	 	1,708	 	  	 	(1,708	)	 	 	-	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	4,511	 	  	 	12,365	 	  	 	637	 	 	 	17,513	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated depreciation	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 1 May 2011	  	 	1,633	 	  	 	5,307	 	  	 	-	 	 	 	6,940	 	 	 	 	
Charge for the year	  	 	243	 	  	 	1,069	 	  	 	-	 	 	 	1,312	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	1,876	 	  	 	6,376	 	  	 	-	 	 	 	8,252	 	 	 	 	
Net book value	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	2,635	 	  	 	5,989	 	  	 	637	 	 	 	9,261	 	 	 	 	
10.    Stocks
Stocks are comprised of finished goods in the amount of £129k at 30 April 2012.
11.    Debtors

 	  	2012	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	£000s	 	 	
Due within one year	  	 	 	 	 	
Trade debtors	  	 	850	 	 	
Other debtors	  	 	187	 	 	
Prepayments and accrued income	  	 	1,023	 	 	
Deferred tax asset	  	 	261	 	 	
 	  	 	2,321	 	 	
 	 	 	
Due after one year	  	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax asset	  	 	583	 	 	
 	  	 	583	 	 	
 	  	 	2,904	 	 	
12.    Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Bank overdrafts (note 13)	  	 	-	  	
Trade creditors	  	 	1,199	 	
Other taxes and social security	  	 	776	 	
Other creditors	  	 	3,083	 	
Accruals and deferred income	  	 	7,901	 	
Corporation tax	  	 	106	 	
Bank loans (note 14)	  	 	659	 	
Shareholder loans (note 14)	  	 	(92	)	
 	  	 	13,632	 	
 
F-72

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
13.    Borrowings
Borrowings fall due for repayment as follows:

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Bank overdrafts	  	 	-	  	
Bank loans (note 14)	  	 	11,136	 	
Unamortised bank loan issue costs	  	 	(380	)	
Unsecured loan notes	  	 	38,534	 	
Unamortised loan note issue costs	  	 	(472	)	
 	  	 	48,818	 	
Due within one year	  	 	735	 	
Due after one year	  	 	48,935	 	
Unamortised issue costs (£168k within one year)	  	 	(852	)	
 	  	 	48,818	 	
Of the total borrowings, £nil fall due after more than five years (gross of issue costs).
14.    Loans
Bank loans
Bank loans fall due for repayment as follows:

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000’s	 	
Within one year	  	 	735	 	
After one year	  	 	10,401	 	
 	  	 	11,136	 	
Issue costs (£76k within one year)	  	 	(380	)	
 	  	 	10,756	 	
Of the total bank loans, £nil are repayable after more than five years (gross of issue costs).
As part of the acquisition of Kidsunlimited Limited in 2008 the Group entered into a facility agreement for the following Sterling term loans, of which £17m was drawn down on completion and detailed in the table below. The facility was amended in May 2011 at a cost of £186k.

Term loan	 	Maturity	 	 	Repayments	 	Interest rate
(+ LIBOR)	 	 	Drawn at
completion	 	 	At 30 April
2012	 	
Term loan facility A: £8m	 	 	30 April 2015	  	 	Over term of loan	 	 	3.25	%	 	£	8m	  	 	 	£ 2.2m	  	
Term loan facility B: £4.5m	 	 	30 April 2016	  	 	On maturity	 	 	3.75	%	 	£	4.5m	  	 	£	4.5m	  	
Term loan facility C: £4.5m	 	 	30 April 2017	  	 	On maturity	 	 	4.5	%	 	£	4.5m	  	 	£	4.1m	  	
Capital expenditure facility: £1.35m	 	 	30 April 2015	  	 	—	 	 	3.25	%	 	 	Undrawn	  	 	£	0.3m	  	
Revolving facility: £1m	 	 
 	No later than
30 April 2015	  
  	 	—	 	 	3.25	%	 	 	Undrawn	  	 	 	Undrawn	  	
 
F-73

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
14.    Loans (continued)
 
The facilities are subject to a cross guarantee to which all Group companies are party but are otherwise unsecured.
As at 30 April 2012, the Group held an interest rate swap with a notional principal of £8m to fix the three month LIBOR rate on the term loan facilities at a rate of 4.86% above 3 month LIBOR. The maturity date of the swap is April 2014.
The Group bank loans are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £0.4m. The Group incurred total issue costs of £0.5m in respect of the facilities entered into in April 2008 as part of the acquisition of Kidsunlimited Limited and an additional £0.2m in relation to the amendment in May 2011. These costs together with the interest expense are allocated to the profit and loss account over the terms of the facilities. Interest is calculated using the effective interest method.
Shareholder loans
Shareholder loans fall due for repayment as follows:

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Between one and five years	  	 	38,534	 	
 	  	 	38,534	 	
Issue costs (£92k within one year)	  	 	(472	)	
 	  	 	38,062	 	
As part of the acquisition of Kidsunlimited Limited shareholder loan notes were issued as follows:
 
 	i)	£24,412,021 fixed rate unsecured loan notes repayable in 2017.	
 
 	ii)	£1,400,000 fixed rate unsecured loan notes repayable in 2017.	
 
 	iii)	£1,236,921 floating rate guaranteed loan notes.	
The loan notes rank pari passu with any unsecured debt obligations of the Group.
Interest on the fixed rate loan notes is due at 10% of the principal and was rolled up and compounded through the year ended 30 April 2012.
The Group loan notes are stated net of unamortised issue costs of £0.5m. The Group incurred total issue costs of £0.6m in respect of the loan notes issued in April 2008 as part of the acquisition of Kidsunlimited Limited. These costs together with the interest expense are allocated to the profit and loss account over the terms of the facilities. Interest is calculated using the effective interest method.
 
F-74

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
15.    Provisions for liabilities
Provisions are as follows:

 	  	Onerous
Lease
Provision	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
At 1 May 2011	  	 	1,695	 	
Utilised in the year	  	 	(99	)	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	1,596	 	
The onerous lease provision is in relation to rental and other unavoidable costs on two onerous operating leases.
16.    Share capital

 	  	2012
No.	 	  	2012	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£000s	 	
Allotted, called up and fully-paid	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
A Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	18,562	 	  	 	18	 	
B Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	3,938	 	  	 	4	 	
C Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	17,500	 	  	 	18	 	
D Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	8,250	 	  	 	8	 	
B Preference shares of 0.1p each	  	 	6,508,000	 	  	 	7	 	
Equity shares	  	 	 	 	  	 	55	 	
A Preference shares of £1,000 each	  	 	1	 	  	 	1	 	
Non-equity shares	  	 	1	 	  	 	1	 	
The A, B, C and D Ordinary shares have no rights to a dividend, one vote per share and share equally in any realisation on sale of the company.
The A Preference share-holders are entitled to a participating dividend from the financial year ended 30 April 2013 onwards based on a set percentage of pre-tax profits.
The A and B Preference Ordinary share-holders are entitled to a Preferred Share Return on a sale of the company. The A and B Preferred Ordinary shares rank behind the senior debt and loan notes but ahead of the A, B, C and D Ordinary shares.
All shares are non-redeemable.
17.    Reserves

 	  	£000s	 	 	
Share premium account	  	 	 	 	 	
At 1 May 2011 and 30 April 2012	  	 	6,333	  	 	
 	 	 	
Profit and loss account deficit	  	Group	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	£000s	 	 	
At 1 May 2011	  	 	(11,682	)	 	
Loss for financial year	  	 	(2,696	)	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	(14,378	)	 	
 
F-75

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
18.    Reconciliation of movements in consolidated shareholders’ deficit

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Loss for financial year	  	 	(2,696	)	
Net increase in shareholders’ deficit	  	 	(2,696	)	
Opening equity shareholders’ deficit	  	 	(5,294	)	
Closing equity shareholders’ deficit	  	 	(7,990	)	
19.    Gross cash flows

 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Returns on investments and servicing of finance	  	 	 	 	
Interest paid	  	 	(802	)	
 	  	 	(802	)	
Capital expenditure and financial investment	  	 	 	 	
Payments to acquire tangible fixed assets and assets in the course of construction	  	 	(3,044	)	
 	  	 	(3,044	)	
Financing	  	 	 	 	
Amendment to Loan Facility	  	 	(255	)	
Loans repaid	  	 	(734	)	
 	  	 	(989	)	
20.    Analysis of changes in net debt

 	  	1 May
2011	 	 	Cash
flows	 	  	Other
changes	 	 	30 April
2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	  	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	3,114	 	 	 	1,206	 	  	 	-	 	 	 	4,320	 	
Total cash and cash equivalents	  	 	3,114	 	 	 	1,206	 	  	 	-	 	 	 	4,320	 	
Debt due within one year	  	 	(678	)	 	 	734	 	  	 	(791	)	 	 	(735	)	
Debt due after one year	  	 	(46,117	)	 	 	-	 	  	 	(2,818	)	 	 	(48,935	)	
 	  	 	(46,795	)	 	 	734	 	  	 	(3,609	)	 	 	(49,670	)	
Issue costs of debt	  	 	771	 	 	 	255	 	  	 	(174	) 	 	 	852	  	
Net debt	  	 	(42,910	)	 	 	2,195	 	  	 	(3,783	)	 	 	(44,498	)	
Other changes to debt noted above relate to £3,609k of interest accrued on the loan notes (note 13). In addition, £174k of issue costs have been amortised to the profit and loss account.
21.    Commitments
At 30 April 2012 the Group had annual commitments under operating leases as follows:

 	  	Land and
buildings	 	  	Other	 	
 	  	£000s	 	  	£000s	 	
Expiry date	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Between one and five years	  	 	627	 	  	 	68	 	
After more than five years	  	 	4,733	 	  	 	-	 	
 	  	 	5,360	 	  	 	68	 	
 
F-76

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
22.    Contingent liabilities
Terms and conditions attending to the development of certain sites are the subject of continuous negotiations. The directors consider that all the obligations have been disclosed as capital commitments or fully provided for in the financial statements.
23.    Ultimate parent company and controlling party
Kidsunlimited Group Limited is the ultimate parent company of the Group and is incorporated in the United Kingdom. The directors of the company control the company as a result of the controlling 53% of the votes associated with the ordinary share capital of the company.
24.    Transactions with related parties
The Group has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under the provision of Financial Reporting Standard 8 in respect of transactions with Group companies.
25.    Pension costs
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme, the assets of which are held separately from those of the company in an independently administered fund. The pension costs for the year are included within administrative expenses in the profit and loss account and totalled £61k with £9k outstanding at the year end.
26.    Summary of Significant Differences Between Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United Kingdom and Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (UK GAAP). Such principles differ in certain respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (US GAAP). A summary of principal differences applicable to the Group is set out below:
Interest Rate Swap Agreements
Under UK GAAP, the fair value of interest rate swap derivatives is not required to be recorded in the balance sheet or statement of profit and loss account whereas under US GAAP such amounts are recorded on the balance sheet and in instances such as swaps that the Company has outstanding, the change in the fair value of the interest rate swap is recorded in the statement of profit and loss account.
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Under UK GAAP, identifiable intangible assets are not required to be identified and recorded on a Company’s balance sheet in connection with a business combination. Additionally, goodwill is amortized over an estimated period of a time on a straight line basis. Under US GAAP, identifiable intangible assets are required to be identified and determined to be indefinite-lived or definite-lived subject to amortization of an estimated useful life using a systematic and rational method to match the pattern of use of the asset. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment. Identifiable intangible assets are also required to be tested for impairment.
 
F-77

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 April 2012 (continued)
 
27.    Subsequent Event
On 10 April 2013, Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. entered into a share purchase agreement with Lloyds Development Capital (Holdings) Limited and Kidsunlimited Group Limited pursuant to which it acquired Kidsunlimited Group Limited for an aggregate cash purchase price of £45.0 million, subject to certain adjustments.
 
F-78

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
as of 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012

 	  	Notes	 	  	31 January
2013	 	 	30 April
2012	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£000’s	 	 	£000’s	 	
FIXED ASSETS	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	  	 	3	 	  	 	37,041	 	 	 	38,876	 	
Tangible fixed assets	  	 	4	 	  	 	9,732	 	 	 	9,261	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	46,773	 	 	 	48,137	 	
 	 	 	 	
CURRENT ASSETS	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stocks	  	 	 	 	  	 	157	 	 	 	129	 	
Debtors	  	 	5	 	  	 	3,068	 	 	 	2,904	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	 	 	 	  	 	4,595	 	 	 	4,320	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	7,820	 	 	 	7,353	 	
 	 	 	 	
CREDITORS: amounts falling due within one year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Creditors and accruals	  	 	6	 	  	 	(13,835	)	 	 	(13,632	)	
 	 	 	 	
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES	  	 	 	 	  	 	(6,015	)	 	 	(6,279	)	
 	 	 	 	
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES	  	 	 	 	  	 	40,758	 	 	 	41,858	 	
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after one year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preference shares	  	 	8	 	  	 	(1	)	 	 	(1	)	
Bank loans	  	 	 	 	  	 	(9,787	)	 	 	(10,097	)	
Shareholder loans	  	 	 	 	  	 	(41,094	)	 	 	(38,154	)	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	(50,882	)	 	 	(48,252	)	
 	 	 	 	
PROVISION FOR LIABILITIES	  	 	 	 	  	 	(1,638	)	 	 	(1,596	)	
 	 	 	 	
NET LIABILITIES	  	 	 	 	  	 	(11,762	)	 	 	(7,990	)	
 	 	 	 	
Capital and reserves:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Called up share capital	  	 	8	 	  	 	55	 	 	 	55	 	
Share premium account	  	 	9	 	  	 	6,333	 	 	 	6,333	 	
Profit and loss account	  	 	9	 	  	 	(18,150	)	 	 	(14,378	)	
 	 	 	 	
EQUITY SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT	  	 	 	 	  	 	(11,762	)	 	 	(7,990	)	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-79

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Consolidated profit and loss accounts
for the nine months ended 31 January (Unaudited)

 	  	Note	 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	
TURNOVER	  	 	 	 	  	 	32,313	 	 	 	30,697	 	
Cost of sales	  	 	 	 	  	 	(24,760	)	 	 	(23,343	)	
 	 	 	 	
GROSS PROFIT	  	 	 	 	  	 	7,553	 	 	 	7,354	 	
Administrative expenses before depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items	  	 	 	 	  	 	(3,758	)	 	 	(3,854	)	
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items	  	 	 	 	  	 	3,795	 	 	 	3,500	 	
Administrative expenses—depreciation and amortisation	  	 	 	 	  	 	(3,106	)	 	 	(2,792	)	
Administrative expenses—exceptional costs	  	 	 	 	  	 	(429	)	 	 	18	 	
Total administrative expenses	  	 	 	 	  	 	(7,293	)	 	 	(6,628	)	
 	 	 	 	
OPERATING PROFIT	  	 	 	 	  	 	260	 	 	 	726	 	
 	 	 	 	
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE FINANCE CHARGES AND TAXATION	  	 	 	 	  	 	260	 	 	 	726	 	
Interest payable and similar charges	  	 	 	 	  	 	(3,712	)	 	 	(3,427	)	
 	 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR BEFORE TAXATION	  	 	 	 	  	 	(3,452	)	 	 	(2,701	)	
Taxation	  	 	2	 	  	 	(320	)	 	 	632	 	
 	 	 	 	
LOSS FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR AFTER TAXATION	  	 	9,10	 	  	 	(3,772	)	 	 	(2,069	)	
There were no recognized gains or losses for the nine months ended 31 January 2013 and 2012 other than those included in the profit and loss account and accordingly no separate statement of total recognized gains and losses is presented.
There was no material difference between the reported results and the results calculated on an unmodified historical cost basis.
All activities derive from continuing operations.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-80

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Consolidated cash flow statements
for nine months ended 31 January (Unaudited)

 	  	Note	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
 	  	 	 	 	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	
CASH FLOW STATEMENT	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash inflow from operating activities	  	 	(i	)	 	 	3,091	 	 	 	3,697	 	
Return on investments and servicing of finance	  	 	 	 	 	 	(602	)	 	 	(576	)	
Taxation	  	 	 	 	 	 	(106	)	 	 	-	  	
Capital expenditure and financial investment	  	 	 	 	 	 	(1,741	)	 	 	(1,953	)	
Cash flow before financing	  	 	 	 	 	 	642	 	 	 	1,168	 	
Financing	  	 	 	 	 	 	(367	)	 	 	(622	)	
Increase in cash	  	 	 	 	 	 	275	 	 	 	546	 	
 
(i)	Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities	

 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	
Operating profit	  	 	260	 	 	 	726	 	
Amortisation of intangible assets	  	 	1,835	 	 	 	1,835	 	
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets	  	 	1,259	 	 	 	958	 	
Increase in debtors	  	 	(164	)	 	 	(443	)	
Increase in stocks	  	 	(28	)	 	 	(39	)	
(Decrease) / increase in creditors	  	 	(113	)	 	 	674	 	
Increase / (decrease) in provisions	  	 	42	 	 	 	(14	)	
Net cash inflow from operating activities	  	 	3,091	 	 	 	3,697	 	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-81

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the nine months ended 31 January 2013 (unaudited)
1.    Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
These interim consolidated financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis, under the historical cost convention, and in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom. The principal accounting policies, which have been applied consistently throughout the year are set out below.
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) is a measure commonly used in a number of business sectors that are similar to that in which Kidsunlimited operates. Consequently the statutory format of the profit and loss account has been varied, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, as the Directors consider that presenting EBITDA enhances the understanding of the Group’s operating results.
Basis of consolidation
The interim consolidated financial statements comprise the unaudited financial statements of the company and its subsidiary (together as “Group”) undertakings made up to 31 January 2013. Kidsunlimited Group Limited is the ultimate parent company of the Group and is incorporated in the United Kingdom. Information regarding the consolidated subsidiaries is as follows:

Subsidiary undertaking	  	Country of
incorporation	  	Principal activity	  	Class	  	%	 	
Kids of Wilmslow Limited	  	England	  	Intermediate holding company	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Kidsunlimited Limited	  	England	  	Nursery care and education	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Nursery Education for Employment Development Limited	  	England	  	Nursery care and education	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Tadpoles Nurseries Limited	  	England	  	Nursery care and education	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Kids (Warrington & Luton) Limited	  	England	  	Nursery care and education	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Kids Properties Limited	  	England	  	Dormant	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Clairmont House Limited	  	England	  	Dormant	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Kids Nominees Limited	  	England	  	Dormant	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Kids Corporate Trustees Limited	  	England	  	Trustee	  	Equity	  	 	100	%	
Intangible fixed assets
Intangible fixed assets are stated at cost or valuation less amortisation. Amortisation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost or valuation of intangible fixed assets less their estimated residual value, over their expected useful lives on the following basis: Goodwill over 20 years.
Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost or valuation less depreciation. Depreciation is provided at rates as applied in the financial statements of subsidiary undertakings, calculated to write off the cost or valuation of fixed assets, less their estimated residual value, over their expected useful lives on the following basis:

Leasehold land and buildings	  	Over the life of the lease	
Fixtures, fittings, tools and equipment	  	10% – 33% straight line	
 
F-82

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the nine months ended 31 January 2013 (unaudited) (continued)
1.    Accounting policies (continued)
 
Freehold land is not depreciated.
Stocks
Stocks, which consist of finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Taxation
Current taxation is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred taxation is provided in full on timing differences that result in an obligation at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or a right to pay less tax, at a future date, at rates expected to apply when they crystallise based on current tax rates and law. Timing differences arise from the inclusion of items of income and expenditure in taxation computations in years different from those in which they are included in the financial statements.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provision is not made for future operating losses.
Exceptional items
Exceptional items included in the accompanying statements of accounts relate to the restructure of the senior management team. The cash flows associated with these exceptional items are incorporated within operating profit as disclosed in note (i) to the cash flow statement.
Turnover
Turnover is attributable to one class of business, the provision of childcare. Turnover comprises the invoiced value of services supplied by the group, net of value added tax where applicable, and trade discounts. Turnover is recognised upon provision of the service. All turnover arose within the United Kingdom.
2.    Taxation
The Group recorded a tax provision of £320k for the nine months ended 31 January 2013, which represents amounts that were currently due. The Group recorded a tax benefit of £632k for the nine months ended of 31 January 2012, which represents deferred taxes recognized.
 
F-83

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the nine months ended 31 January 2013 (unaudited) (continued)
 
3.    Intangible fixed assets

 	  	Goodwill	 	
 	  	£000s	 	
Cost	  	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012 and 31 January 2013	  	 	48,661	  	
Amortisation:	  	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	9,785	  	
Charge for the nine months ended 31 January 2013	  	 	1,835	  	
At 31 January 2013	  	 	11,620	  	
Net book value at 31 January 2013	  	 	37,041	  	
Net book value at 30 April 2012	  	 	38,876	  	
4.    Tangible fixed assets

 	  	Leasehold
land and
buildings	 	  	Fixtures,
fittings,
tools and
equipment	 	  	Assets
under
construction	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	£000s	 	  	£000s	 	  	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	
Cost	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	4,511	  	  	 	12,365	  	  	 	637	  	 	 	17,513	  	
Additions	  	 	265	  	  	 	1,465	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	1,730	  	
Assets brought in use	  	 	-	  	  	 	227	  	  	 	(227	) 	 	 	-	  	
 	 	 	 	 	
At 31 January 2013	  	 	4,776	  	  	 	14,057	  	  	 	410	  	 	 	19,243	  	
Accumulated depreciation	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	1,876	  	  	 	6,376	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	8,252	  	
Charge for the nine months ended 31 January 2013	  	 	125	  	  	 	1,134	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	1,259	  	
 	 	 	 	 	
At 31 January 2013	  	 	2,001	  	  	 	7,510	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	9,511	  	
Net book value	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 31 January 2013	  	 	2,775	  	  	 	6,547	  	  	 	410	  	 	 	9,732	  	
Net book value	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	2,635	  	  	 	5,989	  	  	 	637	  	 	 	9,261	  	
5.    Debtors
Information regarding amounts due from debtors as of 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012 is as follows:

 	  	2013	 	  	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	  	£000s	 	
Due within one year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade debtors	  	 	494	  	  	 	850	  	
Other debtors	  	 	132	  	  	 	187	  	
Prepayments and accrued income	  	 	1,598	  	  	 	1,023	  	
Deferred tax asset	  	 	261	  	  	 	261	  	
 	  	 	2,485	  	  	 	2,321	  	
 	 	 	
Due after one year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Deferred tax asset	  	 	583	  	  	 	583	  	
 	  	 	583	  	  	 	583	  	
 	  	 	3,068	  	  	 	2,904	  	
 
F-84

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the nine months ended 31 January 2013 (unaudited) (continued)
 
6.    Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Information regarding amounts due to creditors falling within one year as of 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012 is as follows:

 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	
 	  	£000s	 	 	£000s	 	
Trade creditors	  	 	1,337	  	 	 	1,199	  	
Other taxes and social security	  	 	737	  	 	 	776	  	
Other creditors	  	 	3,276	  	 	 	3,083	  	
Accruals and deferred income	  	 	7,767	  	 	 	7,901	  	
Corporation tax	  	 	152	  	 	 	106	  	
Bank loans	  	 	658	  	 	 	659	  	
Shareholder loans	  	 	(92	) 	 	 	(92	) 	
 	  	 	13,835	  	 	 	13,632	  	
7.    Loans
Bank loans
As part of the acquisition of Kidsunlimited Limited in 2008 the Group entered into a facility agreement for various loans which aggregated £17 million. Gross amounts outstanding at 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012 were £10.8 million and £11.1 million, respectively. The loans are due through 30 April 2017 and bear interest amounts ranging between 3.25% and 4.5% points above LIBOR. The Group also has a revolving line of credit facility which allows for borrowings of up to £1 million and expires on 30 April 2015 and a capital expenditure facility which allows for borrowings of up to £1.35 million and also expires on April 30, 2015. There were no borrowings under the revolving line of credit facility at 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012. Borrowings under the capital facility amounted to £0.3 million at 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012 and are included in the amounts outstanding at 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012 noted above.
Bank loans fall due for repayment at 31 January 2013 as follows:

 	  	£000’s	 	
Within one year	  	 	734	  	
Between one and five years	  	 	10,034	  	
 	  	 	10,768	  	
Issue costs (£76k within one year)	  	 	(323	) 	
 	  	 	10,445	  	
The facilities are subject to a cross guarantee to which all Group companies are party but are otherwise unsecured.
As at 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012, the Group held an interest rate swap with a notional principal of £8m to fix the three month LIBOR rate on the term loan facilities at a rate of 4.86% above 3 month LIBOR. The maturity date of the swap is April 2014.
Shareholder loans
The Group has shareholder loans outstanding in the amounts of £41.1 million and £38.1 million at 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012, respectively, and are payable in 2017.
 
F-85

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the nine months ended 31 January 2013 (unaudited) (continued)
7.    Loans (continued)
 
The loans generally bear interest at a fixed rate of 10% of the principal, which has been rolled up to the principal and compounded through 31 January 2013.
8.    Share capital
Information regarding share capital at 31 January 2013 and 30 April 2012 is as follows:

 	  	No.	 	  	£000s	 	
Allotted, called up and fully-paid	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
A Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	18,562	  	  	 	18	  	
B Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	3,938	  	  	 	4	  	
C Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	17,500	  	  	 	18	  	
D Ordinary shares of £1 each	  	 	8,250	  	  	 	8	  	
B Preference shares of 0.1p each	  	 	6,508,000	  	  	 	7	  	
Equity shares	  	 	 	 	  	 	55	  	
A Preference shares of £1,000 each	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	
Non-equity shares	  	 	1	  	  	 	1	  	
The A, B, C and D Ordinary shares have no rights to a dividend, one vote per share and share equally in any realisation on sale of the company.
The A Preference share-holders are entitled to a participating dividend from the financial year ending 30 April 2013 onwards based on a set percentage of pre-tax profits.
The A and B Preference Ordinary share-holders are entitled to a Preferred Share Return on a sale of the company. The A and B Preferred Ordinary shares rank behind the senior debt and loan notes but ahead of the A, B, C and D Ordinary shares, respectively.
All shares are non-redeemable.
9.    Reserves

 	  	£000s	 	
Share premium account	  	 	 	 	
At 30 April 2012 and 31 January 2013	  	 	6,333	  	

Profit and loss account deficit	  	£000s	 	
At 30 April 2012	  	 	(14,378	) 	
Loss for nine months ended 31 January 2013	  	 	(3,772	) 	
At 31 January 2013	  	 	(18,150	) 	
10.    Reconciliation of movements in consolidated shareholders’ deficit

 	  	£000s	 	
Loss for nine months ended 31 January 2013	  	 	(3,772	) 	
Net increase in shareholders’ deficit	  	 	(3,772	) 	
Opening equity shareholders’ deficit	  	 	(7,990	) 	
Closing equity shareholders’ deficit	  	 	(11,762	) 	
 
F-86

Table of Contents
KIDSUNLIMITED GROUP LIMITED
Notes to the financial statements
for the nine months ended 31 January 2013 (unaudited) (continued)
 
11.    Commitments and contingencies
The Group has annual commitments of approximately £5.4 million under operating leases for nursery premises, most of which expire after five years.
Terms and conditions attending to the development of certain sites are the subject of continuous negotiations. The directors consider that all the obligations have been disclosed as capital commitments or fully provided for in the financial statements.
12.    Transactions with related parties
The Group has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under the provision of Financial Reporting Standard 8 in respect of transactions with group companies.
13.    Summary of significant differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (UK GAAP). Such principles differ in certain respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (US GAAP). A summary of principal differences applicable to the Group is set out below:
Interest rate swap agreements
Under UK GAAP, the fair value of interest rate swap derivatives is not required to be recorded in the balance sheet of statement of profit and loss account whereas under US GAAP such amounts are recorded on the balance sheet and in instances such as swaps that the Company has outstanding, the change in the fair value of the interest rate swap is recorded in the statement of profit and loss account.
Identifiable intangible assets
Under UK GAAP, identifiable intangible assets are not required to be identified and recorded on a Company’s balance sheet in connection with a business combination. Additionally, goodwill is amortized over an estimated period of a time on a straight line basis. Under US GAAP, identifiable intangible assets are required to be identified and determined to be indefinite-lived or definite-lived subject to amortization of an estimated useful life using a systematic and rational method to match the pattern of use of the asset. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment. Identifiable intangible assets are also required to be tested for impairment.
14.    Subsequent event
On 10 April 2013, Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. entered into a share purchase agreement with Lloyds Development Capital (Holdings) Limited and Kidsunlimited Group Limited pursuant to which it acquired Kidsunlimited Group Limited for an aggregate cash purchase price of £45.0 million, subject to certain adjustments.
 
F-87

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors
Huntyard Limited
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Huntyard Limited as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of total recognised gains and losses and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation, we believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Huntyard Limited as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from generally accepted account principles in the United States of America. Application of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) would have affected the results of operations of the company for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 to the extent summarised in Note 29 to the financial statements.
/s/ BDO LLP
United Kingdom
August 23, 2012
 
F-88

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Consolidated profit and loss accounts
for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010

 	  	 	 	  	Continuing
operations	 	  	Acquisitions	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Note	 	  	2011	 	  	2011	 	  	Total 2011	 	 	Total 2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Turnover	  	 	2	  	  	 	25,113	  	  	 	1,402	  	  	 	26,515	  	 	 	23,726	  	
Cost of sales	  	 	 	 	  	 	14,560	  	  	 	721	  	  	 	15,280	  	 	 	13,755	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	  	 	 	 	  	 	10,553	  	  	 	681	  	  	 	11,235	  	 	 	9,971	  	
Administrative expenses	  	 	 	 	  	 	5,399	  	  	 	336	  	  	 	5,736	  	 	 	5,109	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Group operating profit	  	 	3	  	  	 	5,154	  	  	 	345	  	  	 	5,499	  	 	 	4,862	  	
Loss on disposal of operation	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	(216	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit on ordinary activities before interest and other income	  	 	 	 	  	 	5,154	  	  	 	345	  	  	 	5,499	  	 	 	4,646	  	
Other interest receivable and similar income	  	 	6	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	121	  	 	 	222	  	
Interest payable and similar charges	  	 	7	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	(1,630	) 	 	 	(1,663	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	3,990	  	 	 	3,205	  	
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities	  	 	8	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	1,247	  	 	 	1,027	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	2,743	  	 	 	2,178	  	
All amounts relate to continuing activities.
The accompanying notes on are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-89

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Consolidated statements of total recognised gains and losses
for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010

 	  	Note	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Consolidated statement of total recognised gains and losses	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Profit for the financial year	  	 	 	 	  	 	2,743	  	  	 	2,178	  	
Share based payment	  	 	20	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	3	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total recognised gains and losses for the financial year	  	 	 	 	  	 	2,749	  	  	 	2,181	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-90

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Consolidated balance sheets
at 31 December 2011 and 2010

Company number 85120	  	Note	 	  	2011	 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Called up share capital not paid	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	345	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	345	  	
Fixed assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Tangible assets	  	 	10	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	57,803	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	51,351	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	58,148	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	51,696	  	
Current assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Debtors	  	 	12	  	  	 	677	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	478	  	  	 	 	 	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	 	 	  	 	1,048	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	11,111	  	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	1,725	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	11,589	  	  	 	 	 	
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year	  	 	13	  	  	 	38,141	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	11,859	  	  	 	 	 	
Net current liabilities	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	(36,415	) 	 	 	 	 	  	 	(270	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets less current liabilities	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	21,733	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	51,426	  	
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year	  	 	14	  	  	 	4,278	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	36,859	  	  	 	 	 	
Provisions for liabilities	  	 	15	  	  	 	361	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	222	  	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	4,639	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	37,081	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	17,094	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	14,345	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-91

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Consolidated balance sheets
at 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)

 	  	Note	 	  	2011	  	2011	 	 	2010	  	2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£’000	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	  	£’000	 	
Capital and reserves	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Called up share capital	  	 	17	  	  	 	  	 	110	  	 	 	  	 	110	  	
Share premium account	  	 	18	  	  	 	  	 	10,928	  	 	 	  	 	10,928	  	
Share scheme reserve	  	 	18	  	  	 	  	 	9	  	 	 	  	 	3	  	
Treasury share reserve	  	 	18	  	  	 	  	 	(215	) 	 	 	  	 	(215	) 	
Profit and loss account	  	 	18	  	  	 	  	 	6,262	  	 	 	  	 	3,519	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Shareholders’ funds	  	 	19	  	  	 	  	 	17,094	  	 	 	  	 	14,345	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 23 August 2012.
/s/ E Boland
E Boland
Director
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-92

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Company balance sheets
at 31 December 2011 and 2010

Company number 85120	  	Note	 	  	2011	 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Called up share capital not paid	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	345	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	345	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Fixed asset investments	  	 	11	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	345	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	345	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Debtors	  	 	12	  	  	 	9,533	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	9,663	  	  	 	 	 	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	 	 	  	 	44	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	96	  	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	9,577	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	9,759	  	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year	  	 	13	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	46	  	  	 	 	 	

Net current assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	9,569	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	9,713	  	

Total assets less current liabilities	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	9,914	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	10,058	  	

Capital and reserves	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Called up share capital	  	 	17	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	110	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	110	  	
Share premium account	  	 	18	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	10,928	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	10,928	  	
Share scheme reserve	  	 	18	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	9	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	3	  	
Treasury share reserve	  	 	18	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	(215	) 	 	 	 	 	  	 	(215	) 	
Profit and loss account	  	 	18	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	(918	) 	 	 	 	 	  	 	(768	) 	

Shareholders’ funds	  	 	19	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	9,914	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	10,058	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-93

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Consolidated cashflow statements
for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010

 	  	Note	 	  	2011	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	 	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash inflow from operating activities	  	 	26	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	6,909	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	5,784	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Returns on investments and servicing of finance	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest received	  	 	 	 	  	 	121	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	222	  	 	 	 	 	
Interest paid: bank loans	  	 	 	 	  	 	(1,211	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,150	) 	 	 	 	 	
Interest paid: hire purchase	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	 	 	

Net cash outflow from returns on investments and servicing of finance	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	(1,090	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(931	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Taxation	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporation tax paid	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	(1,129	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(935	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditure and financial investment	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Payments to acquire tangible fixed assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	(1,921	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,783	) 	 	 	 	 	
Receipts from sale of tangible fixed assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	13	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	735	  	 	 	 	 	

Net cash outflow from capital expenditure and financial investment	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	(1,908	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(1,048	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisitions and disposals	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchase of business operations	  	 	 	 	  	 	(5,564	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	
Cash acquired on acquisition	  	 	 	 	  	 	630	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	

Net cash outflow from acquisitions and disposals	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	(4,934	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	-	  	

Cash (outflow)/inflow before use of financing	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	(2,152	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,870	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Share premium thereon	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(65	) 	 	 	 	 	
Loans repaid	  	 	 	 	  	 	(375	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(660	) 	 	 	 	 	
Capital element of finance leases repaid	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(19	) 	 	 	 	 	
Purchase of treasury shares	  	 	 	 	  	 	-	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(214	) 	 	 	 	 	

Net cash outflow from financing	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	(375	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(958	) 	

(Decrease)/increase in cash	  	 	27	  	  	 	 	 	 	 	(2,527	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,912	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-94

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010
1    Accounting policies
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention and are in accordance with applicable accounting standards.
The following principal accounting policies have been applied:
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of Huntyard Limited and all of its subsidiary undertakings as at 31 December 2011 using the acquisition method of accounting. Where the acquisition method is used, the results of subsidiary undertakings are included from the date of acquisition.
Turnover
Turnover represents the value of sales, excluding value added tax and is attributable to the group’s principal activities, and arises wholly within the United Kingdom. Nursery fees paid in advance are held in other creditors and only recognised in the period to which they relate.
Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Such costs include costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended.
For assets acquired through business combinations cost is determined as the fair value of the assets acquired, with the properties being fair valued using the value in use method.
Freehold land is not depreciated.
Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets at rates calculated.

Freehold property	  	-   2% on the depreciable amount	
Leasehold property	  	-   Over the period of the lease	
Motor vehicles	  	-   33.33% per annum on cost	
Fixtures and fittings	  	-   20% per annum on cost	
Computer equipment	  	-   33.33% per annum on cost	
The cost of land and buildings includes interest on the capital employed in the development of the nurseries and the development costs associated with initiating and monitoring the construction of the property. Such interest is capitalised only until the date of opening of the relevant nursery. The rate of interest used is the applicable cost of funds during the period.
Where there is evidence of impairment, fixed assets are written down to the recoverable amount. Any such write down would be charged to the operating profit.
Valuation of investments
Investments held as fixed assets are valued at historic cost less any provision for impairment.
 
F-95

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
1    Accounting policies (continued)
 
Taxation
The charge for taxation is based on the profit for the year and takes into account taxation deferred.
Current tax is measured at amounts expected to be paid using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax balances are recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed by the balance sheet date, except that:
 
 	Ÿ	 	the recognition of deferred tax assets is limited to the extent that the group anticipates making sufficient taxable profits in the future to absorb the reversal of the underlying timing differences.	
Deferred tax balances are not discounted.
Leased assets
Where assets are financed by leasing agreements that give rights approximating to ownership (finance leases), the assets are treated as if they had been purchased outright. The amount capitalised is the present value of the minimum lease payments payable over the term of the lease. The corresponding leasing commitments are shown as amounts payable to the lessor. Depreciation on the relevant assets is charged to the profit and loss account over the shorter of estimated useful economic life and the period of the lease.
Lease payments are analysed between capital and interest components so that the interest element of the payment is charged to the profit and loss account over the period of the lease and is calculated so that it represents a constant proportion of the balance of capital repayments outstanding. The capital part reduces the amounts payable to the lessor.
All other leases are treated as operating leases. Their annual rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Pension costs
Contributions to the group’s defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are invested and managed independently of the finances of the group.
For the defined contribution scheme the amount charged to the profit and loss account in respect of pension costs and other post-retirement benefits is the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and and contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the balance sheet.
Finance Fees
Arrangements and other issue costs incurred as a result of entering into a loan and other facilities are expensed over the length of the related loan or facility in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 4 ‘Accounting for Capital Instruments’.
 
F-96

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
1    Accounting policies (continued)
 
Government grants
Capital grants received are held on the balance sheet and are amortised over the same period as the assets to which they relate. Grants of a revenue nature are credited to the profit and loss account in the same year as the related expenditure.
Share-based payment
When share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged to the income statement over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Market vesting conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition.
2    Turnover
Turnover is wholly attributable to the principal activity of the group and arises solely within the United Kingdom.
3    Operating profit

 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
This is arrived at after charging/(crediting):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets	  	 	811	  	 	 	746	  	
(Profit)/loss on disposal of tangible fixed assets	  	 	(9	) 	 	 	23	  	
Hire of other assets—operating leases	  	 	281	  	 	 	268	  	
Auditors’ remuneration for group audit services	  	 	5	  	 	 	5	  	
- in respect of subsidiaries	  	 	33	  	 	 	31	  	
- for taxation services	  	 	24	  	 	 	9	  	
- all other services	  	 	2	  	 	 	-	  	
Share-based payment (see note 20)	  	 	6	  	 	 	3	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts paid to the company’s auditor in respect of services to the company, other than the audit of the company’s financial statements, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be disclosed on a consolidated basis.
During the year corporate finance transaction fees totalling £16,000 (2010: £nil) were paid to the auditors.
 
F-97

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
 
4    Employees
Staff costs (including directors) consist of:

 	  	Group
2011	 	  	Group
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Wages and salaries	  	 	13,273	  	  	 	11,743	  	
Social security costs	  	 	907	  	  	 	823	  	
Other pension costs	  	 	106	  	  	 	103	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	14,286	  	  	 	12,669	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The average number of employees (including directors) during the year was as follows:

 	  	Group
2011
Number	 	  	Group
2010
Number	 	
Operational	  	 	1,059	  	  	 	945	  	
Management and administration	  	 	36	  	  	 	29	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	1,095	  	  	 	974	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
5    Directors’ remuneration

 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Directors’ emoluments	  	 	89	  	  	 	216	  	
Company contributions to money purchase pension schemes	  	 	25	  	  	 	19	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
There was 1 director in the group’s defined contribution pension scheme during the year (2010 -1).
The total amount payable to the highest paid director in respect of emoluments was £69,160 (2010 - £208,724). Company pension contributions of £25,200 (2010 - £19,200) were made to a money purchase scheme on their behalf.
6    Other interest receivable and similar income

 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Interest received from bank and treasury accounts	  	 	121	  	  	 	222	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
7    Interest payable and similar charges

 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	£	 	  	£	 	
Bank loans and overdrafts	  	 	1,151	  	  	 	1,179	  	
HP interest	  	 	-	  	  	 	2	  	
Other finance costs	  	 	90	  	  	 	123	  	
Related company loan interest	  	 	389	  	  	 	359	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	1,630	  	  	 	1,663	  	

F-98

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
7    Interest payable and similar charges (continued)
 
Other finance costs consist of Bank of Scotland loan agreement fees for the acquisitions made by the group. These costs are amortised over the period of the loan.
8    Taxation on profit on ordinary activities

 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
UK Corporation tax	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current tax on profits of the year	  	 	1,121	  	 	 	900	  	
Adjustment in respect of previous periods	  	 	(10	) 	 	 	(11	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current tax	  	 	1,111	  	 	 	889	  	
Deferred tax	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Origination and reversal of timing differences	  	 	127	  	 	 	124	  	
Adjustment in respect of previous periods	  	 	9	  	 	 	14	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Movement in deferred tax provision	  	 	136	  	 	 	138	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities	  	 	1,247	  	 	 	1,027	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The tax assessed for the year is higher than/lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK applied to profit before tax. The differences are explained below:

 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Profit on ordinary activities before tax	  	 	3,990	  	 	 	3,205	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit on ordinary activities at the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 26.5% (2010 - 28.0%)	  	 	1,057	  	 	 	897	  	
Effect of:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes	  	 	165	  	 	 	108	  	
Capital allowances for period in excess of depreciation	  	 	(144	) 	 	 	(142	) 	
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of previous periods	  	 	(10	) 	 	 	(10	) 	
Other timing differences	  	 	3	  	 	 	21	  	
Losses in parent company	  	 	40	  	 	 	15	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current tax charge for the year	  	 	1,111	  	 	 	889	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Factors that may affect future tax charges
As at 31 December 2011 there are capital losses carried forward totalling £146,000 (2010: £146,000).
9    Profit for the financial year
The company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its own profit and loss account in these financial statements. The group profit for the year includes a loss after tax of £149,255 (2010 - £54,992) which is dealt with in the financial statements of the parent company.
 
F-99

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
 
10    Tangible fixed assets
Group

 	  	Freehold land
and buildings	 	 	Leasehold
land and
buildings	 	 	Motor
vehicles	 	 	Fixtures and
fittings	 	  	Total	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Cost or valuation	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At 1 January 2011	  	 	48,209	  	 	 	3,192	  	 	 	157	  	 	 	3,425	  	  	 	54,983	  	
Additions	  	 	628	  	 	 	425	  	 	 	46	  	 	 	840	  	  	 	1,939	  	
Acquisition of subsidiary	  	 	5,185	  	 	 	93	  	 	 	12	  	 	 	37	  	  	 	5,327	  	
Disposals	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	(26	) 	 	 	(39	) 	 	 	-	  	  	 	(68	) 	
Transfers	  	 	(2,031	) 	 	 	2,031	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At 31 December 2011	  	 	51,989	  	 	 	5,715	  	 	 	176	  	 	 	4,302	  	  	 	62,182	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Depreciation	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At 1 January 2011	  	 	694	  	 	 	428	  	 	 	133	  	 	 	2,377	  	  	 	3,632	  	
Provided for the year	  	 	208	  	 	 	23	  	 	 	36	  	 	 	544	  	  	 	811	  	
Disposals	  	 	-	  	 	 	(26	) 	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	-	  	  	 	(64	) 	
Transfers	  	 	(22	) 	 	 	22	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At 31 December 2011	  	 	880	  	 	 	447	  	 	 	131	  	 	 	2,921	  	  	 	4,379	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net book value	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At 31 December 2011	  	 	51,109	  	 	 	5,268	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	1,381	  	  	 	57,803	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At 31 December 2010	  	 	47,515	  	 	 	2,764	  	 	 	24	  	 	 	1,048	  	  	 	51,351	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The net book value of tangible fixed assets for group and company includes an amount of £Nil (2010 - £Nil) in respect of assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts. The related depreciation charge on these assets for the year was £Nil (2010 - £1,684).
Included within the group freehold land and buildings is £9,100,230 (2010: £8,605,230) attributable to the land element which is not depreciated.
11    Fixed asset investments
Company

 	  	Group
undertakings	 	
 	  	£’000	 	
Cost or valuation	  	 	 	 	
At 1 January 2011 and 31 December 2011	  	 	0	  	

F-100

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
11    Fixed asset investments (continued)
 
Subsidiary undertakings, associated undertakings and other investments
The principal undertakings in which the company’s interest at the year end is 20% or more are as follows:

 	 	Country of
incorporation
or registration	 	 	Proportion
of voting
rights and
ordinary
share
capital
held	 	 	Nature of business	
Direct subsidiary undertakings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Casterbridge Care and Education Group Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Holding company	
Casterbridge Real Estate 2 Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Indirect subsidiary undertakings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Casterbridge Care and Education Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Intermediate holding
company	
Casterbridge Nurseries (Eton Manor) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Dolphin Nurseries (Bracknell) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Dolphin Nurseries (Tooting) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Sam Bell Enterprises Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Tassel Road Children’s Day Nursery Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Surculus Properties Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Dolphin Nurseries (Banstead) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Dolphin Nurseries (Kingston) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Dolphin Nurseries (Caterham) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Dolphin Nurseries (Northwick Park) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Children’s nursery	
Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Children’s nursery	
Casterbridge Nurseries (HH) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
Casterbridge Real Estate Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Property company	
Casterbridge Nurseries Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Children’s nursery	
Inglewood Day Nursery and College Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Children’s nursery	
Casterbridge Nurseries (Gaynes Park) Limited	 	 	England	  	 	 	100	% 	 	Dormant	
12    Debtors

 	  	Group
2011	 	  	Group
2010	 	  	Company
2011	 	  	Company
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Amounts receivable within one year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trade debtors	  	 	129	  	  	 	31	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Amounts owed by related parties	  	 	-	  	  	 	22	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Other debtors	  	 	265	  	  	 	165	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Prepayments and accrued income	  	 	284	  	  	 	260	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	678	  	  	 	478	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Amounts receivable after more than one year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Amounts owed by group undertakings	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	9,533	  	  	 	9,663	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total debtors	  	 	678	  	  	 	478	  	  	 	9,533	  	  	 	9,663	  	

F-101

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
12    Debtors (continued)
 
All amounts owed by group undertakings are unsecured and not subject to any fixed repayment date. Undertakings have been given that the amounts will not be repaid in the next 12 months and accordingly the amounts have been classified as due after one year.
13    Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

 	  	Group
2011	 	  	Group
2010	 	  	Company
2011	 	  	Company
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Bank loans and overdrafts (secured)	  	 	32,935	  	  	 	7,910	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Trade creditors	  	 	343	  	  	 	480	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Amounts owed to related undertakings	  	 	362	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Corporation tax	  	 	645	  	  	 	532	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Other taxation and social security	  	 	229	  	  	 	214	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Other creditors	  	 	2,300	  	  	 	1,590	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Accruals and deferred income	  	 	1,327	  	  	 	1,133	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	46	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	38,141	  	  	 	11,859	  	  	 	8	  	  	 	46	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The bank loans and overdrafts are secured over all the assets of the group, a cross corporate guarantee with all group companies and a first legal charge over the freehold properties.
14    Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

 	  	Group
2011	 	  	Group
2010	 	  	Company
2011	 	  	Company
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Bank loans (secured)	  	 	-	  	  	 	32,845	  	  	 	    -	  	  	 	    -	  	
Other loans	  	 	4,278	  	  	 	3,889	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Accruals and deferred income	  	 	-	  	  	 	125	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	4,278	  	  	 	36,859	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Maturity of debt:

 	  	Loans and
overdrafts
2011	 	  	Loans and
overdrafts
2010	 	
 	  	£	 	  	£	 	
In one year or less, or on demand	  	 	32,935	  	  	 	7,910	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
In more than one year but not more than two years	  	 	4,278	  	  	 	36,734	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The other loans are unsecured and are due for repayment on 2 April 2013.
In a previous period a subsidiary company, Casterbridge Care and Education Group Limited, entered into a bank loan agreement which is guaranteed by all group companies. At 31 December 2011 the loan totalled £33,087,494 (2010: £33,462,494). The bank loans are secured over the assets of the group companies by a way of a fixed and floating charge. The loans are repayable in full on 21st December 2012. The loans attract interest at between 2.25-2.75% above period LIBOR rates. The acquisition facility has the potential for additional borrowing for any further acquisitions dependent on certain criteria.
 
F-102

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
 
15    Provisions for liabilities
Group

 	  	Deferred
taxation	 	
 	  	£’000	 	
At 1 January 2011	  	 	222	  	
Charged to profit and loss account	  	 	136	  	
Undertaking acquired	  	 	3	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
At 31 December 2011	  	 	361	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Deferred taxation

 	  	Group
2011	 	  	Group
2010	 	  	Company
2011	 	  	Company
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Accelerated capital allowances	  	 	338	  	  	 	159	  	  	 	    -	  	  	 	    -	  	
Sundry timing differences	  	 	23	  	  	 	63	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	361	  	  	 	222	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
16    Pensions
The group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the group in an independently administered fund. The pension charge amounted to £105,861 (2010 - £103,057). Contributions amounting to £44,100 (2010 - £20,945) were payable to the fund and are included in creditors.
17    Share capital

 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Allotted, called up and fully paid	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
10,957,498 redeemable shares of 1pence each	  	 	110	  	  	 	110	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
In addition there are 2 ordinary shares of 1p each in issue.
18    Reserves
Group

 	  	Share
premium
account	 	  	Share
scheme
reserve	 	  	Treasury
share reserve	 	 	Profit and
loss account	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
At 1 January 2011	  	 	10,928	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	(215	) 	 	 	3,519	  	
Profit for the year	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	2,743	  	
Other movements	  	 	-	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 31 December 2011	  	 	10,928	  	  	 	9	  	  	 	(215	) 	 	 	6,262	  	

F-103

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
18    Reserves (continued)
 
Company

 	  	Share
premium
account	 	  	Share
scheme
reserve	 	  	Treasury
share reserve	 	 	Profit and
loss account	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
At 1 January 2011	  	 	10,928	  	  	 	3	  	  	 	(215	) 	 	 	(769	) 	
Loss for the year	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	(149	) 	
Other movements	  	 	-	  	  	 	6	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
At 31 December 2011	  	 	10,928	  	  	 	9	  	  	 	(215	) 	 	 	(918	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
19    Reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds

 	  	Group
2011	 	  	Group
2010	 	 	Company
2011	 	 	Company
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Profit/(loss) for the year	  	 	2,743	  	  	 	2,178	  	 	 	(150	) 	 	 	(54	) 	
Other net recognised gains and losses relating to the year	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
- Share based payment	  	 	6	  	  	 	3	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	3	  	
Shares redeemed	  	 	-	  	  	 	(0	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	(0	) 	
Utilised on redemption of shares	  	 	-	  	  	 	(65	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	(65	) 	
Purchase of treasury shares	  	 	-	  	  	 	(215	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	(215	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net additions to/(deductions from) shareholders’ funds	  	 	2,749	  	  	 	1,901	  	 	 	(144	) 	 	 	(331	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Opening shareholders’ funds	  	 	14,345	  	  	 	12,444	  	 	 	10,058	  	 	 	10,389	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Closing shareholders’ funds	  	 	17,094	  	  	 	14,345	  	 	 	9,914	  	 	 	10,058	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
20    Share-based payments
The company operates a share option scheme for the benefit of employees, this share scheme is an approved scheme. This share scheme grants options in the ordinary stock of the parent undertaking.

 	  	2011	 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	Weighted
average
exercise
price	 	  	Number	 	  	Weighted
average
exercise
price	 	  	Number	 	
 	  	£	 	  	 	 	  	£	 	  	 	 	
Outstanding at the beginning of the year	  	 	1.30	  	  	 	213,000	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	
Granted during the year	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	1.30	  	  	 	213,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Outstanding at the end of the year	  	 	1.30	  	  	 	213,000	  	  	 	1.30	  	  	 	213,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The date of the grant was 28 May 2010, in which 25 employees joined. The expected life of the options granted are 3 years.
 
F-104

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
20    Share-based payments (continued)
 
The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of options granted during the year under the equity-settled share based remuneration schemes operated by Huntyard Limited.

 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Equity-settled	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Option pricing model used	  	 
 	Monte Carlo
Model	  
  	 	 
 	Monte Carlo
Model	  
  	
Weighted average exercise price at grant date (pence)	  	 	1.30	  	 	 	1.30	  	
Weighted average contractual life (years)	  	 	3	  	 	 	3	  	
Risk-free interest rate	  	 	2.00	% 	 	 	2.00	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The volatility assumption has been based on a review of comparable companies.
The share-based remuneration expense (note 3) comprises:

 	  	2011	 	  	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Equity-settled schemes	  	 	6	  	  	 	3	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
The group did not enter into any share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees during the current or prior year.
21    Acquisitions
Acquisition of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited
On 12 May 2011 the group acquired Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited, and the property from which it trades, for £2,020,304 paid by cash. This included the fees on acquisition.
In calculating the goodwill arising on acquisition, the fair value of the net assets of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited have been assessed and adjustments from book value have been made where necessary. These adjustments are summarised in the following table:

 	  	Book value	 	  	Acquisition
of Property	 	  	Fair value on
acquisition	 	  	Fair value	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Fixed assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Tangible	  	 	104	  	  	 	945	  	  	 	866	  	  	 	1,915	  	
Current assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Debtors	  	 	39	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	39	  	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	292	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	292	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	 	435	  	  	 	945	  	  	 	866	  	  	 	2,246	  	
Creditors	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Due within one year	  	 	225	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	225	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total assets less current liabilities	  	 	210	  	  	 	945	  	  	 	866	  	  	 	2,021	  	
Provisions	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Provisions for liabilities	  	 	1	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net assets	  	 	209	  	  	 	945	  	  	 	866	  	  	 	2,020	  	

F-105

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
21    Acquisitions (continued)

 	  	£’000	 	
Cash consideration (including acquisition fees)	  	 	2,020	  	
Net assets acquired	  	 	2,020	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill arising on acquisition	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The fair value adjustment relates to the value in use valuation of the freehold property acquired on acquisition.
Cash flows
The net outflow of cash arising from the acquisition of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited was as follows:

 	  	£’000	 	
Cash consideration, as above	  	 	2,020	  	
Cash acquired	  	 	(292	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net outflow of cash	  	 	1,728	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Acquisition of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited
On 12 May 2011 the group acquired Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited, and the property from which it trades, for £3,544,042 paid by cash. This included the fees on acquisition.
In calculating the goodwill arising on acquisition, the fair value of the net assets of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited have been assessed and adjustments from book value have been made where necessary. These adjustments are summarised in the following table:

 	  	Book value	 	  	Acquisition
of Property	 	  	Fair Value
Adjustment	 	 	Fair value	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Fixed assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tangible	  	 	39	  	  	 	1,035	  	  	 	2,339	  	 	 	3,413	  	
Intangible	  	 	54	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	(54	) 	 	 	-	  	
Current assets	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Debtors	  	 	148	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	148	  	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	338	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	338	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	 	579	  	  	 	1,035	  	  	 	2,285	  	 	 	3,899	  	
Creditors	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Due within one year	  	 	353	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	353	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets less current liabilities	  	 	226	  	  	 	1,035	  	  	 	2,285	  	 	 	3,546	  	
Provisions	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Provisions for liabilities	  	 	2	  	  	 	-	  	  	 	-	  	 	 	2	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net assets	  	 	224	  	  	 	1,035	  	  	 	2,285	  	 	 	3,544	  	

F-106

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
21    Acquisitions (continued)

 	  	£’000	 	
Cash consideration (including acquisition fees)	  	 	3,544	  	
Net assets acquired	  	 	3,544	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill arising on acquisition	  	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The fair value adjustment relates to the value in use valuation of the freehold property acquired on acquisition.
Cash flows
The net outflow of cash arising from the acquisition of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited was as follows:

 	  	£’000	 	
Cash consideration, as above	  	 	3,544	  	
Cash acquired	  	 	(338	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net outflow of cash	  	 	3,206	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
22    Commitments under operating leases
The group had annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases as set out below:

 	  	Land and
buildings
2011	 	  	Land and
buildings
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Operating leases which expire:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Within one year	  	 	-	  	  	 	17	  	
After five years	  	 	289	  	  	 	214	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	289	  	  	 	231	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
23    Related party disclosures
Controlling parties
The company is controlled by Lydian Capital Partners LP by virtue of its interest in Huntyard Limited.
The company has taken advantage of the exemption conferred by Financial Reporting Standard 8 ‘Related party disclosures’ not to disclose transactions with its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Related party transactions and balances
At the year end £362,231 (2010: (£22,023 owed from) was owed to Kedleston UK Limited.
A further £4,277,537 (2010: £3,888,670) is due to Roundwood (Finance) Limited. The loan attracts interest at 10% per annum and £388,867 (2010: £358,705) has been accrued in the year. The loan is due for repayment on 2 April 2013.
 
F-107

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
23    Related party disclosures (continued)
 
During the year management charges totalling £130,000 (2010: £40,000) and £3,500 (2010: £4,000) were charged by Mountford Limited and Roundwood (Finance) Limited. The amount due to Roundwood (Finance) Limited was outstanding at year end.
All companies noted above are related through the interest of the ultimate controlling party, Lydian Capital Partners LP.
24    Ultimate parent company and controlling party
The largest and smallest group in which the results of the company are consolidated is that headed by Huntyard Limited, incorporated in Jersey. The consolidated accounts of this company are available to the public and may be obtained from Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, Jersey, JE1 1ES. No other group accounts include the results of the company.
25    Capital commitments

 	  	Group
2011	 	  	Group
2010	 	  	Company
2011	 	  	Company
2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	  	£’000	 	
Contracted but not provided for	  	 	    -	  	  	 	107	  	  	 	    -	  	  	 	    -	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
26    Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities

 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Operating profit	  	 	5,499	  	 	 	4,862	  	
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets	  	 	811	  	 	 	745	  	
(Profit)/loss on sale of tangible fixed assets	  	 	(9	) 	 	 	23	  	
(Increase)/decrease in debtors	  	 	(13	) 	 	 	28	  	
Increase in creditors	  	 	615	  	 	 	123	  	
Share based payment charge	  	 	6	  	 	 	3	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash inflow from operating activities	  	 	6,909	  	 	 	5,784	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
27    Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt

 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
(Decrease)/increase in cash	  	 	(2,527	) 	 	 	1,912	  	
Cash inflow from changes in debt	  	 	375	  	 	 	679	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Movement in net debt resulting from cash flows	  	 	(2,152	) 	 	 	2,591	  	
Capitalisation of interest	  	 	(389	) 	 	 	(359	) 	
Amortisation of debt issue costs	  	 	(90	) 	 	 	(123	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Movement in net debt	  	 	(2,631	) 	 	 	2,109	  	
Opening net debt	  	 	(33,533	) 	 	 	(35,642	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Closing net debt	  	 	(36,164	) 	 	 	(33,533	) 	

F-108

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
 
28    Analysis of net debt

 	  	At 1 January
2011	 	 	Cash flow	 	 	Other
non-cash
items	 	 	At
31 December
2011	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Cash at bank and in hand	  	 	11,111	  	 	 	(10,062	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	1,049	  	
Bank overdrafts	  	 	(7,535	) 	 	 	7,535	  	 	 	-	  	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	(2,527	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Debt due within one year	  	 	(375	) 	 	 	375	  	 	 	(32,935	) 	 	 	(32,935	) 	
Debt due after one year	  	 	(36,734	) 	 	 	-	  	 	 	32,456	  	 	 	(4,278	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	(33,533	) 	 	 	(2,152	) 	 	 	(479	) 	 	 	(36,164	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
29    Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices in the United Kingdom (“UK GAAP”) which differs in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The significant differences that effect profit/(loss) and equity shareholders’ funds for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are set forth below:

 	  	Notes	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Reconciliation of profit for the financial year from UK GAAP to US GAAP	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Profit for the financial year under UK GAAP	  	 	  	 	2,743	  	 	 	2,178	  	
Depreciation of freeholds and leaseholds under UK GAAP	  	A, A.i	  	 	231	  	 	 	237	  	
Depreciation and amortization of buildings and leasehold improvements under US GAAP	  	A, A i	  	 	(762	) 	 	 	(673	) 	
Amortization of other intangible assets under US GAAP	  	A ii	  	 	(130	) 	 	 	(133	) 	
Deferred taxes related to the amortization of other intangible assets under US GAAP	  	B	  	 	34	  	 	 	36	  	
Reserve for uncertain tax positions under US GAAP	  	C	  	 	(86	) 	 	 	(197	) 	
Acquisition costs for business combinations expensed under US GAAP	  	A iii	  	 	(355	) 	 	 	-	  	
Loss on disposal of operation under UK GAAP	  	A iv	  	 	-	  	 	 	239	  	
Loss on disposal of operation under US GAAP	  	A iv	  	 	-	  	 	 	(59	) 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	1,675	  	 	 	1,628	  	

F-109

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
29    Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)

 	  	Notes	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Reconciliation of shareholders’ funds from UK GAAP to US GAAP	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shareholders’ funds under UK GAAP	  	 	  	 	17,094	  	 	 	14,345	  	
Cumulative adjustment to beginning retained earnings at 1 January 2010 for adjustments to depreciation and amortization of buildings and leasehold improvements and other intangibles under US GAAP	  	A	  	 	(3,271	) 	 	 	(3,271	) 	
Cumulative adjustment to beginning retained earnings at 1 January 2010 for adjustments to deferred tax liabilities related to amortization of other intangibles recognized under US GAAP	  	B	  	 	(61	) 	 	 	(62	) 	
Profit for the financial year under UK GAAP	  	 	  	 	(2,743	) 	 	 	(2,178	) 	
Net income under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	1,675	  	 	 	1,628	  	
Net adjustments to convert the profit for the 2010 financial year under UK GAAP to net income under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	(550	) 	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shareholders’ funds under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	12,144	  	 	 	10,462	  	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Notes	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Reconciliation of material balance sheet amounts at December 31 from UK GAAP to US GAAP	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Tangible assets under UK GAAP	  	 	  	 	57,803	  	 	 	51,351	  	
Cumulative adjustment to beginning retained earnings at 1 January 2010 for freehold and leasehold differences relating to depreciation and amortization under US GAAP	  	A	  	 	(3,271	) 	 	 	(3,271	) 	
Net adjustment for disposal of operation under UK GAAP in 2010 to US GAAP	  	A iv	  	 	180	  	 	 	180	  	
Net adjustments of depreciation and amortization of freeholds and leaseholds from UK GAAP to US GAAP	  	A	  	 	(1,229	) 	 	 	(570	) 	
Allocation to goodwill under US GAAP	  	A	  	 	(13,819	) 	 	 	(12,440	) 	
Allocation to other intangible assets, net, under US GAAP	  	A	  	 	(207	) 	 	 	(92	) 	
Acquisition costs for business combinations expensed under US GAAP	  	A	  	 	(355	) 	 	 	-	  	
Deferred tax liabilities related to the disposal of operation under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	(1	) 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and leasehold improvements under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	39,101	  	 	 	35,157	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill allocated from tangible assets under US GAAP	  	A	  	 	13,819	  	 	 	12,440	  	
Deferred tax liabilities related to business combinations under US GAAP	  	B	  	 	61	  	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	13,880	  	 	 	12,440	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other intangibles, net under US GAAP	  	 	  	 	207	  	 	 	92	  	

Notes
 
A.	Business combinations—Fixed assets acquired in business combinations in the years 2004 to 2011 were recorded at their in use fair value as allowed under UK GAAP. An allocation of the purchase price to other intangible assets, such as trademarks, parent relationships and goodwill, was not recorded. Under US GAAP, other intangible assets identified in a business combination are recognized at their fair value as of the acquisition date and amortized over their useful lives.	
 
F-110

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
29    Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
 
 	Goodwill is recognized if the consideration transferred exceeds the acquisition date fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired, including other intangible assets. Therefore, goodwill and other intangible assets were identified and separately recorded at the acquisition date fair values in accordance with US GAAP. This resulted in reductions to the amounts recorded for the acquired freeholds and leaseholds recognized under UK GAAP for the allocation of other intangible assets and goodwill and the related adjustments to depreciation and amortization expense.	
 	i.	Freeholds and leaseholds were depreciated under UK GAAP over their useful lives (50 years for freeholds and over the lease term for leaseholds) on a straight line basis. The depreciable base of freeholds and leaseholds was calculated after reducing the value of the assets for their estimated residual values which represented approximately 80% of the assets’ cost. Under US GAAP, property and leasehold improvements were depreciated and amortized over their estimated useful lives (40 years for property and the shorter of their useful lives or the lease term for leasehold improvements) on a straight line basis and no residual values.	
 	ii.	Other intangibles assets, such as trademarks and parent relationships, were amortized under US GAAP using an accelerated method which approximates the expected cash flows over the estimated useful lives of 5 years. Under US GAAP, goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment at least annually.	
 	iii.	Acquisition costs were included in the allocation of the purchase price for the 2011 business combinations under UK GAAP. Acquisition costs for business combinations are expensed under US GAAP beginning January 1, 2009.	
 	iv.	The Company disposed of a nursery in 2010. The adjustments to net disposal of operations in the tables above relate to the differences in depreciation and amortization between UK GAAP and US GAAP for property and leasehold improvements, and intangible assets for the nursery.	
B.	Deferred taxes—Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using tax rates that are expected to apply in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Deferred taxes have been provided at the applicable effective tax rate on relevant US GAAP adjustments shown in the reconciliation above. Valuation allowances are provided when it is believed that it is more likely than not that a benefit will not be realized from identified tax assets.	
C.	Uncertain tax positions—Under US GAAP, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Measurement is recognized as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon settlement. A reserve was recorded for uncertain tax positions. The adjustment to book uncertain tax positions in income tax expense as of December 31, 2010 was £197,000. Interest and penalties of £39,000 are included for uncertain tax positions, and recorded to tax expense.	
At December 31, 2011, the total amount of uncertain tax positions was £283,000. Approximately an additional £66,000 of reserve and £20,000 of interest and penalties was recorded in tax expense during the year.
The Company does not expect a material change to the reserve for uncertain tax positions in the next twelve months.
Cash Flows
The consolidated cash flow statements have been prepared under UK GAAP and present substantially the same information as required under US GAAP. There are certain differences with regard
 
F-111

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
29    Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
 
to classification of items within the cash flow statements. Under UK GAAP, cash flows are prepared separately for operating activities, returns on investments and servicing of finance, taxation, capital expenditures and financial investment, acquisitions and disposals, and financing. Under US GAAP, cash flows are classified under three major categories, operating activities, investing activities and financing activities. Under UK GAAP, cash is defined as cash in hand and deposits repayable on demand, less overdrafts repayable on demand. Under US GAAP, cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash and investments with original maturities of three months or less.
A reconciliation between the consolidated statement of cash flows presented in accordance with UK GAAP to US GAAP classification is shown below for the years ended December 31:

 	  	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	  	£’000	 	 	£’000	 	
Operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash inflow from operating activities (UK GAAP)	  	 	6,909	  	 	 	5,784	  	
Net cash outflow from returns on investments and servicing of finance (UK GAAP)	  	 	(1,090	) 	 	 	(931	) 	
Corporation tax paid (UK GAAP)	  	 	(1,129	) 	 	 	(935	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities (US GAAP)	  	 	4,690	  	 	 	3,918	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash outflow for capital expenditure and financial investment (UK GAAP)	  	 	(1,908	) 	 	 	(1,048	) 	
Net cash outflow from acquisitions and disposals (UK GAAP)	  	 	(4,934	) 	 	 	-	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities (US GAAP)	  	 	(6,842	) 	 	 	(1,048	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash outflow from financing (UK GAAP)	  	 	(375	) 	 	 	(958	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities (US GAAP)	  	 	(375	) 	 	 	(958	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	(2,527	) 	 	 	1,912	  	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	  	 	3,575	  	 	 	1,663	  	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	  	 	1,048	  	 	 	3,575	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
30    Litigation
A suit has been brought against two of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries and two other defendants in relation to an incident that occurred at one of the Company’s nurseries in 2007. The case alleges that the defendants were in breach of duty under the Health and Safety Work Act 1974, and that this contributed to the death of a child. The Company’s subsidiaries pleaded not guilty to all causal allegations and guilty to certain non-causal breaches of the Health and Safety Work Act. The case against the Company’s subsidiaries is pending the resolution of the civil trial against the other two defendants. At December 31, 2011, the accrued liability was increased to £400,000 from £100,000 at December 31, 2010, in relation to this case. A civil suit regarding the incident has already been settled and no further claims or damages are anticipated. There was no criminal prosecution related to this incident. The Company’s management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of the case will have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
F-112

Table of Contents
HUNTYARD LIMITED
Notes forming part of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2011 and 2010 (continued)
 
31    Subsequent Event
On May 23, 2012, the Company was acquired by BHFS Two Limited for consideration of approximately £70 million in cash. BHFS Two Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., a U.S.-based provider of workplace services, including center-based child care, back-up dependent care, and early education, with 743 child care centers worldwide at December 31, 2011.
 
F-113

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

7,500,000 Shares
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.
Common Stock

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.	 	          J.P. Morgan	 	Barclays	
 	 	 	
BofA Merrill Lynch	 	 	 	Credit Suisse	

Baird	 	William Blair	 	BMO Capital Markets	 	RBC Capital Markets	 	Stifel	

 

Table of Contents
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.	Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.	
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

SEC registration fee	  	$	41,631	  	
FINRA filing fee	  	 	48,984	  	
Blue sky fees and expenses	  	 	5,000	  	
Printing and engraving expenses	  	 	120,000	  	
Accounting fees and expenses	  	 	200,000	  	
Legal fees and expenses	  	 	400,000	  	
Transfer agent and registrar fees	  	 	10,000	  	
Miscellaneous fees and expenses	  	 	9,385	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
TOTAL	  	$	835,000	  	

Item 14.	Indemnification of Directors and Officers.	
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides as follows:
A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine
 
II-1

Table of Contents
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have included in our restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements will provide broader indemnity rights than those provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law and our restated certificate of incorporation. The indemnification agreements are not intended to deny or otherwise limit third-party or derivative suits against us or our directors or officers, but to the extent a director or officer were entitled to indemnity or contribution under the indemnification agreement, the financial burden of a third-party suit would be borne by us, and we would not benefit from derivative recoveries against the director or officer. Such recoveries would accrue to our benefit but would be offset by our obligations to the director or officer under the indemnification agreement.
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.
We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.
 
Item 15.	Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.	
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we issued an aggregate of 20,664 shares of our Class A common stock and 2,296 shares of our Class L common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $258,300.
During the year ended December 31, 2011, we issued 4,752 shares of our Class A common stock and 528 shares of our Class L common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $59,400.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, we issued 169,590 shares of our Class A common stock and 18,610 shares of our Class L common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $2,114,625.
During the three years ended December 31, 2012, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 1,339,574 shares of our Class A common stock and 123,186 shares of our Class L common stock under our 2008 Equity Plan.
The foregoing share numbers do not reflect the 1-for-1.9704 reverse split and reclassification of our Class A common stock or the conversion of our Class L common stock effected January 11, 2013.
The issuances of the securities in the transactions described above were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.
 
II-2

Table of Contents
Item 16.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.	
(a) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number	  	Exhibit Title	
  1.1	  	Form of Underwriting Agreement	
 	 	
  2.1	  	Share Sale and Purchase Agreement among Lydian Capital Partners LP and Others and BHFS Two Limited, dated May 10, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
  2.2	  	Share Purchase Agreement between Lloyds Development Capital (Holdings) Limited and Others and BHFS Two Limited and Kidsunlimited Group Limited dated as of April 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2013)	
 	 	
  3.1	  	Form of Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
  3.2	  	Form of Restated By-laws of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
  4.1	  	Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., Bright Horizons Capital Corp., Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, and certain stockholders of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
  5.1	  	Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP	
 	 	
10.1	  	Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (f/k/a Bright Horizons Solutions Corp.) 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.2	  	Amendment to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(1) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on January 14, 2013)	
 	 	
10.3	  	Form of Non-Statutory Time-Based Option Award under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.4	  	Form of Non-Statutory Performance-Based Option Award under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012 )	
 	 	
10.5	  	Form of Non-Statutory Continuation Option Award under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.6	  	Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2013, among Borrower, Holdings, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on the Company’s filing on Form 8-K dated February 4, 2013)	
 	 	
10.7	  	Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012)	
 	 	
10.8  	  	Form of Director Stock Option Award under 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6(1) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 
II-3

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit
Number	 	  	Exhibit Title	
 	 	
 	10.9  	  	  	Form of Employee Stock Option Award under 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6(2) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.10	  	  	Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.11	  	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and David Lissy, Chief Executive Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.12	  	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and Mary Ann Tocio, President and Chief Operating Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.13	  	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and Elizabeth Boland, Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.14	  	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and Linda Mason, Chairman of the Board of Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.15	  	  	Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Solutions LLC and Stephen Dreier, Chief Administrative Officer, dated October 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-188903, filed May 29, 2013)	
 	 	
 	10.16	  	  	Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Solutions LLC and Danroy Henry, Sr., Chief Human Resources Officer, dated November 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-188903, filed May 29, 2013)	
 	 	
 	10.17	  	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and David Lissy, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.18	  	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and Mary Ann Tocio, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.19	  	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and Elizabeth Boland, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.20	  	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and Linda Mason, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.21	  	  	Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
 	10.22	  	  	Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., Bright Horizons Capital Corp., Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, and the investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 
II-4

Table of Contents
 	 	 	
Exhibit
Number	  	Exhibit Title	
 	 	
10.23	  	Amended and Restated Lease between the President and Fellows of Harvard College and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers, LLC, dated December 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.24	  	Assignment and Assumption of Lease and Novation Agreement among the President and Fellows of Harvard College, Enterprise Mobile, Inc. and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers LLC, dated June 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.25	  	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Lease between the President and Fellows of Harvard College and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers LLC, dated July 25, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.26	  	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated lease between the President and Fellows of Harvard College and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers LLC, dated September 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
21.1  	  	Subsidiaries of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	
 	 	
23.1  	  	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP	
 	 	
23.2  	  	Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)	
 	 	
23.3  	  	Consent of BDO LLP	
 	 	
23.4  	  	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers	
 	 	
24.1  	  	Powers of Attorney (included in signature page)	
 	 	
101.INS	  	XBRL Instance Document	
 	 	
101.SCH	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
 	 	
101.CAL	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.DEF	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.LAB	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.PRE	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	
 
(b)	Financial Statement Schedules	
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
Item 17.	Undertakings.	
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
II-5

Table of Contents
(3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
II-6

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Watertown and Commonwealth of Massachusetts on November 8, 2013.
BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS INC.
(Registrant)

By:	 	/s/ David Lissy	
 	 	Name:	 	David Lissy	
 	 	Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer	
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David Lissy, Elizabeth Boland and Stephen Dreier and each of them to act without the other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every other act on behalf of the undersigned required to be done in connection therewith.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	  	Title	 	Date	
 	 	 	
/s/ David Lissy
David Lissy	  	Director and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Elizabeth Boland
Elizabeth Boland	  	Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Mary Ann Tocio
Mary Ann Tocio	  	Director, President and Chief Operating Officer	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Linda A. Mason
Linda Mason	  	Director and Chairman	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Lawrence Alleva
Lawrence Alleva	  	Director	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Joshua Bekenstein
Joshua Bekenstein	  	Director	 	November 8, 2013	
 
II-7

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
Signature	  	Title	 	Date	
 	 	 	
/s/ Roger Brown
Roger Brown	  	Director	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Jordan Hitch
Jordan Hitch	  	Director	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ David Humphrey
David Humphrey	  	Director	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Marguerite Kondracke
Marguerite Kondracke	  	Director	 	November 8, 2013	
 	 	 	
/s/ Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot
Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot	  	Director	 	November 8, 2013	
 
II-8

Table of Contents
EXHIBIT LIST
Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

Exhibit
Number	  	Exhibit Title	
 	 	
  1.1	  	Form of Underwriting Agreement	
 	 	
  2.1	  	Share Sale and Purchase Agreement among Lydian Capital Partners LP and Others and BHFS Two Limited, dated May 10, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
  2.2	  	Share Purchase Agreement between Lloyds Development Capital (Holdings) Limited and Others and BHFS Two Limited and Kidsunlimited Group Limited dated as of April 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 11, 2013)	
 	 	
  3.1	  	Form of Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
  3.2	  	Form of Restated By-laws of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
  4.1	  	Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., Bright Horizons Capital Corp., Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, and certain stockholders of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
  5.1	  	Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP	
 	 	
10.1	  	Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (f/k/a Bright Horizons Solutions Corp.) 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.2	  	Amendment to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(1) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on January 14, 2013)	
 	 	
10.3	  	Form of Non-Statutory Time-Based Option Award under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.4	  	Form of Non-Statutory Performance-Based Option Award under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.5	  	Form of Non-Statutory Continuation Option Award under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.6	  	Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2013, among Borrower, Holdings, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and certain other lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on the Company’s filing on Form 8-K dated February 4, 2013)	

Table of Contents
 	 	 	
10.7	  	Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012)	
 	 	
10.8	  	Form of Director Stock Option Award under 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6(1) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
10.9	  	Form of Employee Stock Option Award under 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6(2) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
10.10	  	Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, as amended on November 9, 2012)	
 	 	
10.11	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and David Lissy, Chief Executive Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.12	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and Mary Ann Tocio, President and Chief Operating Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.13	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and Elizabeth Boland, Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.14	  	Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and Linda Mason, Chairman of the Board of Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.15	  	Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Solutions LLC and Stephen Dreier, Chief Administrative Officer, dated October 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-188903, filed May 29, 2013)	
 	 	
10.16	  	Amended and Restated Severance Agreement between Bright Horizons Solutions LLC and Danroy Henry, Sr., Chief Human Resources Officer, dated November 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-188903, filed May 29, 2013)	
 	 	
10.17	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and David Lissy, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.18	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and Mary Ann Tocio, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.19	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and Elizabeth Boland, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.20	  	Deferred Grant Agreement between Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.) and Linda Mason, dated May 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	

Table of Contents
 	 	 	
10.21	  	Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.22	  	Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., Bright Horizons Capital Corp., Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, and the investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.23	  	Amended and Restated Lease between the President and Fellows of Harvard College and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers, LLC, dated December 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.24	  	Assignment and Assumption of Lease and Novation Agreement among the President and Fellows of Harvard College, Enterprise Mobile, Inc. and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers LLC, dated June 15, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.25	  	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Lease between the President and Fellows of Harvard College and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers LLC, dated July 25, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
10.26	  	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated lease between the President and Fellows of Harvard College and Bright Horizons Children’s Centers LLC, dated September 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-184579, filed October 24, 2012)	
 	 	
21.1	  	Subsidiaries of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	
 	 	
23.1	  	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP	
 	 	
23.2	  	Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)	
 	 	
23.3	  	Consent of BDO LLP	
 	 	
23.4	  	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	
 	 	
24.1	  	Powers of Attorney (included in signature page)	
 	 	
101.INS	  	XBRL Instance Document	
 	 	
101.SCH	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
 	 	
101.CAL	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.DEF	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.LAB	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
 	 	
101.PRE	  	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	

Exhibit 1.1
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.
7,500,000 Shares of Common Stock (par value $0.001 per share)

Underwriting Agreement
                    , 2013
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Barclays Capital Inc.
    As representatives of the several Underwriters
        named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
200 West Street,
New York, New York 10282
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
c/o Barclays Capital Inc.
745 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Certain shareholders named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), propose to sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), of the Company (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters and subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters up to an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of Stock of the Company (the “Optional Shares”). The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”.
1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Selling Stockholders that:
(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333- ) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or used prior to the effective date of the Initial Registration Statement, is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each
 
1

as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);
(ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided ,  however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is         p.m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided ,  however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
(iv) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule III(b) hereto;
(v) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;  provided ,  however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;
 
2

(vi) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree; (B) there has not been any change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than (x) the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options outstanding under the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (“2008 Plan”), as amended, or the Company’s 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2012 Plan”), or (y) the grant of options, restricted stock or other awards under the 2008 Plan or the 2012 Plan), or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and (C) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except in each case under clauses (A) through (C) above as otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus.
(vii) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all material real property and good and marketable title to all material personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries, and except those that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”); and any material real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(viii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with the corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (or the equivalent thereof with respect to the law of foreign countries, if applicable) or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
3

(ix) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors’ qualifying shares and except as otherwise set forth in the Pricing Prospectus) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except as may exist pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2013, among Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, Bright Horizons Capital Corp., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and certain other lenders, as such agreement may be amended and in effect from time to time;
(xi) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the compliance by the Company with, this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) result in the violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except in the case of clauses (A) and (C) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required to be obtained or filed by the Company for the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for those required in connection with the registration under the Act of the Shares, consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required by the New York Stock Exchange, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;
(xii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant, term or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
4

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock”, and under the caption “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair summaries in all material respects;
(xiv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;
(xv) The Company is not an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);
(xvi) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;
(xvii) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, BDO LLP, who have certified financial statements of Huntyard Limited, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified financial statements of Kidsunlimited Group Limited, are each an independent public accountant as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;
(xviii) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision ,  to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting or any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting;
(xix) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;
 
5

(xx) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; the Company has carried out evaluations of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures to the extent required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;
(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;
(xxii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any unlawful payment including any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment or kickback;
(xxiii) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened; and
(xxiv) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity that they have knowledge intends to use such proceeds, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders (or Specified Selling Stockholders (as defined below), as applicable) severally and not jointly represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters and the Company that:
(i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary to be obtained by such Selling Stockholder for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;
(ii) Neither the sale of the Shares being sold by such Selling Stockholder nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated by such Selling Stockholder will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, (i) any law applicable to such Selling Stockholder ( provided , that no representation or warranty is made in this Section 1(b)(ii)
 
6

with respect to the anti-fraud provisions of federal or state securities laws), (ii) certificate of formation or the limited partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, of such Selling Stockholder, (iii) the terms of any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or bound, or (iv) any judgment, order or decree applicable to such Selling Stockholder of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, except in the case of clauses (i), (iii) and (iv), for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not impair in any material respect the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except the registration under the Act of the Shares, the approval by FINRA of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;
(iii) Such Selling Stockholder is the record owner of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities and claims (other than any such created by this Agreement or contemplated hereby) and assuming that each Underwriter acquires its interest in the Shares it has purchased from such Selling Stockholder without notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”)), each Underwriter that has purchased such Shares delivered on a Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) to DTC or other securities intermediary by making payment therefor as provided herein and that has had such Shares credited to the securities account or accounts of such Underwriter maintained with DTC or such other securities intermediary will have acquired a security entitlement (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC) to such Shares purchased by such Underwriter, and no action based on an adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC) may be successfully asserted against such Underwriter under the UCC as in effect in the State of New York with respect to such Shares;
(iv) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder, provided that such Selling Stockholder is listed on Schedule IV, has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex III hereto, relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, on or prior to the date hereof, and such agreement is in full force and effect;
(v) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares during the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;
(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use by the Company in the preparation of disclosure that is responsive to the requirements contained in Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S–1 (such information, the “Selling Stockholder Information”), such statements or omissions did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made in the case of any such statements or omissions contained in or omitted from any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, not misleading; and
 
7

(vii) Such Selling Stockholder, to the extent identified on Schedule II hereto as a Specified Selling Stockholder (each a “Specified Selling Stockholder”), has entered into a Power of Attorney (the “Power of Attorney”) and a Custody Agreement (the “Custody Agreement”) for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder; and such Specified Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder hereunder; this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Specified Selling Stockholder.
(viii) Such Specified Selling Stockholder has delivered a duly executed stock power authorizing the transfer of the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder (the “Stock Power”) to the Transfer Agent, as custodian (the “Custodian”) under a Custody Agreement relating to such Shares, in the form previously furnished to you, duly executed and delivered by such Specified Selling Stockholders to the Custodian, and such Specified Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form previously furnished to you, appointing the person or persons specified therein and indicated on Schedule II hereto as such Specified Selling Stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact (the “Attorneys-in-Fact” or any one of them, the “Attorney-in-Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Specified Selling Stockholder as provided herein, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.
(ix) Such Specified Selling Stockholder agrees that the Shares covered by the Stock Powers held in custody for such Specified Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that the arrangements made by such Specified Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Specified Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable.
(x) The Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder are reflected as “restricted” on the records of Wells Fargo Transfer Agent Services, the transfer agent for the Company’s Stock (the “Transfer Agent”). Such Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the Shares so restricted and held in book-entry form with the Transfer Agent are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that such Selling Stockholder will not revoke such interest or remove such restriction prior to the earlier of the sales of such Shares hereunder or the expiration of the Underwriters’ option to purchase the Optional Shares. Such Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, by the death or incapacity of any individual Specified Selling Stockholders, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or organization, or by the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Selling Stockholder should die or become incapacitated, or if any such partnership, corporation or similar organization should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, such Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, if applicable, such Specified Selling Stockholder’s Custody Agreement (and actions taken by such Specified Selling Stockholder’s Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to such Specified Selling Stockholder’s Power of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity,
 
8

termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not such Specified Selling Stockholder’s Custodian, Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event).
(xi) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement by any material non-public information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is required to be disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and is not so disclosed.
2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders at a purchase price per share of $            , the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder as set forth opposite its name in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from all of the Selling Stockholders and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as  provided below, each Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each Selling Stockholder, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.
Each Selling Stockholder, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grants, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election the Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares,  provided  that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule II hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company and the Selling Stockholders (with respect to the Specified Selling Stockholders, such notice shall be deemed delivered if delivered to the Attorneys-in-Fact), given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Selling Stockholders otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.
3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.
4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Selling Stockholders (with respect to the Specified Selling Stockholders, such notice shall be deemed delivered if delivered to the Attorneys-in-Fact) shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders to
 
9

each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by each of the Selling Stockholders (with respect to the Specified Selling Stockholders, by the Attorneys-in-Fact on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholders) to each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates representing the Shares, if any, to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on                 , 2013 or such other time and date as each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. and the Selling Stockholders (with respect to the Specified Selling Stockholders, the Attorneys-in-Fact on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholders) may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. in the written notice given by each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. and the Selling Stockholders (with respect to the Specified Selling Stockholders, the Attorneys-in-Fact on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholders) may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.
(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(l) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:
(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;
 
10

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares,  provided  that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;
(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second New York Business Day succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;
(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);
(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 90 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to the Company’s 2008 Plan or 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan) or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than Stock issued pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the
 
11

date of this Agreement), without the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc.;  provided ,  however , that if (1) during the last 17 days of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event relating to the Company or (2) prior to the expiration of the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the Company Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Company Lock-Up Period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. waives, in writing, such extension; in the event of any announcement that gives rise to an extension of the Company Lock-Up Period or the Stockholder Lock-Up Period (as defined in the form of stockholder lock-up agreement attached hereto as Annex III), the Company will provide each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. and, in the case of any announcement that gives rise to an extension of the Stockholder Lock-Up Period, the Selling Stockholders and each other person identified on Schedule IV hereto with prior notice of such announcement;
(f) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); and
(h) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED];
(i) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED];
(j) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED];
(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a).
6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees, severally and not jointly, that, without the prior consent of the Company and each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., other than one or more Bloomberg communications relating to the Shares containing customary pricing information and conveyed to purchasers of Shares, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;
(b) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED];
(c) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show; and
 
12

(d) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED];
(e) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. and, if requested by any of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;  provided ,  however , that this agreement shall not apply with respect to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.
7. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers in connection with the distribution thereof; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents to be prepared by the Company in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (v) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar, (vi) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters hereunder and (vii) all other costs and expenses incurred by the Company and incident to the performance of its and the Selling Stockholders’ obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 7. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement (other than, in the case of each Selling Stockholder, the underwriting discounts and commissions in respect of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder), and that, except as provided in this Section 7, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:
 
13

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;
(b) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion and 10b-5 letter, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;
(c) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and 10b-5 letter (forms of such opinion and letter are attached as Annex II(a)-1 and Annex II(a)-2 hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you;
(d) John Casagrande, General Counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you his written opinion (a form of such opinion is attached as Annex II(b) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you;
(e) Maples and Calder, counsel for Bain Capital Fund X, L.P., and Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, shall have each furnished to you its written opinion with respect to each of the Selling Stockholders for whom it is acting as counsel (a form of each such opinion is attached as Annex II(c) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you:
(f) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP, BDO LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall each have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a form of the letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);
(g) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or development that would have a Material Adverse Effect, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;
 
14

(h) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities or preferred stock;
(i) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either United States Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;
(j) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed on the New York Stock Exchange;
(k) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each stockholder, director and officer of the Company listed on Schedule IV hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex III hereto;
(l) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day succeeding the date of this Agreement; and
(m) The Representatives shall have received on and as of such Time of Delivery (i) a certificate of officers of the Company reasonably satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (h) of this Section 8; and (ii) a certificate of each Selling Stockholder as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by such Selling Stockholder of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters in respect of such Selling Stockholder as you may reasonably request.
9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or arise out of or
 
15

are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made in the case of any such omission or alleged omission contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred;  provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.
(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made in the case of any such omission or alleged omission contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred;  provided, however , that such Selling Stockholder shall be liable in any such case only with respect any such loss, claim, damage or liability that arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information;  provided further, however,  that the liability of a Selling Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the aggregate net proceeds after underwriting discounts but before deducting expenses received by such Selling Stockholder from the Underwriters for the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.
(c) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or arise out of or are based
 
16

upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made in the case of any such omission or alleged omission contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.
(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein (other than as a result of the limitations imposed on indemnifications described in such preceding subsections of this Section 9), then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, on the one hand and the Underwriters, on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, on the one hand and the Underwriters, on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable
 
17

considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, on the one hand and the Underwriters, on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by such Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus;  provided, however,  that for the purposes of this subsection (e), the relative benefits received by the Company from the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to equal the relative benefits received by the Selling Stockholders as a group determined in accordance with this subsection (e). The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, on the one hand or the Underwriters, on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. In no event shall the aggregate liability of a Selling Stockholder under Section 9(b) and this Section 9(e) exceed the limit set forth in Section 9(b). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.
(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.
10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone (such) Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or
 
18

arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section 10 with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.
(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.
11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.
12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.
13. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly.
In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.
 
19

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Goldman, Sachs & Co. ,  200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8258), Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk and Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration (fax: (646) 834-8133); if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(k) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address provided in Schedule IV hereto or such other address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company;  provided ,  however , that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by you on request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.
15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.
16. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder in respect thereof except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
18. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute relating to or arising out of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
20

19. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.
 
21

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.
[Signature pages follow]

 
 	 	 	
Very truly yours,            	
 	
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Name:	
 	 	Title:	

[Names of Selling Stockholders]	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Name:	
 	 	Title:	
 
2

 	 	 	
Accepted as of the date hereof
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co.	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)	

 	 	 	
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Name:
Title:	

Barclays Capital Inc.	
 	 	
By:	 	 	
 	 	Name:
Title:	
On behalf of each of the Underwriters

SCHEDULE I

Underwriter	  	Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Purchased	 	  	Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised	 	
Goldman, Sachs & Co.	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Barclays Capital Inc.	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                     Incorporated	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
BMO Capital Markets Corp.	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
RBC Capital Markets, LLC	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	7,500,000	  	  	 	1,125,000	  	

SCHEDULE II

 	  	Attorneys-in-
Fact (if
applicable)	  	Number of
Underwritten
Shares to be
Sold	 	  	Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Sold if
Maximum
Option
Exercised	 	
The Selling Stockholders:	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	  	 	7,500,000	  	  	 	1,125,000	  	

SCHEDULE III
 
(a)	Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package	
[None]
 
(b)	Additional documents incorporated by reference	
[None]
 
(c)	Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package	
The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $        .
The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is                    .

SCHEDULE IV
Persons Delivering Lock-Up Agreements
David Lissy
Elizabeth Boland
Mary Ann Tocio
Danroy Henry
Stephen Dreier
Linda Mason
Lawrence Alleva
Josh Bekenstein
Roger Brown
Jordan Hitch
David Humphrey
Marguerite Kondracke
Sara Lawrence Lightfoot
Bain Capital Fund X, L.P.
BCIP Associates-G
BCIP Associates III, LLC
BCIP Associates III-B, LLC
BCIP T Associates III, LLC
BCIP T Associates III-B, LLC
RGIP, LLC

Exhibit 5.1

November 8, 2013
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.
200 Talcott Avenue South
Watertown, Massachusetts 02472
Re: Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This opinion is furnished to you in connection with a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”), filed on November 8, 2013 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for the registration of 8,625,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), including 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock that may be purchased at the option of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. The shares of Common Stock to be registered pursuant to the Registration Statement are being offered by selling stockholders (the “Shares”). The Shares are proposed to be sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement to be entered into among the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., as representatives of the underwriters named therein.
We have acted as counsel for the Company in connection with the proposed sale of the Shares. For purposes of this opinion, we have examined and relied upon such documents, records, certificates and other instruments as we have deemed necessary.
The opinions expressed below are limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included therein. In giving this consent we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.
Very truly yours,

/s/ Ropes & Gray LLP	
 	
Ropes & Gray LLP	

Exhibit 21.1
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and Subsidiaries

Entity	  	Jurisdiction of
Organization	 	
 	 	
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	  	 	Delaware	  	
Bright Horizons Capital Corp.	  	 	Delaware	  	
Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC	  	 	Delaware	  	
CorporateFamily Solutions LLC	  	 	Tennessee	  	
Bright Horizons LLC	  	 	Delaware	  	
Bright Horizons Children’s Centers LLC	  	 	Delaware	  	
ChildrenFirst LLC	  	 	Massachusetts	  	
Work Options Group, Inc.	  	 	Colorado	  	
Resources in Active Learning	  	 	California	  	
Lipton Corporate Child Care Centers, Inc.	  	 	Delaware	  	
Lipton Corporate Child Care Centers (Park Ave.), Inc.	  	 	New York	  	
Lipton Corporate Childcare, Inc. (New York)	  	 	Delaware	  	
Lipton Corporate Child Care Centers (Morris County), Inc.	  	 	Delaware	  	
Lipton Corporate Child Care Centers (Oakwood at the Windsor), Inc.	  	 	Pennsylvania	  	
JLJ Learning Systems, Inc.	  	 	Maryland	  	
Edlink, LLC.	  	 	Delaware	  	
Children’s Choice Learning Centers, Inc.	  	 	Nevada	  	
Summa Associates, Inc.	  	 	Arizona	  	
Children’s Choice SB Corporation	  	 	Nevada	  	
CCLC Centers Texas Corporation I	  	 	Texas	  	
CCLC Centers Texas Corporation II	  	 	Texas	  	
CCLC Centers Texas Corporation III	  	 	Texas	  	
CCLC Centers Texas Corporation IV	  	 	Texas	  	
CCLC Centers Texas Corporation V	  	 	Texas	  	
CCLC Children’s Choice Arizona Corporation I	  	 	Arizona	  	
CCLC Children’s Choice Arizona Corporation II	  	 	Arizona	  	
Children’s Choice Colorado Corporation I	  	 	Colorado	  	
Children’s Choice Florida Corporation I	  	 	Florida	  	
Children’s Choice Florida Corporation II	  	 	Florida	  	
Children’s Choice Florida Corporation III	  	 	Florida	  	
Children’s Choice Georgia Corporation I	  	 	Georgia	  	
Children’s Choice Illinois Corporation I	  	 	Illinois	  	
Children’s Choice Illinois Corporation II	  	 	Illinois	  	
Children’s Choice Indiana Corporation I	  	 	Indiana	  	
Children’s Choice Indiana Corporation II	  	 	Indiana	  	
Children’s Choice Kentucky Corporation I	  	 	Kentucky	  	
Children’s Choice Kentucky Corporation II	  	 	Kentucky	  	
Children’s Choice Kentucky Corporation III	  	 	Kentucky	  	
Children’s Choice Michigan Corporation I	  	 	Michigan	  	
Children’s Choice Mississippi Corporation I	  	 	Mississippi	  	
Children’s Choice Missouri Corporation I	  	 	Missouri	  	
Children’s Choice Missouri Corporation II	  	 	Missouri	  	
Children’s Choice Nebraska Corporation I	  	 	Nebraska	  	
Children’s Choice Nebraska Corporation II	  	 	Nebraska	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Corporation I	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Corporation II	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Corporation III	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Corporation IV	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Corporation V	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Corporation VI	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Corporation VII	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice North Carolina Corporation I	  	 	North Carolina	  	
Children’s Choice Oklahoma Corporation I	  	 	Oklahoma	  	
Children’s Choice Pennsylvania Corporation I	  	 	Pennsylvania	  	
Children’s Choice South Carolina Corporation I	  	 	South Carolina	  	
Children’s Choice Virginia Corporation I	  	 	Virginia	  	
Children’s Choice Wisconsin Corporation I	  	 	Wisconsin	  	
Choice Tracking, Inc.	  	 	North Carolina	  	
Sniffles and Snuggles Corporation	  	 	Nevada	  	
Children’s Choice Nevada Property, L.L.C.	  	 	Nevada	  	
BHFS One Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
BHFS Two Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Teddies Childcare Provision Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Teddies Childcare Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Teddies Nurseries Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Teddies Sports Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Bright Horizons Livingston Limited	  	 	Scotland	  	
Child & Co (Oxford) Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Daisies Day Nurseries Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Beehive Day Nurseries Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Huntyard Ltd.	  	 	Jersey	  	
Casterbridge Real Estate 2 Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Casterbridge Care and Education Group Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Casterbridge Nurseries Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
        Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
        Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
        Tassel Road Children’s Day Nursery Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
        Sam Bell Enterprises Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
    Casterbridge Real Estate Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
        Surculus Properties Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
    Inglewood Day Nursery and College Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
    Casterbridge Nurseries (HH) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
    Casterbridge Care and Education Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Casterbridge Nurseries (Eton Manor) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Casterbridge Nurseries (Gaynes Park) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Dolphin Nurseries (Tooting) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Dolphin Nurseries (Kingston) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Dolphin Nurseries (Bracknell) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Dolphin Nurseries (Caterham) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Dolphin Nurseries (Northwick Park) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Dolphin Nurseries (Banstead) Ltd.	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Kidsunlimited Group Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Kids Corporate Trustees	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Kids of Wilmslow Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Clairmont House Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Kids (Warrington and Luton) Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Kids Properties Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Kidsunlimited Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Tadpole Nurseries Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Nursery Education for Employment Development Limited	  	 	United Kingdom	  	
Bright Horizons B.V.	  	 	Netherlands	  	
Odemon B.V.1	  	 	Netherlands	  	
Kindergarden Nederland B.V.	  	 	Netherlands	  	
Bright Horizons Child Care Services Private Limited2	  	 	India	  	
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Ltd.3	  	 	Canada	  	
BHFS Three Limited	  	 	Ireland	  	
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Ireland Limited	  	 	Ireland	  	
Allmont Limited	  	 	Ireland	  	
Bright Horizons Corp.	  	 	Puerto Rico	  	
 
1 	Registrant indirectly owns 81.5% of the voting equity.	
2 	Bright Horizons B.V. owns 99.99% and BHFS Two Limited owns 0.01%.	
3 	Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC owns 15% and ChildrenFirst LLC owns 85%.	

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 26, 2013 (November 8, 2013 as to the effects of the retrospective adjustment related to the acquired goodwill and deferred income taxes related to the acquisition of Huntyard Limited described in Notes 2, 5 and 11) relating to the consolidated financial statements of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
November 8, 2013

Exhibit 23.3
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus Supplement dated November 8, 2013, constituting a part of this Registration Statement No. 333- on Form S-1 of our report dated August 23, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Huntyard Limited, as of and for the years then ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 respectively, which is contained in that Prospectus Supplement.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.
/s/ BDO LLP
BDO LLP
London, United Kingdom
November 8, 2013

Exhibit 23.4
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc., of our report dated June 21, 2013 relating to the financial statements of Kidsunlimited Group Limited which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Manchester, United Kingdom
November 8, 2013